bathythermograph/ sound velocimeter · pdf file[sgml version see change record] technical...

[SGML Version See Change Record ]TECHNICAL MANUAL

BATHYTHERMOGRAPH/SOUND VELOCIMETER

AN/BQH-7AOCEANOGRAPHIC DATA SYSTEM

SURFACE SHIP APPLICATION

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT B: DISTRIBUTION AUTHORIZED TO U.S. GOVERNMENTAGENCIES ONLY; ADMINISTRATIVE/OPERATIONAL USE; DATE OF PUBLICATION.OTHER REQUESTS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND(SEA-0982).

WARNING: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS TECHNICAL DATA WHOSE EXPORT ISRESTRICTED BY THE ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT (TITLE 22. U.S.C. SEC.2751 ET.SEQ.) OR EXECUTIVE ORDER 12470. VIOLATIONS OF THESE EXPORT LAWS ARESUBJECT TO SEVERE CRIMINAL PENALTIES.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE: DESTROY BY ANY METHOD THAT WILL PREVENT DISCLO-SURE OF CONTENTS OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THE DOCUMENT.

SE365-BA-MMO-0100910-LP-242-6900

Change B TITLE-1 / (TITLE-2 Blank)@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF, COMMANDER, NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND

1 JUN 1986CHANGE B 1 FEB 1989

TITLE-2 Change B@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

RECORD OF CHANGESCHANGE

NO. DATE TITLE OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION ENTERED BY

NOTE

THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FROM AN INTELLIGENT ELECTRONICSOURCE KNOWN AS STANDARD GENERALIZED MARKUP LANGUAGE (SGML). THERE IS NOLOEP. ALL CHANGES, IF APPLICABLE, ARE INCLUDED. THE PAGINATION IN THIS TM WILL NOTMATCH THE PAGINATION OF THE ORIGINAL PAPER TM; HOWEVER, THE CONTENT ISEXACTLY THE SAME. ANY CHANGES RECEIVED AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS TM WILL ONLY FITIN THIS PAGINATED VERSION.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B RECORD OF CHANGES-1 / (RECORD OF CHANGES-2 Blank)

RECORD OF CHANGES-2 Change B@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter/Paragraph Page

1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.2 MODULAR DESIGN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.3 BUILT-IN TEST ROUTINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.4 PROVISIONING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-2. AN/BQH-7A BATHYTHERMOGRAPH/SOUND VELOCITY DATA SYSTEM,EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-2.1 AN/BQH-7A DATA SYSTEM, RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS. . . . . . . . . 1-21-2.1.1 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51-2.1.2 NTDS (FAST) SYSTEM INTERFACE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1-2.2 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER (UNIT 1).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51-2.2.1 AN/BQH-7A CENTRAL PROCESSING/MEMORY UNIT. . . . 1-61-2.2.2 AN/BQH-7A CHART RECORDER.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61-2.2.3 TAPE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1-2.3 LAUNCHER (UNIT 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-101-2.3.1 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU-HULL LAUNCHER.. . . . . . . . . . 1-101-2.3.2 LM3A. HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1-2.4 LAUNCHER CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-131-2.5 SURFACE-LAUNCHED XBT AND XSV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

1-2.5.1 EXPENDABLE BATHYTHERMOGRAPH (XBT). . . . . . . . 1-131-2.5.2 EXPENDABLE SOUND VELOCIMETER (XSV). . . . . . . . 1-16

1-3. XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1-4. ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING, AN/BQH-7A SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-5. SYSTEM REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-6. EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND DOCUMENTS SUPPLIED.. . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-7. ENGINEERING CHANGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-3. SURFACE-LAUNCHED PROBE DEVICES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-3.1 SURFACE-LAUNCHED PROBE DEVICES - OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-3.2 OPERATING INFORMATION XBT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-3.3 OPERATING INFORMATION - XSV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B i

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued


2.4. LAUNCHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72-4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72-4.2 THRU-HULL LAUNCHER, MX-8577/SSQ-61.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-4.2.1 THEORY OF OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72-4.2.2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, MX-8577/SSQ-61.. . . . . . . 2-7

2-4.3 HAND-HELD LAUNCHER, LM3A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152-4.3.1 THEORY OF OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152-4.3.2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, LM3A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2-4.4 POST-LAUNCH PROCEDURE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-162-4.5 FAILURE PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

2-4.5.1 PROBE DEVICE SEPARATION DURING LOAD SEQUENCE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

2-4.5.2 PREMATURE MEASUREMENT TERMINATION. . . . . . . . 2-17

2-5. XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-182-5.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

2-5.1.1 TEST DEVICE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . 2-182-5.1.2 TEST DEVICE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . 2-18

2-5.2 TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-182-5.3 TEST DEVICE FAILURE PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

2-6. AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-202-6.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-202-6.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-202-6.3 OPERATING MODES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-202-6.4 MEASURE MODE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

2-6.4.1 MEASURE MODE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.. . . . . . 2-202-6.4.2 SOUND VELOCITY EQUATION USING XBT. . . . . . . . . . 2-21

2-6.5 TAPE TO CHART MODE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212-6.6 TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL MODE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212-6.7 TURN ON/CHECK-OUT PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212-6.8 FAILURE OF OPERATION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212-6.9 EXTERNAL INTERFACE BYPASS FLAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

2-6.10 RECORDER TURN-OFF PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-222-6.11 POST TRACE ANALYSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

2-7. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ACTIONS AND SCHEDULES. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-342-7.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-342-7.2 REPLACEMENT OF BLOWN LINE FUSES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-342-7.3 REPLACEMENT OF PANEL LIGHT BULBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352-7.4 CLEANING OF TAPE TRANSPORT HEAD.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352-7.5 CHART RECORDER ADJUSTMENT/CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

2-7.5.1 SPAN AND OFFSET ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352-7.5.2 STYLUS PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352-7.5.3 SURFACE LINE ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-362-7.5.4 BRIDGE CALIBRATION OF LOW AND HIGH

TEMPERATURE CIRCUITRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

SE365-BA-MMO-010

ii Change B



2-7.5.5 CHART SERVO GAIN AND STYLUS DAMPINGADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

2-8. MAINTENANCE ASSIST MODULE (MAM) PCB REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . 2-382-8.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-382-8.2 MAMs REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

2-9. CHART PAPER REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-1.1 MNEMONICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-1.2 AUTOMATIC TEST PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3-2. OVERALL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.1 SYSTEM TEST FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.2 MEASURE FUNCTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3-2.2.1 XBT MEASURE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73-2.2.2 XSV MEASURE FUNCTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3-2.3 TAPE PLAYBACK FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73-2.4 POWER FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3-3. CPU/MEMORY MICROCOMPUTER FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83-3.1 8-BIT DATA BUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83-3.2 SELECT SIGNAL INTERFACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83-3.3 CONTROL BUS INTERFACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-3.4 TIMER/TIMER INTERRUPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-3.5 RESET SIGNAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

3-4. BRIDGE A/D FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-4.2 A/D CONVERSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

3-5. XSV FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-353-5.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-353-5.2 SOD SIGNAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

3-6. CHART DRIVE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

3-7. PEN DRIVE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

3-8. PANEL INTERFACE FUNCTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

3-9. TAPE DRIVE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

3-10. EXTERNAL INTERFACE FUNCTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B iii



3-10.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-383-10.2 EXTERNAL SYSTEM OUTPUT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

3-10.2.1 DEPTH DATA PERFORMANCE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-383-10.2.2 TEMPERATURE DATA PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-393-10.2.3 SOUND VELOCITY DATA PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . 3-39

3-10.3 DIGITAL DATA WORD FORMAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-403-10.3.1 TEMPERATURE DATA FORMAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-403-10.3.2 DEPTH DATA FORMAT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-403-10.3.3 SOUND VELOCITY FORMAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

3-10.4 DATA TRANSMISSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-413-10.5 CONTROL/DATA LINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-1. GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

. . SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ACTION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14-3.1 TEST DEVICE PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

4-3.1.1 TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS REQUIRED.. . . . 4-74-3.1.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74-3.1.3 TEST OPERATION OF AN/BQH-7A SET WITH TEST

DEVICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84-3.1.4 BT STEP MODE CHART TRACE OBSERVATION. . . . . . . 4-94-3.1.5 S/V STEP MODE CHART TRACE OBSERVATION.. . . . . . 4-104-3.1.6. TAPE PLAYBACK TO CHART OBSERVATION. . . . . . . . . 4-11

4-3.2 LAUNCHER (UNIT 2) CLEANING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . 4-144-3.2.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT

REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144-3.2.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144-3.2.3 PROCEDURES FOR MX-8577/SSQ-61.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144-3.2.4 PROCEDURES FOR LM3A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

4-3.3 INTERCONNECTING CABLE CONDUCTOR MEASUREMENTS.. . . . 4-184-3.3.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT

REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184-3.3.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184-3.3.3 INTERCONNECTING CABLE CONDUCTOR INSULATION

RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184-3.3.4 INTERCONNECTING CABLE SHIELD AND GROUND

CONTINUITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194-3.3.5 INTERCONNECTING CABLE SIGNAL CONTINUITY. . . . . 4-20

4-3.4 DATA RECORDER (UNIT 1) CLEANING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . 4-204-3.4.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT

REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-204-3.4.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-214-3.4.3 CLEANING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

SE365-BA-MMO-010

iv Change B



4-3.5 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . 4-224-3.5.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT

REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-224-3.5.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-224-3.5.3 TEST DEVICE PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT.. . . . . . 4-22

5 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2. TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-3. LAMP INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-4. PROTECTIVE DEVICE INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-5. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25-5.1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25-5.2 FAULT LOGIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25-5.3 BUILT-IN TEST ROUTINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35-5.4 SIGNAL FLOW DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35-5.5 MAINTENANCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35-5.6 WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

5-6. MNEMONICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

5-7. AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35-7.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION, AR-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35-7.2 AR-20 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16-1.1 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION I ADJUSTMENT AND ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-(I).1 GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-(I).2 SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-(I).3 CHART RECORDER CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-(I).4 CHART STYLUS PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6-(I).5 CHART STYLUS ASSEMBLY ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6-(I).6 SURFACE LINE ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B v



6-(I).7 BRIDGE - A/D P.C. BOARD (1A1A5) CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6-(I).8 OPEN FOR TEST DOOR (1A1A11S3) AND OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE DOOR(1A1A11S4) MICROSWITCH ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6-(I).9 ELECTRO-STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (ESD) HANDLING. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

SECTION II REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6-(II).1 GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6-(II).2 REMOVAL OF UNITS 1 AND 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6-(II).3 LOGIC RACK ASSEMBLY (1A1) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

6-(II).4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (PCB) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

6-(II).5 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (1A1A11) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

6-(II).6 TEST PANEL ASSEMBLY (1A1A11A1) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

6-(II).7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY PCB (1A1A11A1A1) REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

6-(II).8. THUMBWHEEL SWITCHES (1A1A11A1S1 AND S2), PROBE AND TEST NO.REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

6-(II).9 CASSETTE TAPE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY (1A1A11A3) REPLACEMENT. . . . 6-15

6-(II).10 RIGHT HAND RACK ASSEMBLY (1A2) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

6-(II).11 CAPACITORS (1A2A3C1, C2, AND C3) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

6-(II).12 RECORDER CASE ASSEMBLY (1A2A2) REMOVAL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-176-(II).12.1 STYLUS AND STYLUS CARRIER SHAFT REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . 6-186-(II).12.2 STYLUS LIFTER SHAFT REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

6-(II).13 CHART STEPPER MOTOR (1A2A2M1) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

6-(II).14 SERVO MOTOR (1A2A2M2) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

6-(II).15 STYLUS DRIVE CABLE ASSEMBLY (1A2A2MP9) REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . 6-19

6-(II).16 SERVO POTENTIOMETER (VARIABLE RESISTOR 1A2A2R1)REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

6-(II).17 POTENTIOMETER DRIVE GEAR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ANDREINSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

SE365-BA-MMO-010

vi Change B



6-(II).18 TRANSISTOR (1A2A2Q1, Q2, Q3) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6-(II).19 TIMING BELT (1A2A5MP10) REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6-(II).20 ROLLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY (1A2A5MP8) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6-(II).21 PLATEN ASSEMBLY (1A2A5MP4) REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

6-(II).22 OPTICAL HOLE SENSOR (1A2A5A1) SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.. . . . 6-22

6-(II).23 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY (1A2A4) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

6-(II).24 SERVO SPAN (1A2A7R1) AND OFFSET (1A2A7R2) POTENTIOMETERREPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6-(II).25 STRIP CHART OUTPUT SWITCH (1A2A7S1) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6-(II).26 FILTER 1FL1 REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6-(II).27 TRANSFORMER (1T1) REPLACEMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6-(II).28 LAUNCHER CLEANING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6-(II).29 REPAIR OF AN/BQH-7A WIRING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS.. . . . . 6-30

SECTION III RECOMMENDED SPARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

6-(III).1 PARTS LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

6-(III).2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-(III).3 QUANTITY COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-(III).4 NAME AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-(III).5 FIGURE NUMBER COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-(III).6 HOW TO LOCATE PART IN PARTS LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-(III).7 PARTS LOCATION ILLUSTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

7 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-2. LIST OF MAJOR UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-3. PARTS LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B vii



7-3.1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17-3.2 UNIT NO. COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27-3.3 NAME AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27-3.4 FIGURE NUMBER COLUMN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27-3.5 PARTS LIST DESIGNATIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-4. HOW TO LOCATE PART IN PARTS LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

8 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-2. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-3. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68-3.1 AN/BQH-RECORDER-PROCESSOR (UNIT 1).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68-3.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98-3.3 LM3A HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98-3.4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU HULL LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-4. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148-4.1 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER-PROCESSOR (UNIT 1).. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148-4.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148-4.3 LM3A HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-158-4.4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU HULL LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

8-5. CABLE INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-158-5.1 AC POWER CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-168-5.2 LAUNCHER CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-258-5.3 RECORDER INTERFACE CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-258-5.4 NTDS (Fast) INTERFACE CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

8-6. INSTALLATION CHECK-OUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-278-6.1 GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-278-6.2 TEST EQUIPMENT NEEDED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-288-6.3 INSTALLATION STANDARDS SUMMARY SHEET. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

8-6.3.1 PHASE 1 - INSTALLATION INSPECTION ANDPREENERGIZING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

8-6.3.2 PHASE 2 - INITIAL TURN-ON AND PRELIMINARY TESTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

8-6.3.3 PHASE 3 - OPERATION VERIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

8-7. PREPARATION FOR RESHIPMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-298-7.1 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER-PROCESSOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-298-7.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-308-7.3 LAUNCHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

SE365-BA-MMO-010

viii Change B



9 AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDING MAGNETIC TAPE FORMAT . . . . . . . . 9-1

9-1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

9-2. AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDING MAGNETIC TAPE FORMAT. . . . . . . . . . . 9-19-2.1 TAPE CASSETTE RECORDER.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19-2.2 DATA FORMAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

9-2.2.1 DIGITAL DATA WORDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29-2.2.2 HEADER DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39-2.2.3 TEMPERATURE PROBE PRELAUNCH DATA. . . . . . . . . 9-59-2.2.4 SOUND VELOCITY PROBE PRELAUNCH DATA. . . . . . . 9-79-2.2.5 TEMPERATURE PROBE MEASUREMENT DATA.. . . . . . 9-99-2.2.6 SOUND VELOCITY PROBE MEASUREMENT DATA. . . . . 9-10

A XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

A-1.0 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

A-2.0 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

A-2.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

A-2.2 TEST DEVICE FRONT PANEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2A-2.2.1 SELECT SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2A-2.2.2 START PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2A-2.2.3 LED INDICATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

A-2.3 TEST DEVICE NAMEPLATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

A-3.0 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

A-3.1 XBT PROFILES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3A-3.1.1 XBT STEP PROFILE (BT-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4A-3.1.2 XBT ISO(THERMAL) PROFILE (BT-2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4A-3.1.3 XBT FINE PROFILE (BT-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4

A-3.2 XSV PROFILES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5A-3.2.1 XSV STEP PROFILE (SV-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6A-3.2.2 XSV ISO(VELOCITY) PROFILE (SV-2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6A-3.2.3 SV FINE PROFILE (SV-3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6

A-3.3 TEST DEVICE CPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

A-3.4 TEST DEVICE POWER SUPPLY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

A-3.5 ISOLATION RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

A-3.6 TEST DEVICE TIMED DELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B ix



A-4.0 TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

A-4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

A-4.2 TEST DEVICE OPERATING INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

A-4.3 TEST DEVICE FAILURE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9A-4.3.1 TEST DEVICE MECHANICAL INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

A-4.3.1.1 TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10A-4.3.1.2 MECHANICAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . A-10A-4.3.1.3 TEST DEVICE BATTERY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES. . A-11

A-4.3.2 TEST DEVICE TIMING PROCEDURES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11A-4.3.2.2 TEST DEVICE TIMING PROCEDURES - LED. . . . . . . . . A-11

A-4.3.3 >TEST DEVICE INSPECTION PROCEDURES USING LAUNCHERS. . . A-11A-4.3.3.1 TEST EQUIPMENT NEEDED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12A-4.3.3.2 TEST DEVICE PROCEDURES USING LAUNCHER.. . . . . A-12A-4.3.3.3 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. . A-14

SE365-BA-MMO-010

x Change B

LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page

1-1. XBT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

1-2. XSV Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1-3. AN/BQH-7A System Reference Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

1-4. Summary of XBT/XSV Device Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

1-5. AN/BQH-7A Equipment Supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1-6. Equipment Required But Not Supplied for Use with the AN/BQH-7A Data System . 1-22

1-7. Engineering Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

2-1. Probe Depth vs. Time from Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2-2. AN/BQH-7A Probe Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2-3. Description of AN/BQH-7A Recorder Controls and Indicators (See. . . . . . . . . 2-26

2-4. Probe Type Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

2-5(a). XBT Pre-Launch/Launch Operating Procedures (for TEMP measurement). . . . . . 2-27

2-5(b). XSV Launch Operating Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

2-5(c). MEASURE/RECORD Operating Procedures with XBT/XSV. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

2-5(d). Equipment Power Down Operating Procedures (Use these procedures in conjunctionwith) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

2-5(e). AN/BQH-7A Recorder Tape Playback Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

2-6(a). Operating Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

2-6(b). Error Message Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

2-7. Operator Maintenance Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

3-1. AN/BQH-7A System Interconnect Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

4-1. Scheduled Maintenance Action Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2. Sound Velocity Test Device STEP Mode Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

5-1. Troubleshooting Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2. Lamp Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-3. Protective Device (Fuse) Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-4. Maintenance Turn-On Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xi

LIST OF TABLES - Continued

Table Title Page

5-5. Mnemonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5-6. Built-In Test Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

5-7. Tape Function DISPLAY Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

5-8. Fault Logic Diagram Alphabetical Indicator References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

6-1. List of Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

6-2. Recommended Spare Parts for AN/BQH-7A Oceanographic Data Processing System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

6-3. Spares for Unit 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

6-4. Accessory Spares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

6-5. Maintenance Parts List for AR-20 System Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

7-1. List of Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-2. AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

7-2(a). Thru-Hull Launcher MX-8577/SSQ-61 Parts List (213008-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

7-2(b). AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List with Hand-Held Launcher LM3A and AR-20System Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

7-2(c). AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List Items Shipped with any System Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

7-3. AN/BQH-7A Maintenance Assist Modules (MAMs) for Surface Ship AN/BQH-7AInstallations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

7-4. Equipment Required But Not Supplied for Use with the AN/BQH-7AOceanographic Data System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

7-5. AN/BQR-7A Probe Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

8-1. AN/BQH-7A Recorder Power Cord (Connects at J1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-2. Launcher Cable (Connects at J3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-3(a). Recorder InterfaceCable to Junction Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-3(b). Recorder InterfaceCable to AR-20 System Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

8-4. NTDS (Fast) Interface Cable (Connects at J2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

8-5. AN/BQH-7A Data System Installation Information FSCM No. 16848. . . . . . . . 8-30

8-6. Table of Installation Materials for AN/BQH-7A Data System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xii Change B

LIST OF TABLES - Continued

Table Title Page

A-1. BT STEP Mode Temperatures & Tolerances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5

A-2. BT STEP Mode Times & Tolerances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5

A-3 SV STEP Mode Expected Sound Velocities & Corresponding Frequencies. . . . . . A-5

A-4. SV STEP Mode Depth Vs. Time Relationships & Tolerances. . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xiii

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Title Page

1-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocity System, Relationship of Units . . . 1-3

1-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocity System, Relationship of Units . . . 1-4

1-1(c) AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder (3/4 view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1-2 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1-3 LM3A Hand-Held Launcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1-4 AR-20 System Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1-5 Expendable Bathythermograph (XBT), Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1-6 Expendable Sound Velocimeter (XSV), Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

1-7 AN/BQH-7A Test Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

2-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Front Panel Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Front Panel Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-1(c) Key for Figures 2-1(a) and figure 2-1(b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-1(d) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2-2 AR-20 System Selector, Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2-3 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher Contact Pin Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

2-4 Loading XBT/XSV Probe Device into MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher. . . . 2-13

2-5 XBT/XSV Probe Device Fully Loaded in MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher . . 2-13

2-6 Launcher MX-8577/SSQ-61 Loaded and Ready. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2-7 Hand-Hold Launcher LM3A Loaded and Ready. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2-8 Hand-Held Launcher LM3A Contact Pin Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

2-9 Typical XBT Probe Drop Profile (Temp. vs. Depth) T-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

2-10 Typical XSV Probe Drop Profile (S/V vs. Depth) XSV-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

2-11 Bridge A/D (1A1A5) P.C. Board Potentiometers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

2-12 Chart Servo (1A2A1) P.C. Board Gain and Stylus Damping Potentiometers. . . . . 2-38

2-13(a) Chart Paper Replacement, View A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

2-13(b) Chart Paper Replacement, View B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xiv Change B

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

2-13(c) Chart Paper Replacement, View C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

2-13(d) Chart Paper Replacement, View D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-1 System Functional Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3-2(a) Overall Functional Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

3-2(b) Overall Functional Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

3-3 Microcomputer Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3-4(a) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3-4(b) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

3-4(c) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

3-5(a) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3-5(b) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

3-5(c) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

3-6(a) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

3-6(b) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

3-6(c) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

3-7(a) POWER Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

3-7(b) POWER Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

3-8 XSV Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

3-9 Communication Interface with External System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

3-10 NTDS (Fast) Type B P.C. Board Functional Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

3-11(a) Timing Diagram, Type B External Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

3-11(b) Timing Diagram, Type B Input Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-1(a) Test Device (End View). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4-1(b) Test Device (Drawer Open). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4-2 XBT Step Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

4-3 XSV Step Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xv


Figure Title Page

4-4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Launcher Cover Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

4-5 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Launcher Breech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

4-6 XBT Canister with Terminals Soldered Together. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

4-7 XBT/XSV Test Device Resistor Switching Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

5-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

5-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

5-1(c) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

5-1(d) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

5-1(e) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

5-1(f) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

5-1(g) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

5-1(h) AN-BQH/7A XSV Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

5-2(a) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

5-2(b) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

5-2(c) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

5-2(d) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

5-2(e) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

5-2(f) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

5-2(g) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

5-2(h) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

5-2(i) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

5-2(j) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

5-2(k) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

5-2(l) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 12). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

5-2(m) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 13). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

5-2(n) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 14). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xvi Change B


Figure Title Page

5-3(a) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

5-3(b) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

5-3(c) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

5-3(d) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4). . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

5-3(e) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5). . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

5-3(f) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6). . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

5-3(g) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7). . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

5-3(h) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8). . . . . . . . . . . 5-57

5-3(i) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9). . . . . . . . . . . 5-58

5-3(j) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10). . . . . . . . . . 5-59

5-3(k) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11). . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

5-3(l) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 12). . . . . . . . . . 5-61

5-4(a) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

5-4(b) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

5-4(c) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64

5-4(d) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65

5-4(e) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66

5-4(f) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

5-4(g) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

5-4(h) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

5-4(i) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70

5-4(j) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

5-4(k) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72

5-5(a) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

5-5(b) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

5-5(c) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xvii


Figure Title Page

5-5(d) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

5-5(e) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

5-5(f) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78

5-5(g) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79

5-5(h) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

5-6(a) Logic Rack Assembly (1A1) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

5-6(b) Logic Rack Assembly (1A1) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

5-7(a) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . 5-83

5-7(b) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

5-7(c) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3). . . . . . . . . . . 5-85

5-8(a) AR-20 System Selector Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86

5-8(b) AR-20 System Selector Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

6-1 Test Panel Adjustment Controls for Chart Recorder Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6-2 Stylus Drive Cable Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

6-3 Recorder Case Assembly and Hole Optical Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

6-4 Front Panel Assembly (Lowered Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

6-5 Test Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

6-6 Capacitor and Power Supply Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

6-7(a) Cable and Cable Retractor Installation (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

6-7(b) Cable and Cable Retractor Installation (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

6-8 Paper Roll Carrier and Platen Assembly (1A2A5) Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

6-9(a) Interconnecting Cable and Wire Repair (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

6-9(b) (b) Interconnecting Cable and Wire Repair (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

7-1 AN/BQH-7A Recorder Assembly (Unit 1), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . 7-20

7-2 Logic Rack Assembly (1A1), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

7-3 Front Panel Assembly (1A1A11), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xviii Change B


Figure Title Page

7-4 Test Panel Assembly (1A1A11A1), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

7-5 Cassette Microswitch Assembly Bracket, Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

7-6 Test Panel Microswitch Bracket, Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

7-7 Connector Plate (1A1MP9) Connector Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

7-8 Right-Hand Rack (1A2) Assembly, Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27

7-9(a) Recorder Case Assembly (1A2A2), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

7-9(b) Recorder Case Assembly (1A2A2), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

7-10 Stylus Assembly (1A2A2A3), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

7-11 Paper Roll Carrier (1A2A5), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

7-12 Front Panel Assembly (1A2A7), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

7-13 Recorder (Unit 1) Housing, Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

7-14 Transformer and Shield Assembly (1A3A1), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . 7-34

7-15 Left Hand Rear Panel Assembly (1A3A3), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . 7-35

7-16 Test Plug Plate Assembly (1A1A11A2), Parts Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-1(a) AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Recorder Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8-1(b) AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Recorder Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-2 AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Outline and Dimension Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

8-3 AN/BQH-7A NTDS (Fast) Digital Parallel Interface Receptacle. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

8-4 Hand-Held LM3A Launcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

8-5 Location for Watertight Junction Box and Hand-Held LM3A Stowage Locker. . . . 8-10

8-6(a) Location for MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

8-6(b) MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

8-6(c) MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher (with notes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

8-7(a) AN/BQH-7A Interconnecting Wiring And Cabling For PORT And STARBOARDHand-Held Launchers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-7(b) AN/BQH-7A Interconnecting Wiring And Cabling For MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-HullLauncher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

8-8 AR-20 Contact Switch Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xix


Figure Title Page

8-9(a) AR-20 System Selector Cable Installation (Sheet 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

8-9(b) AR-20 System Selector Cable Installation (Sheet 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

8-10 XBT/XSV Probe Device Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

B-11 AN/BQH-7A Recorder Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

A-1 XBT/XSV Hook-Up To AN/BQH-7A Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14

A-2 AN/BQH-7A Bridge P.C. Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15

A-3 XBT STEP Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16

A-4 XBT ISO Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17

A-5 XBT FINE Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18

A-6 XSV STEP Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19

A-7 XSV ISO Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20

A-8 XSV FINE Mode Test Device Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21

A-9 XBT STEP Mode Calculated Sound Velocity Chart Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22

SOFTWARE/HARDWARE IMPROVEMENT REPORT (Sheet 1 of 2). . . . . . . . A-23

SOFTWARE/HARDWARE IMPROVEMENT REPORT (Sheet 2 of 2). . . . . . . . A-24

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xx Change B

SAFETY SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION. The following general safety precautions supplement specific cautions and warningsappearing elsewhere in this publication. They are related to overall operating and maintenance procedures.Operators should observe these warnings and cautions when using or performing maintenance on theAN/BQH-7A Oceanographic Data System.

KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS Do not replace components or make mechanical adjustmentsinside the equipment with POWER turned ON. Under certain conditions, dangerous potentials exist whenPOWER is turned OFF because of charges retained by capacitors. To avoid serious injury or death, always turnPOWER OFF and discharge and ground the circuit before touching it.

DO NOT SERVICE OR ADJUST ALONE Under no circumstances should any person service or adjustequipment except in the presence of someone capable of rendering first aid.

RESUSCITATION Personnel working with or near high voltages should be familiar with modern meth-ods of resuscitation.

WARNING

This equipment generates voltages capable of causing serious injury ordeath. Do not work alone. Observe all applicable electrical safety precau-tions normally associated with insulation resistance testing of electricalequipment. Isolate probes and canisters used in testing insulation resistanceand cable continuity. (Page 4-18)

WARNING

Avoid prolonged contact with or inhalation of cleaning solvents. Avoid usenear heat or open flame, and provide adequate ventilation. (Page 4-20, page4-21)

WARNING

High voltages capable of causing serious injury or death are used in thisequipment. Use extreme caution when servicing the AN/BQH-7A with rackassemblies open. (Page 6-2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xxi

WARNING

This equipment uses voltages capable of causing electric shock. Use extremecaution when making adjustments to the AN/BQH-7A recorder when draw-ers are extended. (Page 6-11)

WARNING

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and ground the circuit. (Page 6-23)

CAUTION

The ball valve MUST be open when loading the Thru-Hull Launcher(MX8577/SSQ-61). (Page 2-7)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to close the ball valve until the canister and all wire havebeen removed from the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61). (Page 2-14)

CAUTION

Be sure to hold the LM3A launcher beyond the edge of the deck and anyobjects protruding from the ship’s deck or hull. If the wire from the XBT/XSV probe makes contact with any part of the ship, the probe may fail totransmit an accurate temperature vs. depth or sound velocity vs. depth pro-file. (Page 2-15)

CAUTION

When a probe drop is complete, break the signal wire and leave the emptyprobe canister in the launcher until a new probe is loaded. This protects thelauncher contact pins from erosion. (Page 2-15)

CAUTION

When loading the XBT/XSV Test Device into the Hand-Held Launcher(LM3A), be sure that the ground wire strap on the test device does not catchin the launcher breech closure, or probe release pin slot (seeFigures 1-3andFigure 1-7). (Page 2-18)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xxii Change B

CAUTION

Load or remove cassette only when POWER to Unit 1 is ON. Removing thetape cassette from the recorder with POWER OFF may damage the cassetteor tape transport assembly by leaving the tape head in the down position.(Page 2-28)

CAUTION

Adjusting stylus pressure too heavily will damage or cut off chart paper.(Page 2-36)

CAUTION

De-energize all units of the AN/BQH-7A system set before removing MAMsin order to prevent damage to P.C. board components. (Page 2-39)

CAUTION

Some printed circuit boards are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. DONOT WIPE contact pins with fingers or cleaning materials. (Page 2-39)

CAUTION

Printed circuit board contact pins are factory-set firmly into connector sock-ets. When removing and replacing P.C. boards, pull up firmly but gentlyusing plastic extractor pawls at both ends of board. (Page 2-39)

CAUTION

When replacing chart paper roll carrier, ensure that:

--- Hole sensor cable assembly does not obstruct paper roll carrier insertion in the left-hand housingsocket.

--- Stylus lifting lever is in the raised position to prevent tearing chart paper.

--- Assembly pivot points are properly positioned for chart paper roll carrier housing socket insertion.(Page 2-40)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to load or unload tape cassette with power to AN/BQH-7Arecorder turned OFF. Damage to tape cassette and/or to tape transportassembly may result. (Page 4-7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xxiii

CAUTION

Be careful that the two keys (2A1MP3) inside the breech casting remain inplace, and are not moved or lost (seeFigure 4-5). (Page 4-15)

CAUTION

Lexan materials are attacked by aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons,ketones, strong alkalines, and esters. Do not try to clean any of the moldedparts of the LM3A launcher body with these solutions. (Page 4-17)

CAUTION

Be sure AN/BQH-7A data recorder is securely mounted to work bench.Weight of left- and right-hand drawer assemblies can cause unit to topple ifnot properly mounted. (Page 4-21)

CAUTION

Set POWER switch to AN/BQH-7A recorder to OFF before replacing P.C.boards. Damage to board may result if POWER to the system remains ONwhen repairing or replacing P.C. boards. (Page 5-4)

CAUTION

Never load or remove tape cassette unless CASSETTE STATUS REPLACElamp is illuminated. Damage to tape cassette and/or to tape transport assem-bly may result. (Page 5-4)

CAUTION

Always turn POWER to the AN/BQH-7A system OFF before removing orreplacing P.C. boards. Damage to the P.C. board or components may resultif POWER is left ON. (Page 5-10)

CAUTION

Ensure cable connection (1W1P2) is connected to power supply receptacle(1A2A4J1) before sliding right hand drawer (1A2) into Unit 1 recorderassembly to prevent damage to internal components and wiring. (Page 5-35)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xxiv Change B

CAUTION

Make sure AN/BQH-7A is securely mounted to work bench before openingleft- or right-hand drawer assemblies for maintenance. Damage may resultif weight of open drawer assembly topples Unit 1. (Page 6-2)

CAUTION

Excessive chart stylus pressure cuts the paper. Adjust using a screwdriver onthe upper adjusting screw. Do not attempt to turn the stylus. (Page 6-6)

CAUTION

Do not override the AN/BQH-7A recorder interlock switch or select battleshort while removing and replacing P.C. boards. (Page 6-10)

CAUTION

Do not open any protective packaging or remove any ESD P.C. board untilit is to be replaced in the unit. (Page 6-10)

CAUTION

Plugs (1W1P1) and (1W2P1) at the rear of the logic rack assembly arespring-loaded by a cable retracting assembly. Exercise care when discon-necting plugs to prevent snap-back of plug and cable assembly. (Page 6-11)

CAUTION

Do not touch pins on the PCB connectors. Static electricity may damage thePCB. SeeSection 6-(I).9(Page 6-12)

CAUTION

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and ground circuits. (Page 6-17)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xxv

CAUTION

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and around the circuit. (Page 6-17)

CAUTION

Be certain that keyways and pins are aligned and properly engaged beforescrewing connector plug nut onto optical sensor. (Page 6-18)

CAUTION

The rollers on the tear-off bar are spring-loaded and may snap off unlessheld back when shaft assembly is removed. (Page 6-22)

CAUTION

Plug (1W1P2) at rear of right-hand rack assembly is spring-loaded by acable retracting assembly. Take care to prevent snap-back of plug and cableassembly when disconnecting plug. (Page 6-23)

CAUTION

In Step (12), route the wire so that its insulation does not contact the cornerof any pin other than the terminating pin being wrapped. (Page 6-31)

CAUTION

Always keep the top of Unit 1 free of books, paper, and other materials toavoid obstructing front panel openings and back panel connectors and vents.(Page 8-6)

CAUTION

DO NOT plug the AN/BQH-7A recorder AC power cable into a 115 +/- 10VAC power source until specified in check-out procedures (seeSection 8-6).(Page 8-16)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

xxvi Change B

CAUTION

The XBT/XSV Test Device is sensitive to shock and/or vibration, similar toother electronic measuring instruments. always observe prescribed handlingand stowage procedures when using or testing the XBT/XSV Test Device toprevent damage to internal components or other mechanical parts. (Page1-8)

CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to the Unit 1 tape cassette and the tape trans-port assembly RECORD/PLAYBACK head, do not replace or reload thetape cassette when Unit 1 POWER is OFF. (Page 1-9)

CAUTION

Upon completion of XBT/XSV Test Device launcher test procedures, load adummy canister (sawed-off expended XBT or XSV shipboard canister) inthe launcher breech to prevent breech assembly contact pin oxidation. (Page1-12)

CAUTION

Upon completion of XBT/XSV system operations, retain a dummy canister(sawed off expended XBT or XSV shipboard canister) in the launcher breechto prevent breech assembly contact pin oxidation. (Page 1-13, page 1-14)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B xxvii / (xxviii Blank)

xxviii Change B@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1-1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

General safety precautions not related to specific procedures appear in the Safety Summary in the Front Mat-ter section of this manual. Also included in the Safety Summary are warnings, cautions, and notes that appearelsewhere in this manual but should be read before installing and operating the equipment. Safety precautionsrelating to specific procedures appear throughout the text of this manual immediately preceeding explanation ofeach procedure.

1-1.1 INTRODUCTION. This technical manual provides information covering the installation, operation,troubleshooting, and maintenance of the AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocimeter Data System and itsassociated equipment for use on surface ships.

Chapter 1contains general information about the AN/BQH-7A system hardware, and an overall descriptionof the three units of the system.Chapter 2contains the theory of operation for each unit of the system, and theoperating instructions necessary to load and launch expendable temperature (XBT) or sound velocity (XSV)probes. These probes feed back temperature and sound velocity information to the AN/BQH-7A recorder for pro-cessing, chart display, and recording to tape cassette for immediate or future playback, and transmission to anexternal system.Chapter 3contains the functional description of the AN/BQH-7A system electronics.

Chapter 4, Chapter 5, andchapter 6contains preventive maintenance schedules, troubleshooting and correc-tive maintenance information, and fault logic and signal flow diagrams for major assemblies and subassembliesof the system.Chapter 7contains a list of recommended onboard spare parts and a full parts list for each unit ofthe AN/BQH-7A system.Chapter 8contains information necessary for installing system equipment, including alist of installation drawings.Chapter 9contains information on the NTDS (Fast) external interface and the mag-netic tape file format found elsewhere in the manual.

This manual uses the reference designation system for easy recognition of part names and locations. To locatea part or Part Number, refer toTable 7-2AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List.

1-1.2 MODULAR DESIGN. The modular design of the AN/BQH-7A recorder coupled with built-in calibra-tion and test procedures facilitates easy access to all test points and major subassemblies, easy field replacementof defective components, and flexibility for future program changes to accept newly-designed expendabledevices.

1-1.3 BUILT-IN TEST ROUTINES. The AN/BQH-7A Data System contains several built-in test routines toaccomplish the following:

• exercise the Central Processing Unit (CPU)/memory board clock function, and the panel interface board timer/timer interrupt function

• perform CPU/memory board diagnostics

• exercise circuit boards for fault isolation

• calibrate bridge circuitry and chart recorder

• read front panel input switches

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-1

Table 5-6contains complete information on each test routine, its function, and corresponding operator actionsrequired to troubleshoot the system.

The built-in test equipment (BITE) routines provide a mean-time-to-repair (MTTR) for the AN/BQH-7Arecorder averaging 20 minutes, with the exception of the the chart recorder and cassette recorder mechanicaltransports, which require no more than 60 minutes to repair. Scheduled maintenance for the AN/BQH-7A recorderrequires no more than one hour per month.

The AN/BQH-7A recorder has a demonstrated minimum mean-time-between-failures (MTBF) of 200 hours,and a minimum mean-cycles-between-failures (MCBF) of 200 cycles, both at a confidence level of 90%.

1-1.4 PROVISIONING. Table 6-2contains a list of recommended onboard spare parts for the AN/BQH-7AData System set.Table 7-2contains a complete parts list for each unit of the system, including a listing ofMAM’s (Maintenance Assist Modules) used for system diagnostics. Those parts used with the AN/BQH-7A DataSystem set but provided by the Installing Activity are so noted in the Parts List.

1-2. AN/BQH-7A BATHYTHERMOGRAPH/SOUND VELOCITY DATA SYSTEM, EQUIPMENTDESCRIPTION.

The AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocity Data System for surface ships provides a single systemwhich accepts and processes data for measurement of water temperature and sound velocity versus depth usingexpendable probe (XBT/XSV) devices. The AN/BQH-7A Data System has met military testing and operationalrequirements outlined inSection 1-4below, and conforms to specific design requirements set by the U.S. Navy.

The AN/BQH-7A recorder-processor embodies a microprocessor-based modular design which facilitates easyaccess to all assemblies and subassemblies of the major unit; replacement parts through use of MaintenanceAssist Modules (MAMs) as necessary; and compatibility with existing and future expendable probe devicedesigns. The recorder provides three functionally separate data outputs:

• XBT/XSV data playback/storage on magnetic tape cartridge

• A graphic chart paper profile

• Transmission of digital data via NTDS (Fast) external interface to external data system, when used

1-2.1 AN/BQH-7A DATA SYSTEM, RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS. The standard AN/BQH-7A system consistsof three units: the recorder-processor (Unit 1); the launcher (Unit 2); and expendable device. When used on sur-face ships, the AN/BQH-7A accepts and processes data from two different probe types -Expendable Bathyther-mographs (XBT) and Expendable Sound Velocimeters (XSV).Figure 1-1shows the relationship of the unitswithin the AN/BQH-7A system.

The AN/BQH-7A system measures, transmits, and records either water temperature or sound velocity datafrom expendable probes launched while the surface ship is underway at maximum speeds of from 6 to 30 knots(ship speed depends on probe type). The AN/BQH-7A strip chart recorder provides a hardcopy permanent recordof either temperature or sound velocity versus depth profiles. Data is also stored in digital format on magnetictape cassette for playback to chart or host computer or at a later time.

The AN/BQH-7A system can record probe drop profiles to a depth of between 1500 ft. (460 m) and 6000 ft.(1830 m) in 1 1/2 to 6 minutes. The temperature and sound velocity probes are housed in expendable devices(XBT or XSV) which are dropped from a launcher and descend at a known rate while transmitting data back tothe ship via dual conductor fine wire (for XBT; single-conductor wire for XSV).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-2 Change B

Figure 1-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocity System, Relationship of Units

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-3

Figure 1-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocity System, Relationship of Units

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-4 Change B

1-2.1.1 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR. The AN/BQH-7A Data System AR-20 System Selector allows the userto interconnect two launchers and one recorder, at the same time maintaining the insulation resistance integritynecessary for system accuracy.

The typical set-up of the AN/BQH-7A using the AR-20 System Selection consists of two launchers and onerecorder for simultaneous launches (one port, one starboard). SeeFigure 1-1(b).

1-2.1.2 NTDS (FAST) SYSTEM INTERFACE. The AN/BQH-7A Data System uses the Naval Tactical DataSystem NTDS (Fast) parallel digital interface to transfer ocean temperature or sound velocity vs. depth, orbuilt-in test equipment (BITE) measurements to a shipboard external data system. The NTDS (Fast) interface isintended for use by shipboard systems with peripheral devices incorporating line drivers and receivers compat-ible with the electrical requirements of MIL-STD-1397A (NAVY), Type B NTDS (Fast).

1-2.2 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER (UNIT 1). The AN/BQH-7A recorder-processor contains the microprocessorelectronics needed to convert ocean depth, temperature and/or sound velocity data from temperature or soundvelocity expendable probes into time varying signal voltages. The electronic circuit cards and the Central Pro-cessing Unit (CPU)/memory board that digitize and linearize this information are housed in a shock-mounted,drip-proof enclosure of a modular design for easy access and replacement of circuit cards and other subassem-blies.

Figure 1-1(c) AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder (3/4 view)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-5

The AN/BQH-7A system electronics provide automatic equipment calibration checks before launch, andbuilt-in self-testing capability for isolating parts failures to the major subassembly level.

1-2.2.1 AN/BQH-7A CENTRAL PROCESSING/MEMORY UNIT. The combined CPU/Memory printed cir-cuit board processes analog input which has been converted by the bridge or XSV functions into digital data.

Programming on the CPU/memory board provides:

• Recording of temperature data points for every 2 feet of depth

• Linearization of temperature data

• Calculation of sound velocity from temperature data

• Determination of timing and scaling for AN/BQH-7A chart recorder data transmission to an external system

• Control of data flow to tape cassettes

The AN/BQH-7A system transforms digitized data into analog signals that are converted into a chart readoutof temperature (in decrees Fahrenheit) or sound velocity (feet per second) versus ocean depth (in feet). With theSTRIP CHART OUTPUT switch set to S/V (sound velocity), system electronics also convert measured tempera-ture (resistance-based) data from an XBT into a calculated S/V equivalent for profiling on the chart recorder.During calculated S/V operations, only XBT resistance-based data is recorded on the tape cassette.

1-2.2.2 AN/BQH-7A CHART RECORDER. The function of the AN/BQH-7A chart recorder is to profile apaper chart trace of temperature vs. depth or sound velocity vs. depth data transmitted to the recorder from theXBT or XSV probe falling at a known rate. Two potentiometers located on the AN/BQH-7A front panel permitboth offset and span calibration adjustments (see Figure 2-1) to provide an accurate chart trace. The chart driveadvances paper to a tear-off point, and uses the same kind of pressure-sensitive paper for both XBT and XSVtraces.

1-2.2.3 TAPE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY. The AN/BQH-7A system tape transport assembly is designed to besimple to operate. Once the tape cassette (certified digital-data magnetic tape cassette with clear leader and noEOT/BOT holes, FSCM No. 16848, P/N 301370-1) is loaded, the tape automatically rewinds to the clear leader,and, after the tape head is lowered, advances to the oxide coating. Prior to launch of an XBT/XSV, the taperecords the following data:

• information required for recorder unit synchronization during playback

• header information for XBT or XSV probe types

• XBT DC loop resistance (EDC) measurement data (XBT only)

• bridge circuit low temperature (28F) calibration data (XBT only); or XSV circuit frequency-to-S/V conversionand low XSV (FD1) chart calibration data (XSV only)

• bridge circuit high temperature (96F) calibration data (XBT only); or high XSV (FD2) chart calibration data(XSV only)

• XBT (62F)/XSV (FD3) device external interface circuitry check data

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-6 Change B

Once the operator launches a probe, the system records temperature or sound velocity data (depending on theprobe type) on the tape cassette for every two feet of depth, beginning at a depth of two feet. When the probereaches its maximum depth (CPU/Memory functions control timing), the system records four bytes of data (all1’s) to indicate the end of the recording.

The operator may replay the tape cassette to verify the chart trace data output. With the STRIP CHARTOUTPUT switch set to TEMP, the chart profile indicates temperature vs. depth data. With the STRIP CHARTOUTPUT switch set to S/V, the chart profile indicates sound velocity vs. depth data, based on the resistance dataobtained from the XBT. the recorder CPU/Memory circuits process this conversion based on a resident S/Vequation (seeChapter 2), using a salinity value constant of 35 parts per thousand (ppt). Only resistance-basedtemperature data is recorded on the cassette. When recording or playing back data from an XSV probe, the posi-tion of the STRIP CHART OUTPUT does not matter.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-7

Figure 1-2 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-8 Change B

Figure 1-3 LM3A Hand-Held Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-9

1-2.3 LAUNCHER (UNIT 2). The AN/BQH-7A Data System employs two types of launcher: the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher and the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher. Both provide the common functions of physi-cally supporting and electronically interfacing the probe assembly with the recorder.

1-2.3.1 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU-HULL LAUNCHER. The MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher (Figure1-2) consists of a breech, a breech adapter, and a urethane launch tube which penetrates the hull, and is mountedto a manually operated ball valve and a ship’s adapter. The adapter, welded to the interior plating of the ship,provides a rigid mount for the launcher. The ball valve must be open when loading the Thru-Hull Launcher.launcher. When the launcher breech is shut, connection to the three probe contact terminals is made automati-cally by three corresponding pins in the breech. When the operator withdraws the release pin, the probe separatesfrom the canister, drops through the launch tube and enters the water.

Once the probe measurement is complete, the operator opens the breech, removes the spent canister, breaksthe wire near the canister and lets it fall through the launch tube. After removing the spent canister and loadinga dummy canister into the launcher breech, the operator shuts the breech and ball valve.

1-2.3.2 LM3A. HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. The LM3A Hand-Held Launcher (Figure 1-3) consists of a body,yoke, contact pin assembly, contact lever, and 50-foot electrical cable for connection via a junction box to theAN/BQH-7A recorder-processor. Some ships use two launchers, one port and one starboard, connected via junc-tion boxes and the AR-20 System Selector to the AN/BQH-7A data recorder.

Using the hand grip, the operator holds the launcher so that the LM3A protrudes beyond the edge of the deck.In order to insert the XBT/XSV device, the operator raises the contact lever. When the lever is lowered, the con-

Figure 1-4 AR-20 System Selector

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-10 Change B

tact pin assembly makes contact with the XBT/XSV device terminals; the operator pulls the release pin; the probedrops from the canister into the water; and the trace begins.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-11

Figure 1-5 Expendable Bathythermograph (XBT), Exploded View

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-12 Change B

The LM3A Hand-Held Launcher provides portability, allows the operator more flexibility in selecting alaunch position, and reduces interference with other equipment. When using the LM3A, the operator must holdit far enough over the side of the vessel to avoid contact of the probe wire with any other part of the ship.

1-2.4 LAUNCHER CABLE. The LM3A launcher cable, used to connect the XBT/XSV probe device to theAN/BQH-7A recorder-processor, is a 3/8-inch outer diameter insulated and shielded five-conductor cable suppliedwith the launcher. The LM3A Hand-Held Launcher normally is supplied with 50 feet of cable. The MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher is supplied with 40 feet of 3/4-inch outer diameter 2SWU-3 cable.

Connections required to extend cable beyond the length supplied with the AN/BQH-7A system must be madein watertight junction boxes. Continuity of ground and shield through the junction box is essential. Total cablelength from launcher to recorder must not exceed 600 feet. Any launcher may be ordered with additional cable,if required (seeChapter 7 Parts List). Connection from the launcher cable to the recorder-processor is made atthe J3 connection at the upper righthand rear portion of the AN/BQH-7A recorder (see2-1d).

1-2.5 SURFACE-LAUNCHED XBT AND XSV. The Surface-Launched Expendable Bathythermograph (XBT)and Sound Velocimeter (XSV) each consist of:

• a ballistically-shaped probe

• a canister

• canister wire spool

• thermistor (XBT) or sound velocity sensor (XSV)

• probe wire spool

• release pin

• end cap

Either the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher or the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher can launch several dif-ferent models of the XBT or XSV which then transmit temperature or sound velocity data back to the onboardAN/BQH-7A recorder via wire playing out from the probe spool and a similar spool in the canister.Tables 1-1and table 1-2outline XBT and XSV devices compatible with the AN/BQH-7A recorder, their operating depths,and application information.

1-2.5.1 EXPENDABLE BATHYTHERMOGRAPH (XBT). The Expendable Bathythermograph (XBT) probecan be launched from from surface ships to obtain measurements of sea temperature versus depth for real-timeoutput to a strip chart, tape cassette, and external system via the NTDS (Fast) external interface for immediateor future analysis.

The XBT consists of contacts, canister, canister wire spool, release pin, end cap, probe, probe wire spool,and thermistor. The release pin retains the probe within the canister. The probe contains a temperature-sensitivethermistor connected to two-conductor fine wire wound on a spool. The other end of the wire is wound on anotherwire spool within the canister.

When the operator removes the end cap from the canister, installs the canister in the launcher, and withdrawsthe release pin, the probe separates from the canister and descends through the water column, unreeling wire fromthe probe spool. The canister remains onboard within the launcher, unreeling wire from another spool within thecanister.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-13

This dual spooling technique allows wire to lie free in the water from the point of entry without beingaffected by either the movement of the ship or the descending probe. The nose of the probe is weighted and theentire probe is spin-stabilized to assure constant descent at a known velocity. When the probe reaches maximumoperating depth, the wire from both spools runs out, the trace is completed, and the probe drops to the bottom.

In addition to the thermistor in the nose of the probe the XBT contains a seawater electrode. When the elec-trode comes in contact with seawater, the SOD (start of descent) signal circuit completes and the SOD signal istransmitted to the recorder in a matter of milliseconds.

Changes in water temperature are recorded by changes in the resistance of the thermistor as the XBT fallsthrough the water. These changes in resistance are telemetered along a 39 AWG, two-conductor signal wire tothe shipboard recorder (AN/BQH-7A) where they are converted into measurements of absolute temperature,recorded and displayed. The XBT is capable of temperature accuracies of +/- 0.2 degree Fahrenheit. TheAN/BQH-7A chart recorder plots temperatures of 28°F through 96°F +/- 0.3°F.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-14 Change B

Figure 1-6 Expendable Sound Velocimeter (XSV), Exploded View

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-15

The three contacts sealed in potting compound in the breech end of the probe device canister complete theelectrical connection from the launcher to the XBT when the breech is shut. The unreeling dual-conductor wiretransmits resistance of the thermistor to water temperature through the canister and launcher to the onboardAN/BQH-7A recorder-processor. The AN/BQH-7A displays the data in chart form, records it on magnetic tapecassette, and, optionally, digitizes and transmits it via the NTDS (Fast) interface to the onboard host computerfor display, storage, and analysis.

Table 1-1 provides depth and ship speed information on XBT models that are compatible with theAN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocimeter Data System (surface ship application).

NOTE

Table 2-1″Probe Depth vs. Time From Entry″ provides depth equations for eachmodel of the XBT compatible with the AN/BQH-7A system.

Table 1-1. XBT Data

Model Application Max. Depth Rated Ship Speed Depth Resolution

T-4 Standard probe used by U.S. Navy forASW operations

1500 ft. (460 m) 30 knots 25.5 in. 65 cm

T-5 Deep ocean scientific and militaryapplications

6000 ft. (1830 m) 6 knots 25.5 in. 65 cm

T-7 Increased depth for improved sonarprediction in ASW, other militaryapplications

2500 ft. (760 m) 15 knots 25.5 in. 65 cm

1-2.5.2 EXPENDABLE SOUND VELOCIMETER (XSV). The XSV provides direct measurement of oceansound velocity. The XSV obtains accurate sound velocity profiles for the support of under-ice ASW operations,coastal mine countermeasure operations, and oceanographic research. The XSV uses an insulated single-conductor fine wire to transmit sound velocity data from a sensor in the probe assembly to the AN/BQH-7Arecorder-processor.

The XSV (seeFigure 1-6) consists of a ballistically shaped probe and a wire link similar to the XBT, a″sing-around″ sound velocity (SV) sensor, a battery power supply, and an integrated circuit.

Once the XSV is inserted in either the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher or the LM3A Hand-HeldLauncher, the operator pulls the release pin to launch the probe device. When the sensor’s internal electrodecomes in contact with seawater, the SOD circuit completes and the chart trace begins within a few seconds sig-nifying the start of XSV data collection.

The XSV measures the speed of sound in water using a″sing-around″ SV sensor. The SV sensor contains apiezoelectric ceramic transducer which pulses at 6.5 MHz, producing an acoustic signal. This signal travels fromthe transducer to a brass reflector and back again, covering a total path length of 52 mm (2 in.).

The returning pulse initiates a new 6.5 MHz pulse, causing the signal to sing around within the sensor at afrequency of approx. 27 to 30 Hz, depending on the ambient temperature, pressure, and salinity. The XSV inte-grated circuitry divides down the″sing-around″ frequency by a factor of 128 to accommodate the attenuationcharacteristics of the signal wire, using the following equation:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-16 Change B

The 210 to 233 Hz frequencies telemetered through the single-conductor fine wire link to the shipboardAN/BQH-7A Data System are directly proportional to sound velocity.

The AN/BQH-7A data recorder is capable of transferring sound velocity to an external receiver over the rangebetween 4610 ft./sec. to 5118 ft./sec., with an accuracy of +/- 0.8 ft./sec.

Sound velocity data obtained by direct XSV measurements are most useful in oceanic areas such as the Arc-tic, Mediterranean, and coastal waters, where salinity variations may cause any computed sound velocity data(based on measured temperature profiles and an assumed salinity) to be inaccurate.

Table 1-2. XSV Data

Model Applications Max. DepthRated Ship

Speed Depth Resolution

XSV-01 ASW applications where salinity varies; Naval andcivilian oceanographic and acoustic applications

2790 ft. (850m)

15 knots 12.5 in. 32 cm

The XSV-01 probe device depth can be calculated using the following equation:

where t = time in seconds and H = depth in feet. The XSV-01 depth range is 0 to 2790 feet. The XSV-01 attains maxi-mum depth after 166 seconds.

1-3. XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.

The XBT/XSV Test Device simulates real-time probe profile data in three modes: STEP, ISO, and FINE. TheXBT/XSV test device (seeFigure 1-7) checks the readiness of the AN/BQH-7A recorder to accept data from anactual XBT or XSV probe, and it tests the condition of the launcher and launcher cable and the connection fromlauncher to recorder.Appendix Acontains more detailed descriptions of the test device operating procedures andfunctional output. The XBT/XSV Test Device is powered by a 9 Vdc battery and can be reused.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-17

Figure 1-7 AN/BQH-7A Test Device

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-18 Change B

1-4. ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING, AN/BQH-7A SYSTEM.

Designed for use by the U.S. Navy, the AN/BQH-7A recorder has undergone extensive testing to meet U.S.Department of Defense MIL-E-16400 environmental conditions. These tests include cycling through the follow-ing conditions:

• Low (-80°F) and high (160°F) temperature

• Shock table testing, per MIL-S-901, Grade A, Type A;

• Vibration testing, per MIL-S-167, Section I, Type I;

• Airborne and structure-borne noise testing per ANSI Standard 13-1971 (A-weighted) with noise not to exceed55 dB;

• Electromagnetic interference, per MIL-STD-462. This test includes the recorder’s susceptibility to interference,as well as recorder emissions affecting other equipment (to requirements of MIL-S-461, Class IIA).

• Magnetic field cycling up to 20 Oersteds;

• Humidity testing per MIL-S-810, Method 507.2;

• Salt fog testing per MIL-S-810, Method 509;

• Inclination testing while operating up to 60° off vertical line.

1-5. SYSTEM REFERENCE DATA.

Table 1-3contains functional and environmental information for the AN/BQH-7A Expendable Bathythermo-graph/Sound Velocity Data System, including operating and ambient temperature ranges, power requirements andprobe device temperature, sound velocity, depth, range, and accuracy specifications.

1-6. EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND DOCUMENTS SUPPLIED.

Tables 1-4 through Table 1-6contain information on equipment, accessories, and documents supplied withthe AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph/Sound Velocimeter Data System, their dimensions and associated part num-bers, including (Table 1-4) the four probe types compatible with the AN/BQH-7A system.

1-7. ENGINEERING CHANGES.

Table 1-7contains Engineering Change data used in preparation of this manual.

Table 1-3. AN/BQH-7A System Reference Data

Equipment Specifications

AN/BQH-7A System Set Temperature Sensing Range 28°F to 96°FTemperature Resolution 0.05°FTemperature Accuracy +/- 0.3°F (Chart) +/- 0.2°F (External

Interface)Sound Velocity Range 4610 f/s to 5118 f/sSound Velocity Resolution 0.2 f/s

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-19

Table 1-3. AN/BQH-7A System Reference Data - Continued

Equipment Specifications

AN/BQH-7A System Set Sound Velocity Accuracy +/- 2 f/s (Chart) +/- 0.8 f/s (ExternalInterface)

Depth Range 0 to 6000 ft. (seeTables 1-1andtable1-2)

Depth Resolution 2 ft. incrementsDepth Accuracy +/- 0.5% or 2 ft. (whichever is greater)Primary Power Requirements 115 VAC, 60 Hz, 1Ph 100 W maximum

AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder Operating Modes MEASURE TAPE TO CHART TAPETO CHART AND EXTERNAL TEST

Ambient Temperature Ranges 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)External Interface Digital parallel output NTDS Fast (Type

B)External System Output Response (XBT): Capable of indicating a full step change

within +/- 0.2°F within 4 ft. of probedescent after SOD; bridge circuitcapable of indicating 63% step changein approx. 22 ms (milliseconds)

Response (XSV): Capable of implementing input fre-quency to S/V conversion withinapprox. 66 ms, corresponding to 1.2 ft.of probe descent after SOD

AR-20 System Selector Function Allows use of 1 recorder with 1 or 2launchers

Test Device Function Checks out recorder and launcher cableand connections

Expendable Bathythermograph(XBT)

Function Measures temperature vs. depth begin-ning 10 ms after seawater contact

Expendable Sound Velocimeter(XSV)

Function Transmits acoustical signal, min. 0.3 VRMS.

Table 1-4. Summary of XBT/XSV Device Applications

XBT/XSV Device (FSCMNo. 16848 P/N) Maximum Speed (knots)

Maximum Depth (feet/meters) Application

T4 (207592-1) 30 1,500 (460 m) Standard probe type used byNavy for ASW operations

T5 (211105-1) 6 6,000 (1,830 m) Deep ocean scientific and mili-tary applications

T7 (210882-1) 15 2,500 (760 m) Increased depth for improvedsonar prediction in ASW & othermilitary applications

XSV-01 (213796-1) 15 2,790 (850 m) ASW application where salinityvaries; Navy & civilian oceano-graphic & acoustic applications

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-20 Change B

Table 1-4. Summary of XBT/XSV Device Applications - Continued

XBT/XSV Device (FSCMNo. 16848 P/N) Maximum Speed (knots)

Maximum Depth (feet/meters) Application

NOTE

1. All probes may be used at speeds above rated maximum. However, there will be a proportional reductionin depth capability.

2. All probes are shipped 12 to a case.3. Shipping weight varies from 25 lbs. to 43 lbs., depending on probe type.4. Dimensions of styrofoam shipping container vary from 17″ x 14″ x 18″ (2.5 cu. ft.) to 17″ x 14″ x 23″ (3.7

cu. ft.)

Table 1-5. AN/BQH-7A Equipment Supplied

QTY. PEREQUIP.

NOMENCLATURE OVERALL DIMENSIONS

WGT.

VOL.(CU.FT.)NAME

PART NO. //INV.NO.// (FSCM NO.) H. W. D.

1 AN/BQH-7A DataRecorder

301455-1 (16848) 12.2517*

20.525*

17.023*

75100*

2.55.6*

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE SHIPPED WITH EACH AN/BQH-7A RECORDER:2 Rolls, Chart Paper

2500 ft.214857-1 (16848)909310-00- 168-3411(96906)

2 Operation and Main-tenance TechnicalManuals

SE-365-BA-MMO-010/ BQH-7A (96906)

1 Interface ConnectorCable (W2P1)

10-109824-28S (77820)

1 Power Cable Con-nector (W3P1)

10-109814-7S (77820)

** 1 Digital Output Inter-face Connector Cable(W4P2)

302523-1 (16848)

1 Adapter MS3420-12A (96906)1 Adapter MS3420-16A (96906)1 System Selector

AR-20213627-1 (16848)

2 Hand-Held Launch-ers LM3A

213550-1 16848) 13. 18. 8. 6.5 1.1

(each with 50 ft. of cable)1 Thru-Hull Launcher

MX-8577/ SSQ-61213008-1 (16848)2F6665-00- 236-0791(96906)

30. 9.75 9.75 105 1.7

(each with 40 ft. of cable)

*Crated dimensions, weight and volume (estimated)

** Mates with Unit 1 receptacle M81511/01-EF01-P2 and requires 90° backshell and cable seal/strain relief per302523-1.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 1-21

Table 1-6. Equipment Required But Not Supplied for Use with the AN/BQH-7A Data System

EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Megohmeter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenanceDigital Multimeter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenanceFrequency Counter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenanceDigital Voltmeter Troubleshooting and maintenance of test device

Table 1-7. Engineering Changes

EFF. DATE PAGE NO. EQUIPMENT& P/N CHANGE DESCRIPTION REV.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

1-22 Change B

CHAPTER 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

2-1. INTRODUCTION.

The surface ship AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder measures and records seawater temperature or sound velocityfrom a surface vessel while underway at maximum speeds of between 6 and 30 knots. The recorder produces apermanent record of either sound velocity or temperature versus depth on a strip chart, records the data on astandard digital magnetic tape cassette, and, when connected, transfers it to an onboard external receiver.

Expendable sensors -- or probes -- launched from a surface ship sink at a known rate and transmit the TEMP/SV versus depth data to the onboard chart recorder via a fine wire link. Depending on the probe type selected,the AN/BQH-7A can plot a complete data profile on chart paper to 6,000 ft. (seeTable 2-1). A complete profileto 6000 ft. takes less than 6 minutes. The NTDS (Fast) digital parallel output of sound velocity or temperatureversus depth is transmitted to an onboard external receiver (if connected) at the same time.

This section contains the information needed to familiarize the operator with controls, procedures, and equip-ment (seeFigures 2-1a through Figure 2-1d), turn-on, check-out, and maintenance actions. It contains equipmentdescriptions, operating information, and operating instructions for the units of the AN/BQH-7A data system--Data Recorder, Launcher (either LM3A or MX-8577/SSQ-61), Probe (XBT or XSV), and AR-20 System Selec-tor (seeFigure 2-2).

Tables 2-5a - 2-5econtains the operating procedures for the AN/BQH-7A recorder during a probe drop. Therecorder automatically cycles through pre-launch tests (TEST mode) before indicating launch readiness.Chapter5 contains the built-in test equipment (BITE) routines for troubleshooting the AN/BQH-7A recorder or testingthe system operating modes. An operator may perform pre-launch check-outs using the XBT/XSV test devicebefore attempting an actual probe launch.

2-2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

After successful completion of power-up and pre-launch checks, the AN/BQH-7A system is ready for anactual probe launch. The launcher operator launches an expendable bathythermograph (XBT) or expendablesound velocimeter (XSV) which transmits temperature/sound velocity to the onboard recorder. The recorder out-puts the data to the strip chart, the NTDS (Fast) interface, and to magnetic tape for immediate or future playback.

2-3. SURFACE-LAUNCHED PROBE DEVICES.

The XBT (temperature) and the XSV (sound velocity) devices consist of a ballistically shaped sensor (probe)containing a wire spool and thermistor (XBT) or sound velocity electronics (XSV), a canister with shipboard wirespool and launcher connections, a release pin and end cap (seeFigures 1-5andFigure 1-6).

2-3.1 SURFACE-LAUNCHED PROBE DEVICES - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. To prepare the XBT orXSV for launch, remove the shipping cap and load it into the breech of one of the two launchers (Thru-HullMX-8577/SSO-61 or Hand-Held LM3A). After the launcher breech is shut, the recorder automatically sequencesa series of pre-launch tests.

Figures 2-4andFigure 2-5show the positions of the probe in the Thru-Hull launcher launcher handle, breech,and the ball valve, during the load sequence.Figure 2-6shows the Thru-Hull launcher with the breech shut.Figure 2-7shows the load position for the Hand-Held launcher. The nose of the probe within the XBT or XSVis weighted and the unit is spin-stabilized to assure an accurate known rate of descent (Table 2-1as it sinkstowards the bottom.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-1

Table 2-5(a)provides pre-launch and launch operating procedures for an XBT probe drop for temperaturemeasurement. For calculated sound velocity measurement obtained using an XBT, see appropriate notes inTable2-5(a). Table 2-5(b)provides pre-launch and launch operating procedures for an XSV sound velocity profile.Table 2-5(c)provides AN/BQH-7A recorder operating procedures for data measurement and recording;Table2-5(d) provides equipment power-down procedures;Table 2-5(e)provides AN/BQH-7A tape playback proce-dures.

Table 2-1. Probe Depth vs. Time from Entry

PROBE TYPEDEPTH VS. TIME H (feet) vs. t

(seconds)MAXIMUM DEPTH IN

FEET (meters)TIME TO MAX. DEPTH INSECONDS

XBT T-4 H = 21.232t - 0.00709t2 1500(460) 73T-5 H = 22.4t - 0.00598t2 6000(1830) 290T-7 H = 21.232t - 0.00709t2 2500(760) 123XSV -01 H = 17.609t - 0.0048t2 2790(850) 166

2-3.2 OPERATING INFORMATION XBT. The XBT probe employs insulated two-conductor fine wire totransmit temperature data from the sensor to the chart recorder. When the probe contacts seawater, a return cir-cuit signals the start of TEMP/SV measurement (SOD - start of descent). A temperature sensitive thermistorwithin the probe converts water temperature into a corresponding resistance value which is transmitted over thetwo-conductor fine wire to the chart recorder bridge circuit.Table 2-2summarizes maximum operating depthsfor all XBT models compatible with the AN/BQH-7A recorder.

Table 2-2. AN/BQH-7A Probe Types

MODELPART NO. (FSCM

No. 16848)SHIPPING WEIGHT & SIZE per unit

(incl. container) H. x W. x D. CAPABILITIES

XBTT-4 207592-1 Approx. 34 lbs. 17 7/8″ x 17 1/4″ x 13 3/4″ 28°F to 96°F 1500ft., 30 knotsT-5 211105-1 Approx. 43 lbs. 22 7/8″ x 17 1/4″ x 13 3/4″ 28°F to 96°F 6000 ft., 6 knotsT-7 210882-1 Approx. 34 lbs. 17 7/8″ x 17 1/4″ x 13 3/4″ 28°F to 96°F 2500 ft., 15 knotsXSV-01 213796-1 Approx. 38.5 lbs. 22 7/8″ x 17 1/4″ x 13

3/4″4715 ft/sec to 5115 ft/sec 2790ft., 15 knots

2-3.3 OPERATING INFORMATION - XSV. The XSV probe transmits sound velocity data over insulated,single-conductor, fine wire from the sensor in the nose of the probe to the recorder XSV circuitry. When the probedevice is released through the launcher and contacts seawater, a switch energizes a″sing-around″ sound veloci-meter powered from a battery in the nose of the probe. The″sing-around″ frequency is proportional to the soundvelocity of the water; divided by a factor of 128, it is transmitted over the wire conductor to the chart recorderin the hand between 210 and 233 Hz. SeeTable 2-2for maximum operating depth for the AN/BQH-7A compat-ible XSV probe device.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-2 Change B

Figure 2-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Front Panel Controls and Indicators

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-3 / (2-4 Blank)

2-4 Change B@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

Figure 2-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Front Panel Controls and Indicators

SE365-BA-MMO-010


2.4. LAUNCHERS.

2-4.1 INTRODUCTION. Two types of launcher (Unit 2 of the AN/BQH-7A system set) are available for sur-face ships -- the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSO-61) and Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A). SeeFigures 1-2andFigure 1-3. These launchers provide the electrical connection between the recorder and expendable probe.

2-4.2 THRU-HULL LAUNCHER, MX-8577/SSQ-61. The Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61) consists ofa launcher, launch tube, ball valve, breech and breech adapter, and 40 ft. of electrical cable for connection to theAN/BQH-7A recorder. The launch tube, which penetrates the hull, is made of urethane and is mounted to amanually operated ball valve and a ship’s adapter. The adapter, which is welded to the interior plating of the ship,provides rigid mounting for the launcher. SeeFigure 1-2.

2-4.2.1 THEORY OF OPERATION. Connection to the three probe canister contacts is made automatically bythree pins in the launcher breech (seeFigure 2-3when the operator shuts the breech. The recorder conducts pre-launch tests and the probe is ready to launch. When the operator withdraws the release pin, the probe separatesfrom the canister, falls through the launch tube and enters the water. At a depth of two feet, the probe begins totransmit data along the fine wire conductor to the onboard chart recorder.

2-4.2.2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, MX-8577/SSQ-61. To operate the MX-8577/SSQ-61, follow theseprocedures:

CAUTION

The ball valve MUST be open when loading the Thru-Hull Launcher(MX8577/SSQ-61).

Figure 2-1(c) Key for Figures 2-1(a) and figure 2-1(b)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 2-1(d) AN/BQH-7A Bathythermograph Data Recorder, Rear View

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 2-2 AR-20 System Selector, Controls and Indicators

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-11

NOTE

Establish phone or voice communication from the launch station to the recorderinstallation (sonar control station).

a. Open the breech by turning the handle clockwise approximately 180 degrees to the detent, and swinging thebreech to the right.

b. Open the ball valve (seeFigure 2-4).

Figure 2-3 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher Contact Pin Assembly

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-12 Change B

Figure 2-4 Loading XBT/XSV Probe Device into MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher

Figure 2-5 XBT/XSV Probe Device Fully Loaded in MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-13

c. Insert the XBT or XSV probe device into the launcher (seeFigures 2-4andFigure 2-5)

d. Shut the breech; turn the handle counterclockwise, returning the breech to its original position. (seeFigure2-6).

e. Launch the XBT or XSV by grasping the loop of the release pin and removing it in a firm, continuous motion.

f. Upon completion of a successful launch, open the breech and remove the spent canister.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to close the ball valve until the canister and all wire havebeen removed from the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61).

g. Break the wire near the canister and let it fall through the launch tube.

h. Shut the breech and ball valve. The ball valve should remain shut at all times except during the launch cycle.

i. Verify that the chart trace has been completed before opening the breech and removing the canister.

Figure 2-6 Launcher MX-8577/SSQ-61 Loaded and Ready

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-14 Change B

2-4.3 HAND-HELD LAUNCHER, LM3A. The Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A) consists of a body, a yoke, acontact pin assembly, a contact lever and a 50-foot electrical cable for connection to the recorder (seeFigure 1-3).

2-4.3.1 THEORY OF OPERATION. When the operator pulls down the launcher contact lever with a probedevice loaded in the launcher cradle, connection to the 3 probe contacts is made by the three pins in the launcherbreech.

When the operator withdraws the release pin, the probe separates from the canister and arcs out over thewater and enters at the water’s surface. At a depth of approximately 2 feet, the probe begins to transmit data alongthe fine-wire conductor to the onboard chart recorder through the launcher cable.

2-4.3.2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, LM3A. To operate the Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A), raise the con-tact lever at the rear of the launcher so that the yoke is extended. Cradle the XBT or XSV device in the launcheryoke. Be sure that the loop of the release pin is aligned with the slot in the launcher body.

The large end of the XBT or XSV device should lie next to the contact pins. Be sure that the XBT/XSVdevice is fully seated in the launcher. When directed, lower the contact lever to clamp the contacts into operat-ing position (seeFigures 2-7andFigure 2-8) and launch the probe.

CAUTION

Be sure to hold the LM3A launcher beyond the edge of the deck and anyobjects protruding from the ship’s deck or hull. If the wire from the XBT/XSV probe makes contact with any part of the ship, the probe may fail totransmit an accurate temperature vs. depth or sound velocity vs. depth pro-file.

To launch a probe using the LM3A, hold the launcher beyond the edge of the deck, aim towards the watersurface, and withdraw the probe release pin.

CAUTION

When a probe drop is complete, break the signal wire and leave the emptyprobe canister in the launcher until a new probe is loaded. This protects thelauncher contact pins from erosion.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-15

2-4.4 POST-LAUNCH PROCEDURE. After each successful measurement from an XBT or XSV, tear off thechart trace, annotate, and store per individual ship’s operating procedures.

When using the Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A) to launch more than one probe device, remove the spent probecanister and any wire remaining in the launcher, replace the launcher handle in its pre-operational position, and

Figure 2-7 Hand-Hold Launcher LM3A Loaded and Ready

Figure 2-8 Hand-Held Launcher LM3A Contact Pin Assembly

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-16 Change B

prepare to reload the launcher. If finished using the Hand-Held LM3A Launcher for an extended period of time,leave the spent canister in the launcher and stow in launcher stowage container.

When using the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61) to launch more than one probe device, break cop-per wire near the spent canister and let the wire end fall through the launch tube into the water. Remove the spentcanister, close the ball valve, and prepare to reload. If finished using the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61)for an extended period of time, cut wire and let remaining wire fall through launch tube, remove spent probecanister, shut the breech and close the ball valve.

2-4.5 FAILURE PROCEDURES. Usually when an XBT or XSV measurement failure occurs, the operatormust launch another probe to complete a successful profile for the particular oceanic area under study.

The following sections describe failure symptoms for unsuccessful XBT or XSV launches, and recoveryoptions:

2-4.5.1 PROBE DEVICE SEPARATION DURING LOAD SEQUENCE. If internal components or externalparts of the XBT or XSV probe device separate from the probe device assembly before loading, do not load XBTor XSV into the launcher. If the XBT or XSV is already loaded into the launcher and the operator notices anexcessive amount of de-spooled canister or probe wire, follow this procedure:

1. Launch the XBT/XSV probe; it may produce valid data.

2. If the measurement data from the probe is invalid, discard the damaged probe device, obtain a new XBT orXSV, and load it into the launcher.

3. Shut and secure the launcher breech.

4. Check launcher cable for damage or loose wiring. If necessary retool and/or tighten loose wiring.

5. Check launcher contact pins for water or salt residue or other deposits or debris. Clean, if necessary (seeSection 4-3.2).

6. Prepare launcher and recorder for new launch. Re-cycle recorder through RELOAD to LAUNCH state (seeSection 2-6).

7. When directed, launch the new XBT or XSV.

2-4.5.2 PREMATURE MEASUREMENT TERMINATION. If transmittal of data from a successfully launchedXBT or XSV probe is prematurely terminated (for example, if wire breaks on rock or some other underwaterobstacle), the operator should:

a. Report failure to launcher operator.

b. Wait for prematurely-terminated probe drop to finish (wait for chart paper to advance to SURFACE line fornext probe drop profile).

c. When directed, obtain and launch new XBT/XSV probe.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-17

2-5. XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE.

2-5.1 INTRODUCTION. The XBT/XSV Test Device (seeFigure 1-7) employs electronic circuitry embeddedin a canister to simulate an XBT or XSV probe drop in three modes: STEP, ISO, and FINE. The XBT/XSV TestDevice is used to conduct AN/BQH-7A operational and verification tests, scheduled and corrective maintenance,and other tests of system function.

2-5.1.1 TEST DEVICE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. The test device front panel consists of a 7-positionSELECT switch, a push-button START switch and a red-lensed LED. Mounted on the side of the test device isan identification panel containing the test device serial number. On the bottom front end located approximatelyone inch in from the canister edge is the test device ground wire assembly with alligator clip.

At the opposite end of the canister is a plastic insulating disc and spacer assembly which permits access tothe three electrical contacts coated with insulating gel. The insulating assembly is connected to the canister bodywith three (3) stainless steel rivets.

The test device is powered by a 9 Vdc battery. To remove or replace the battery, loosen the three front panelretaining screws, and withdraw the equipment chassis (drawer) to the chassis stop. SeeSection 4-3.5andFigure4-1(b).

2-5.1.2 TEST DEVICE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION. The XBT/XSV Test Device is used to verify satisfac-tory operation of the AN/BQH-7A system set, including the recorder, the launcher, and interconnecting cable.Appendix A contains descriptions of the test device software operation and internal circuitry, and sample chartplots in both BT and SV modes for STEP, ISO, and FINE profiles.Chapter 5contains built-in test equipment(BITE) routines that use the test device to check AN/BQH-7A bridge and S/V circuitry, launcher cable. connec-tion, and other functions of the recorder.

2-5.2 TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES. Operating procedures for the XBT/XSV Test Device (seeFigures 1-7, Figure 4-1a, andfigure 4-1b) are as follows:

CAUTION

When loading the XBT/XSV Test Device into the Hand-Held Launcher(LM3A), be sure that the ground wire strap on the test device does not catchin the launcher breech closure, or probe release pin slot (seeFigures 1-3andFigure 1-7).

1. Establish communication between recorder (Unit 1) and launcher (Unit 2).

2. Ensure launcher cable is connected via a junction box to the J3 receptacle on the rear of Unit 1 (some instal-lations require use of AR-20 System Selector and two LM3A Hand-Held Launchers).

3. Switch Unit 1 POWER ON.

4. Wait for RELOAD lamp to light.

5. Set Unit 1 MODE switch to MEASURE.

6. Open OPEN FOR TEST door and switch PROBE switch for test modes as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-18 Change B

TEST DEVICE MODES/PROFILES * PROBE SWITCH

BT (TEMP) STEP, ISO, FINE 7SV (S/V) STEP, ISO, FINE 3BT (TEMP) Calculated S/V (use BT STEP) 7

*Use only those PROBE switch settings specified. Using any other PROBE switch settings results in inaccuratetest data.

7. Set Unit 1 STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch to TEMP for all BT/SV test profiles. For a calculated soundvelocity BT test profile, set Unit 1 STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch to S/V.

8. Open the Unit 1 OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door, and insert tape cassette to save test data.

9. Shut OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door. Tape is rewound to clear leader and advanced to oxide (CAS-SETTE STATUS READY lamp illuminates).

10. Open Unit 2 breech and prepare to load test device.

NOTE

Set test device SELECT switch to BT or SV for test profile desired, press STARTswitch, and check if LED on front panel of test device flashes. If LED fails toflash, replace battery. Be sure test device SELECT switch is OFF when changingbattery. After replacing battery, repeat this procedure. When using Thru-Hull(MX-8577/SSQ-61) launcher, remove and stow test device ground wire and alli-gator clip. When using Hand-Held (LM3A) launcher, connect test device groundwire alligator clip to ship’s hull metal surface (juntion box case).

11. Insert test device into Unit 2 following procedures for loading XBT/XSV perSections 2-4.2and Section2-4.3. When directed, set test device SELECT switch to desired BT or SV test profile switch position (seeFigure 1-7andAppendix A) and press START switch.

NOTE

When launcher breech is shut, recorder sequences through pre-launch tests andaligns chart paper SURFACE line beneath stylus. If no external system is on line,the recorder triggers EEC message code on the Unit 1 DISPLAY and the MEA-SUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights. Press the recorder CYCLE switchto override the EEC error and trigger AN/BQH-7A launch readiness condition(LAUNCH lamp lights).

12. When directed, shut unit 2 breech. After 45-second delay (after START is pressed), LAUNCH lamp extin-guishes, DISPLAY shows DEC, and simulated probe test profile data is plotted on the chart and recorded ontape.

13. To terminate test device profile at any time during test, switch test device SELECT switch to OFF. Chart sty-lus plots at low end of BT or SV profile until 2500 ft. depth is reached.

14. When a completed test profile plot stops and Unit 1 RELOAD lamp lights, set test device SELECT switchto OFF. For additional profiles using test device, repeat procedure.

15. If testing complete, remove test device to secure storage, and return launcher and recorder to initial readinesscondition.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-19

Figure 4-2andFigure 4-3show typical STEP test profiles for BT and SV test modes.Appendix A containsXBT/XSV Test Device operating procedures and sample STEP, ISO, and FINE test profiles for for both BT andSV modes, and a sample calculated sound velocity test profile using BT STEP mode.

2-5.3 TEST DEVICE FAILURE PROCEDURES. If the operator observes any failure in the AN/BQH-7A sys-tem when using the test device, check first for any failure in the launcher (e.g., dirty contact pins) or its inter-connecting cable (e.g., loose contacts, frayed wiring or shielding). When using the test device with the Hand HeldLauncher (LM3A), be sure to complete the around circuit by electrically connecting the test device ground wireto the ship’s hull or grounding bus (junction box case). If START switch LED fails to flash or test profiles do notcompare with samples inAppendix A, replace test device battery as perSection 4-3.5. If failure persists, replacetest device.

2-6. AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDER.

2-6.1 INTRODUCTION. The AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder (seeFigures 2-1(a) through Figure 2-1(d)consistsof the recorder housing, nameplate, shock mounts, fasteners, EMI protectors, drip- and dust-proof doors, cableconnectors, and replaceable subassemblies (left- and right-hand drawers). The left-hand drawer subassemblyhouses the chart servo motor and other chart recorder functions, apparatus, and the power supply. The right-handdrawer subassembly houses the probe interface cards, digital data interface card, tape transport assembly, chartdrive interface, microcomputer and test electronics.

2-6.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. Table 2-3lists the controls and indicators on the AN/BQH-7A frontpanel, and explains their functions (see alsoFigure 2-1(a) and Figure 2-1(b)). Table 2-4shows PROBE thumb-wheel switch settings for probe types compatible with the AN/BQH-7A recorder. Table 2-5 details the proceduresfor operating the AN/BQH-7A recorder during a typical probe drop.

2-6.3 OPERATING MODES. The recorder has four operating modes: MEASURE (with and without externalinterface), TAPE TO CHART, TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL and (using BITE routines) TEST.

2-6.4 MEASURE MODE. In MEASURE mode, the recorder accepts and measures temperature or soundvelocity data from the expendable XBT/XSV probe, records it on a digital magnetic tape cassette, sends digitallyformatted output to an external receiver, and plots it on a strip chart.

Tables 2-5(a) through table 2-5(e)contain the power-up sequence, operating procedures, and power-downsequence for the AN/BQH-7A recorder during an actual probe drop. During MEASURE mode, the recorder auto-matically sequences through prelaunch testing before indicating launch readiness.Chapter 5contains the BITEtest routines used for troubleshooting the AN/BQH-7A recorder or testing the modes of operating the system.Using the test device (Figure 1-7), an operator may perform system testing to check out system performancebefore operating the equipment during an actual probe drop.

2-6.4.1 MEASURE MODE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. When launching an XBT probe device, set theSTRIP CHART OUTPUT switch to TEMP to record seawater temperature versus depth data; set STRIP CHARTOUTPUT switch to S/V to calculate and record sound velocity data based on XBT resistance-based data. If anXSV is launched, the AN/BQH-7A outputs only sound velocity data regardless of the position of the STRIPCHART OUTPUT switch.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-20 Change B

2-6.4.2 SOUND VELOCITY EQUATION USING XBT. When launching an XBT probe device with therecorder’s STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch set to S/V, the AN/BQH-7A system computes sound velocity usingthe following equation (which assumes a salinity value of 35 parts per thousand):

The CPU/Memory circuitry processes the conversion from temperature to sound velocity versus depth infor-mation in feet per second and degrees Fahrenheit for transfer to the chart recorder. Temperature data is recordedon the tape cassette, and passed via the NTDS (Fast) circuitry to the external system.

2-6.5 TAPE TO CHART MODE. In TAPE TO CHART mode, data from an XBT probe drop stored on tapecassette is played back to the strip chart as either temperature or calculated sound velocity, depending on theposition of the STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch; tape recorded sound velocity data from an XSV appears on thestrip chart as sound velocity vs. depth.

Set the MODE switch on the AN/BQH-7A recorder in the TAPE TO CHART position when replaying dataobtained from the XBT/XSV Test Device.

2-6.6 TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL MODE. In TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL mode, tapedtemperature or sound velocity data is recorded on the chart in the same way as in TAPE TO CHART mode. Atthe same time, the data is transmitted to a peripheral device (external system) via the NTDS (Fast) digital paral-lel interface. If output to an external system is not used or not ready to accent data, an EEC (external equipmentcheck) message code occurs. Pressing the CYCLE switch on the AN/BQH-7A recorder resumes tape playbackby overriding the EEC error.

2-6.7 TURN ON/CHECK-OUT PROCEDURES.Tables 2-5(a)through Table 2-5(e)contain the proceduresused to power-up and operate the AN/BQH-7A system under actual operating conditions.Table 5-4contains theMaintenance Turn-On Procedures to check out the system prior to use or, if necessary, maintenance.Table 5-6contains built-in test equipment (BITE) routines used to check out the recorder and assure optimum operatingconditions.

2-6.8 FAILURE OF OPERATION. If the AN/BQH-7A fails to operate in any of the operating modes, or if itfails any pre-launch tests, the MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp (seeFigures 2-1 a-d) lights, and theDISPLAY indicates the failed machine state.

When the fault is corrected through troubleshooting (seeChapter 5), reset the recorder by pressing theRESET button (lower left on panel inside OPEN FOR TEST door). Pressing RESET does not work for errors inselecting the PROBE type, or for 62°F errors. When the RESET switch is pressed, the recorder sequences throughthe power-up machine state, and is ready to run through TEST mode to MEASURE mode. If the OPEN FOR

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-21

TEST door is shut, the recorder sequences through the power-up machine state and then indicates system readi-ness (MEASUREMENT STATUS and CASSETTE STATUS lamps light) depending on the MODE switch posi-tion.

To correct an error in selecting the PROBE type, change the setting on the PROBE thumbwheel switch to theproper probe number (seeTable 2-4) and, if necessary, recycle recorder to appropriate machine state. To correcta 62°F error, use the BITE routines appearing inTable 5-6to investigate the external interface circuit.

2-6.9 EXTERNAL INTERFACE BYPASS FLAG. During a normal probe launch, the operator can set a bypassflag within the microprocessor BITE routine to bypass transfer of data to a host computer or other external sys-tem. When this flag is set, no data is transmitted during the next probe launch. The system automatically clearsthe bypass flag at the end of the MEASURE cycle, or when the recorder is reset or cycled through power-up.

Use the following procedure to set the external interface bypass flag:

a. Open the OPEN FOR TEST door on the recorder.

b. Set the TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 16 and observe A 1 6 on the recorder DISPLAY.

c. Press the CYCLE pushbutton for one (1) second to set the bypass flag. Observe that the recorder DISPLAYturns OFF.

NOTE

Once the OPEN FOR TEST door is shut, opening it before TEST 16 is com-pleted causes the system automatically clear the external interface bypass flag,thus permitting transmission of data to the host computer. The operator must setthe TEST NO. switch to 1 6 each time a probe is launched in order to set theexternal interface bypass flag (i.e., bypass transmission of data to external sys-tem).

d. Shut and secure the OPEN FOR TEST door. Observe the recorder stepping to the RELOAD state.

e. Proceed with normal loading and launch of an XBT or XSV probe device.

2-6.10 RECORDER TURN-OFF PROCEDURES. Make sure launcher is secure (seeSection 2-4. Unload tapecassette, if one is loaded, shut and secure the OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door, annotate the cassette and storein an airtight container (to minimize oxidation contamination). De-energize (power-down) the AN/BQH-7Arecorder, i.e., set the recorder POWER switch to OFF. Shut and secure the OPEN TO RECORD and OPEN FORTEST doors.

2-6.11 POST TRACE ANALYSIS. This section provides information to aid the AN/BQH-7A operator inevaluating the data obtained from successfully launched XBT and/or XSV probe devices.

Tables 1-1andTable 1-2provide information on maximum depths for XBT and XSV probe devices compat-ible with the AN/BQH-7A Data System.Figures 2-9andFigure 2-10show valid temperature vs. depth and soundvelocity vs. depth profiles obtained under actual surface ship operating conditions.

If a questionable chart trace is produced, it is recommended that a second probe measurement be taken forthe specific ship coordinates under study. If ship operations preclude a second trace, analyze the data from thefirst measurement carefully, and compare with related data such as previous probe drop profiles obtained for thesame coordinates or under similar conditions, and with the historical thermal characteristics of the operating area.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-22 Change B

To save data for future analysis, he sure to properly load a magnetic tape cassette in the AN/BQH-7A tapetransport assembly.Tables 2-5(c)andTable 2-5(e)provide specific operating instructions for profile measurementand tape playback procedures.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-23

Figure 2-9 Typical XBT Probe Drop Profile (Temp. vs. Depth) T-4

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-24 Change B

Figure 2-10 Typical XSV Probe Drop Profile (S/V vs. Depth) XSV-01

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-25

Table 2-3. Description of AN/BQH-7A Recorder Controls and Indicators (SeeFigure 2-1(a) through Figure 2-1(d)

INDEXNO. CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

1 MODE switch Permits the selection of 3 modes of operation.a.) MEASURE Takes data from the probe, records it on the tape cas-

sette and on the AN/BQH-7A chart, and sends viadigitallyformatted interface to host computer or externaldevice.

b.) TAPE TO CHART Plays back the tape recording and records it on thechart. Data not output via external interface.

c.) TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL Plays back the tape recording. Records on the chart andsends data to external system. To prevent accidentalselection of this mode, operator must press a detent tomove switch to and from this position.

2 MEASUREMENT STATUS indicators Indicates status of measurement cycle.a.) RELOAD lamp When lit, indicates that XBT/ XSV can be loaded into

the launcher.b.) LAUNCH lamp When lit, indicates that XBT/ XSV ready for launch.c.) ERROR lamp When lit, indicates that probe error conditions or mal-

functioning circuit board(s) exist.3 CASSETTE STATUS indicators Indicates status of cassette recording cycle.

a.) REPLACE lamp (see c. below) When lit, indicates operator should reload tape; if tapecassette cannot be rewound after 2 minutes, lamp illumi-nates; if cassette door is open, lamp illuminates.

b.) READY lamp When lit, indicates that tape cassette is loaded and readyfor recording or playback.

c.) ERROR lamp When both REPLACE and ERROR lamps are lit, indi-cates tape cassette not loaded. (Can perform MEASUREcycle without cassette in place.) When ERROR lamp lit,indicates error in cassette circuitry.

4 OPEN FOR TEST door/ DISPLAY window When OPEN FOR TEST door is closed, test panel digi-tal DISPLAY operating status messages show throughAN/BQH-7A DISPLAY window. When OPEN FORTEST door is open, test function for troubleshootinginitiates. Digital display shows test number and errormessages (Table 2-6).

5 LAMP TEST switch When depressed, checks status lamps. Does not testPOWER lamp or digital DISPLAY.

6 SPAN adjust Adjusts length of stylus span to accommodate variationsin chart paper width.

7 OFFSET adjust Adjusts position of stylus zero point to accommodatevariations in chart paper.

8 BRIGHTNESS control Controls brightness of recorder’s status and panel lamps.9 FUSE, F1 and F2 lamps Protects equipment from circuit current overload. When

lit, indicates blown fuse.10 POWER lamp When lit, indicates POWER is ON.11 POWER ON/OFF switch Controls 115 +/- 10 VAC power input.12 STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch Permits selection of TEMP or S/V for chart output.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-26 Change B

Table 2-3. Description of AN/BQH-7A Recorder Controls and Indicators (See

Figure 2-1(a) through Figure 2-1(d)- Continued

INDEXNO. CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

13 Strip chart XBT - Records seawater temperature or calculated soundvelocity depending on STRIP CHART OUTPUT switchsetting.XSV - Records seawater S/V regardless of position ofSTRIP CHART OUTPUT switch.

14 OPEN TO RECORD door Serves as protective cover for chart. Must be open torecord on chart.

15 OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door Opens to load or remove cassette. Close door to recordon cassette.

16 CYCLE switch Initiates cycle for special operations such as tape play-backs, tests, etc. Not normally used in MEASUREmode.

17 RESET switch Push-button switch located behind OPEN FOR TESTdoor. When pressed, returns recorder to initial power-upstate from any other state.

18 TEST NO. switch A 2-digit thumbwheel switch located behind OPEN FORTEST (#4 above) door that selects a specific BITE testroutine.

19 PROBE switch A 1-digit thumbwheel switch located behind OPEN FORTEST (#4 above) door. Selects specific probe type.

Table 2-4. Probe Type Selection

PROBE TYPE PROBE SWITCH POSITION

XBTT-4 4T-5 5T-7 7

XSV-01 3

Table 2-5(a). XBT Pre-Launch/Launch Operating Procedures (for TEMPmeasurement)

UNIT NO. CONTROL ACTION

1&2

Sonar control station (location of recorder)Launch station

A. Preliminary procedure:1. Establish sound-powered voice or phone communi-cation between sonar control and launch stations.

NOTE

Do not shut launcher breech until AN/BQH-7A recorder is ready to accept data from a successfully launched XBTor XSV

2 - Launcher breech 2. Prepare launcher for probe drop (see operatinginstructions for launchers,Section 2-4). Load XBT/XSV into launcher.

1 - MODE switch 3. Set to MEASURE.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-27

Table 2-5(a). XBT Pre-Launch/Launch Operating Procedures (for TEMP

measurement) - Continued


1 - PROBE switch 4. Open OPEN FOR TEST door. Check that PROBEswitch setting corresponds to number for probe to belaunched (seeTable 2-4). Close and secure OPENFOR TEST door.

NOTE

To plot calculated sound velocity using an XBT device, turn the MODE switch to S/V.1 - STRIP CHART OUTPUT-switch 5. Set to TEMP or S/V as required for XBT. (Use

either switch position for XSV probe.)1 - OPEN TO RECORD door 6. Latch OPEN TO RECORD door in open position.

Verify chart paper properly installed. (Ref.Section2-9.)

B. Equipment Power-Up:

CAUTION

Load or remove cassette only when POWER to Unit 1 is ON. Removing the tape cassette from the recorder withPOWER OFF may damage the cassette or tape transport assembly by leaving the tape head in the down position.

NOTE

When POWER to Unit 1 is turned ON, equipment begins to self-test to establish readiness to operate. If MEASURE-MENT STATUS ERROR lamp is illuminated after performing any of the following actions, consultChapter 5.

1 - POWER ON/OFF switch 1. Set to ON. Observe following conditions:(a) POWER indicator lamp lights.(b) MEASUREMENT STATUS lamps flash once.RELOAD lamp remains lit.(c) CASSETTE STATUS lamps flash once.REPLACE lamp remains lit.(d) DISPLAY (located inside OPEN FOR TESTdoor) flashes 0 0 0,then 8 8 8twice; then showsnumber for probe type selected (seeTable 2-4).

1 - OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door 2. Pre-launch operating procedures and indications:(a) Open the OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.Load tape cassette.(b) Shut and secure cassette door.(c) CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp extin-guishes.

1 - OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door (d) Digital DISPLAY indiccates CA0 as tape cassetterewinds.(e) When tape is rewound and advanced to oxide,CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp lights and DIS-PLAY indicates probe type selected (Table 2-4).(f) XBT ready for loading (SeeFigures 2-6, figure2-7)

1 - OPEN FOR TEST door 3. If DISPLAY indicates incorrect probe type, setPROBE switch to number corresponding to desiredprobe (Table 2-4). Shut and secure OPEN FOR TESTdoor.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-28 Change B




NOTE

The AN/BQH-7A data recorder is now in RELOAD condition and is ready to begin a MEASURE cycle once anXBT/XSV device is loaded into the launcher.

If no external system is on line, the AN/BQH-7A data recorder DISPLAY and MEASUREMENT STATUS ERRORlamps light indicating an EEC (external equipment check) message code. When this occurs, press the recorderCYCLE switch to override EEC and sequence the recorder to the DEC (descent) condition.

2 Launch station 1. When directed, load XBT/ XSV into launcher andshut launcher breech.

NOTE

After launcher (Unit 2) breech is shut, equipment cycles through pre-launch test which checks probe resistance; low/high temperature check; and external interface circuitry.

Actions in (2) and (3) below occur simultaneously.1 Sonar Control Station 2. Observe the following on digital DISPLAY during

pre-launch check:(a) CA0 visible as tape header is recorded.(b) EDC visible during probe d.c. loop resistancecheck.(c) 28F visible during +28°F precision resistor check.*

(d) 96F visible during +96°F precision resistorcheck.*

1 Sonar control station (e) 62F visible during +62°F precision resistor check.*

3. Observe chart recorder for following during pre-launch check: (all checks +/- 0.3°F)(a) Stylus draws vertical line between 44.9°F and73.9°F.*

(b) Stylus moves to 28°F and chart advances forapprox. 2.3 seconds on 28°F line.*

(c) Stylus moves to 96°F and chart advances forapprox. 2.3 seconds on 96°F line.*

(d) Stylus moves to 62°F line and chart advances onvertical until SURFACE line on chart paper isaligned with stylus.*

4. Observe as SURFACE line advances toward stylusthat stylus continues to plot 62°F* and ADC, RE-LOAD, and LAUNCH lamps are lit. If stylus oscil-lates or fails to follow calibration lines, calibraterecorder as outlined inSection 2-7or Chapter 6.

1 Sonar control station 5. When chart reaches SURFACE line, recorderchecks for recorder readiness to accept data; if ready,LAUNCH lamp lights, DISPLAY and RELOADlamps extinguish.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-29




6. If no cassette loaded, CASSETTE STATUSERROR and REPLACE lamps light. XBT can belaunched but no backup tape is recorded.

2 Launch station 7. When directed, pull release pin to launch XBT/XSV.8. SeeTable 2-5 (c)for MEASURE/RECORD oper-ating instructions.

*Equivalent S/V values plotted on chart when XBT used for calculated sound velocity measurement

Table 2-5(b). XSV Launch Operating Procedures


NOTE

If no external system is on line, the AN/BQH-7A data recorder DISPLAY and MEASUREMENT STATUS ERRORlamps light indicating an EEC (external equipment check) message code. When this occurs, press the recorderCYCLE switch to override EEC and sequence the recorder to the DEC (descent) condition.1 & 2 Sonar control station & Launch station Follow preliminary procedures shown in Actions (A)

and (B) inTable 2-5(a), and also:1. Open OPEN FOR TEST door, and check thatPROBE switch is set to (3). Shut and secure door.

NOTE

Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door, load tape cassette, shut door, and wait for recorder to cycle through C AO if recording of XSV launch data is desired.

After launcher breech is shut, recorder cycles through pre-launch checks at 4721, 4962, and 5107 ft/s (+/- 2.0 ft./sec.). Actions in (2) and (3) below occur simultaneously.

1 Sonar control station 2. Observe following on digital DISPLAY during pre-launch check (all S/V tolerances are +/2.0 ft/sec):(a) CA0 visible as tape header is recorded.(b) FD1 visible during 4721 ft/sec check.

1 Sonar control station (c) FD2 visible during 5107 ft/sec check.(d) FD3 visible during 4962 ft/sec check.

1 Sonar control station 3. Observe chart recorder for the following during pre-launch check:(a) Stylus moves to 4721 ft/sec and chart advances forapprox. 2.0 seconds on this line (vertical).

1 Sonar control station (b) Stylus moves to 5107 ft/sec and chart advances forapprox. 2.0 seconds on this line (vertical).(c) Stylus moves to 4962 ft/sec and chart ad- vancesfor approx2.0 seconds on this line (vertical) until SUR-FACE line (+/- 5.0 ft.) on the chart aligns with stylus.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-30 Change B

Table 2-5(b). XSV Launch Operating Procedures - Continued


1 Sonar control station 4. Observe as SURFACE line advances toward stylus,stylus continues to plot 4962 ft/sec, DISPLAY readsADC, and MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD andLAUNCH lamps are lit. If stylus oscillates or does notfollow calibration lines, calibrate recorder according toSection 2-7or Chapter 6.

1 Sonar control station 5. When chart reaches SURFACE line, recorder checksex- ternal equipment for readiness to accept data. Ifready, LAUNCH lamp lights; digital DISPLAY andRELOAD lamps extinguish. If MEASUREMENT STA-TUS ERROR lamp lights, seeChapter 5, Fig. 5-1(d).

1 Sonar control station 6. If no tape cassette is loaded, CASSETTE STATUSERROR and REPLACE lamps are lit (see NOTES atstart ofTable 2-5(b)). XSV probe device can belaunched (no tape backup is made).

2 Launch station 7. When directed, pull XSV device release pin andlaunch probe (seeTable 2-5(c)for MEASURE/RECORD procedures).

Table 2-5(c). MEASURE/RECORD Operating Procedures with XBT/XSV


1 Sonar control station 1. Observe that MEASUREMENT STATUS LAUNCH lampis out, and chart recorder begins to plot probe drop.

1 ″ 2. Observe that digital DISPLAY (under OPEN FOR TESTdoor) reads DEC as probe descends.

1 Sonar control station 3. Observe stylus slews to minimum temperature at 2500 ft.for XBT; chart slews to min. sound velocity at 2790 ft. forXSV.

1 ″ 4. Observe digital DISPLAY reads ACF as chart advances totear-off point.

1 ″ 5. At tear-off point, chart drive stops. Observe MEASURE-MENT STATUS RELOAD and CASSETTE STATUSREPLACE lamps are lit, and DISPLAY indicates probe typenumber.

1 ″ 6. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door and remove tapecassette. Note date, time, and probe type on cassette.

1 Sonar control station 7. Note date and time on chart, and tear chart paper off.2 Launch station 8. Stow and secure launcher (seeSection 2-4).

Table 2-5(d). Equipment Power Down Operating Procedures (Use theseprocedures in conjunction withTables 2-5(a) through Table 2-5(c))


2 Launch station 1. Stow and secure launcher seeSection 2-4) if not previouslysecured.

1 Sonar control station 2. Set POWER switch OFF.3. Shut and secure OPEN TO RECORD door.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-31

Table 2-5(e). AN/BQH-7A Recorder Tape Playback Procedures

UNITNO. CONTROL ACTION

1 - POWER ON/OFF switch 1. Set switch to ON.1 - OPEN TO RECORD door 2. Open OPEN TO RECORD door.1 - STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch 3. Set to TEMP or S/V (TEMP for XBT; S/V for XBT calcu-

lated S/V; either position for XSV).1 - MODE switch 4. Set to desired position (see below). RELOAD lamp is

extinguished.(a) Set to TAPE TO CHART only if chart recording isdesired.(b) Set to TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL, if playbackto chart recorder and/or external computer system is desired.

1 Sonar control station 5. When CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp lights, openOPEN TO LOAD cassette door. Load cassette and close door.

1 6. When CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp is lit and DIS-PLAY (inside OPEN FOR TEST door) CA0 extinguishes,press CYCLE switch.

1 For XBT (And Calculated S/V):7. Servo stylus indicates successive chart displays of:46°F - 75°F28°F96°F62°FDISPLAY reads:CA0, CA4 (CA5 or CA7), CDC, C28, C96, C62

1 Sonar control station Chart paper continues to advance until SURFACE line +/- 5.0ft. aligns with stylus. DISPLAY reads CAD and stylus contin-ues to plot at 62°F

NOTE

When stylus reaches SURFACE line MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights and DISPLAY indicates EEC.Press CYCLE switch to override EEC message code.

When stylus reaches SURFACE line, chart begins to plottemperature (or temperature data converted to S/V) on tape.DISPLAY indicates CDE.

1 Sonar control station For XSV :1. Servo stylus indicates chart plots (+/- 0.5 ft/sec) of:4721 ft/sec5107 ft/sec4962 ft/secDISPLAY indicates:CA0, CA3 (CA4, CA5, CA7), CF1, CF2, CF3

1 ″ Chart paper advances to SURFACE line as above. DISPLAYreads CAD and stylus records 4962 ft/sec. At SURFACE line,chart begins to plot sound velocity only (setting of STRIPCHART OUTPUT switch is irrelevant); DISPLAY readsCDE.

1 Sonar control station 2. At end of playback, chart advances to tear-off; DISPLAYreads CAC and cassette rewinds.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-32 Change B

Table 2-5(e). AN/BQH-7A Recorder Tape Playback Procedures - Continued

UNITNO. CONTROL ACTION

1 Sonar control station 3. When cassette rewinds, DISPLAY is blank. Chart recorderstops and CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp is lit.

1 ″ 4. Remove cassette. Tear off and mark date/time/ etc., data onchart.

1 ″ 5. Set POWER switch OFF.1 6. Shut and secure OPEN TO RECORD door.

Table 2-6(a). Operating Messages

MESSAGE MESSAGE INDICATION

ADC Chart paper advancing to SURFACE lineACF Chart paper advancing to tear-off pointCA0 Tape cassette being rewoundCA4, CA5, CA7 Tape playback of probe type header (XBT) (T-4, T-5, or T-7)CA3 Tape playback of probe type header (XSV-01)EDC Checking probe d.c. loop resistanceEEC Checking external equipment status28F Checking 28°F precision resistor (XBT)FD1 Checking chart plot at 4721 ft/sec (XSV)96F Checking 96°F precision resistor (XBT)FD2 Checking chart plot at 5107 ft/sec (XSV)62F Checking 62°F precision resistor (XBT)FD3 Checking chart plot at 4962 ft/sec (XSV)DEC Probe sinking and transmitting temperature/sound velocity dataCAD Tape playback of chart advancing to SURFACE lineCDC Tape playback of probe d.c. loop resistance checkCAC Tape playback of chart paper advancing to tear-off pointC28 Tape playback of 28°F precision resistor checkC96 Tape playback of 96°F precision resistor checkC62 Tape playback of precision resistor check (62°F)CDE Tape playback of probe drop temperature/sound velocity dataCF1 Tape playback of 4721 ft/sec chart plot in S/V modeCF2 Tape playback of 5107 ft/sec chart plot in S/V modeCF3 Tape playback of 4962 ft/sec chart plot in S/V modeC03 No tape loaded. Tape head up and cassette door openC05 Tape loaded and rewound to clear leader with cassette door shutC07 Tape loaded. Tape head up and cassette door open

Table 2-6(b). Error Message Codes

MESSAGE MESSAGE INDICATION SOLUTION

E00 CPU/Memory PC board (1A1A1) malfunctioning Rerun operation; if E00, replace 1A1A1E01 CPU/Memory PC board (1A1A1) malfunctioning Rerun operation; if E01, replace 1A1A1E02 Panel interface (timer) PC board (1A1A8) mal-

functioningRerun operation; if E02, replace 1A1A8

E03 Invalid probe type selected Select correct probe number (Table 2-4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-33

Table 2-6(b). Error Message Codes - Continued

MESSAGE MESSAGE INDICATION SOLUTION

E04 Incompatible tape format Rewind tape; if E04, tape must be reformatted orcannot be used

2-7. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ACTIONS AND SCHEDULES.

2-7.1 INTRODUCTION. This section contains information on maintenance that can be performed by theAN/BQH-7A operator in the absence of a qualified troubleshooting technician.Chapter 5contains troubleshoot-ing procedures;Chapter 6contains corrective maintenance procedures. Only a qualified technician should per-form the procedures described inChapters 5andchapter 6.

Table 2-7. Operator Maintenance Schedule

MAINTENANCE ACTION PROCEDURE REF. PERIODICITY

Replacement of blown line fuses 1F1,1F2

2-7.2 Whenever fuse holders indicate blown fuse

Replacement of panel light bulbs 2-7.3 Whenever panel lights don’t light or fail lamptest

Clean tape transport heads 2-7.4 Whenever heads are dirty, or during regularscheduled maint.

Chart paper replacement 2-9 As neededChart recorder adjust/calibrate 2-7.5, 2-7.5.1, 2-7.5.2,

2-7.5.3Whenever calibration test fails, or when replac-ing chart paper

Maintenance Assist Module replace-ment

2-8 When directed during maintenance procedures

Bridge calibration of low and highTEMP circuitry

2-7.5.4 When chart slew indicates bridge to be cali-brated

Chart servo gain and stylus dampingadjustments

2-7.5.5 When chart slew indicates SPAN or OFFSETneeds adjustment

The operator should refer toTable 2-7Operator Maintenance Schedule, andChapter 4of this manual to per-form preventive, scheduled, or emergency maintenance procedures. Figures inChapters 6, Chapter 7, andChapter8 help identify assemblies and major subassemblies of the AN/BQH-7A recorder.

2-7.2 REPLACEMENT OF BLOWN LINE FUSES. Whenever a power surge or voltage excursion occurs thatcauses either of the two line fuses (1F1, 1F2) to blow, the fuse holder LED lamp illuminates, indicating an openline fuse. Replace fuse as follows:

a. Set POWER switch to OFF and disconnect main power line.

b. Press in and turn counterclockwise to remove fuse holder, displaying open line fuse condition and replace witha new SLO-BLO, 2 amp, 250 V fuse.

c. Reconnect power line and set POWER switch to ON.

d. If fuse blows again, refer toSections 4andSection 6of this technical manual.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-34 Change B

2-7.3 REPLACEMENT OF PANEL LIGHT BULBS. Replace panel light bulbs and status indicator light bulbsby turning the holder or lens cap in a counterclockwise direction until it is free from the front panel. After theoperator or technician removes the burnt-out bulb from inside the holder or lens cap, replace the bulb(s) andreinstall on the front panel.

2-7.4 CLEANING OF TAPE TRANSPORT HEAD. Clean the tape transport head using a cotton swab andauthorized cleaning alcohol. Open the OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door to gain access to the tape transporthead. The single head in the top center part of the tape transport assembly contains channels for both theRECORD and PLAYBACK functions.

2-7.5 CHART RECORDER ADJUSTMENT/CALIBRATION. Whenever chart paper is replaced or wheneverthe AN/BQH-7A recorder fails BITE routine 08, calibrate the chart recorder. Turn POWER to the system ON,and follow procedures given inSections 2-7.5.1throughSection 2-7.5.4, as needed.

2-7.5.1 SPAN AND OFFSET ADJUSTMENT. Proceed as follows to adjust the SPAN and OFFSET controls ofthe AN/BQH-7A recorder:

a. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.

b. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 08. DISPLAY reads A08.

c. Press CYCLE button and verify (using a stopwatch) that recorder sequences as follows:

- DISPLAY reads 00 as stylus slews to plot 23°F (+/- 0.3°F) for 2 seconds (3/32-inch length), then

- DISPLAY reads FF as stylus slews to plot 103°F (+/- 0.3°F) for 2 seconds (3/32-inch length), then

- DISPLAY reads 00 as stylus slews to plot 23°F (+/- 0.3°F) for 2 seconds (3/32-inch length).

NOTE

TEST 08 continues to slew between the low (23°F) and high (103°F) tempera-ture plots at this rate until operator presses CYCLE switch again to halt test.

d. Lift OFFSET spring-loaded cap. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver (3/16-inch blade width), rotate OFFSETpotentiometer clockwise or counterclockwise to position stylus at 23°F (4721 ft/sec) line. Remove screwdriverand release OFFSET cap.

e. Press CYCLE switch to stop chart recorder.

f. Lift SPAN spring-loaded cap using a flat-tipped screwdriver (3/16-inch blade width). Rotate SPAN potentiom-eter clockwise or counterclockwise to position stylus at 103°F (5107 ft/sec) line. Remove screwdriver andrelease SPAN cap.

g. Check both the 4715 and the 5115 ft./sec. lines on chart paper. RepeatSteps (b) through step (f)again, if nec-essary, until stylus lines up on both the 4715 ft./sec. and the 5115 ft./sec. lines on the chart paper.

h. Press CYCLE switch to stop chart recorder.

2-7.5.2 STYLUS PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT. Use the following procedure to adjust chart recorder styluspressure:

a. Extend righthand drawer, locking drawer slides.

1.) Open OPEN FOR TEST door and select TEST 09.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-35

2.) Press CYCLE switch.

3.) When stylus plots at 60°F (midpoint), press CYCLE switch.

CAUTION

Adjusting stylus pressure too heavily will damage or cut off chart paper.

b. Adjust stylus pressure by rotating the screw on the stylus clockwise to increase pressure (darker line) or coun-terclockwise to decrease pressure (lighter line). Run BITE Test 09 to test pressure adjustment (seeTable 5-6).

c. Adjust stylus pressure to produce well-defined line.

d. Select TEST NO. 00 and shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

2-7.5.3 SURFACE LINE ALIGNMENT. The hole sensor is designed to stop the chart paper with the stylusfalling on the SURFACE (zero feet) line of the chart paper. Because of minor variations in manufacture of chartpaper, check SURFACE line adjustment whenever changing or loading new roll of chart paper.

1. Run the chart recorder through an entire cycle using BITE test routine 19 as follows:


b. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 19.

c. Press CYCLE pushbutton and observe that DISPLAY goes blank.

d. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

e. Press CYCLE pushbutton and observe pre-launch checks are completed.

f. Press CYCLE pushbutton to cause paper to feed out in order to observe that stylus stops at SURFACE line(zero feet).

NOTE

If chart paper calibration hole is not punched through completely, chart may notalign at SURFACE line. Use sharpened pencil or pen point to gently punchthrough chart calibration hole.

2. If chart paper does not stop at SURFACE line, perform the following:

a.) Loosen two No. 4 cross-recessed screws that hold hole sensor bracket to chart paper transport (see Fig-ure 2-13).

b.) Operator can now slide hole sensor bracket up or down; center it over the calibration hole (small hole toleft of large sprocket holes between 5107 and 5100 lines at top of each chart) to assure chart paper stopsat SURFACE (0 ft.) line (see Figure 2-13).

c.) Run complete cycle of BITE Test 19 to verify proper alignment to hole sensor bracket; tighten both No.4 screws securely.

2-7.5.4 BRIDGE CALIBRATION OF LOW AND HIGH TEMPERATURE CIRCUITRY. Use internal preci-sion resistors for calibration. Conduct calibration while recorder is in TEST mode during BITE Test 02 (see fol-lowing procedure). Adjust edge mounted potentiometers R68 and R66 on the Bridge A/D printed circuit board(1A1A5, see Parts List,Chapter 7). Figure 2-11shows the location of the Bridge A/D potentiometers.

The bridge calibration procedure is as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-36 Change B


b. Set TEST NO. switch to 02 and PROBE switch to 2.

c. Press CYCLE switch and adjust potentiometer R68 (Figure 2-11). DISPLAY should read 0 7 2(most of thetime).

d. Change PROBE switch setting to 3 and adjust R66. DISPLAY should read F 8 D (most of the time).

e. Change PROBE switch setting to 2 and verify DISPLAY reads 0 7 2.

f. Reset PROBE switch setting to 1 and shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

2-7.5.5 CHART SERVO GAIN AND STYLUS DAMPING ADJUSTMENT. To adjust the AN/BQH-7A chartservo gain and stylus slew, follow these procedures (seeFigure 2-12):

1. Adjust servo gain:

a. Loosen Unit 1 right-hand rack subassembly (1A2) retaining screws and withdraw chassis to mechanicalslide stops on both sides of drawer.

b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.

c. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 08 (for high and low TEMP slow stops).

d. Press CYCLE button.

e. Locate servo loon gain potentiometer (R28, first potentiometer from left on chart servo PCB -seeFigure2-12. R28 is edge-mounted on the chart servo PCB (1A2A1), the first PCB within the right-hand rack sub-assembly.

f. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver (3/16-inch blade width), rotate R28 (gain potentiometer) clockwise untilservo system generates audible buzz. This indicates excessive gain.

g. Rotate R28 counterclockwise until buzzing ceases at all stylus slew stops (23°F and 103°F, +/0.03°F).

h. Once buzzing ceases, rotate R28 two complete turns counterclockwise to attain proper gain setting.

i. Verify stylus slew from high (103°F) to low (23°F) temperature stops within 0.5 second (1/2 depth divi-sion).

Figure 2-11 Bridge A/D (1A1A5) P.C. Board Potentiometers

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-37

j. Verify stylus plots at 23°F and 103°F for Test 08 (adjust OFFSET and/or SPAN respectively, as needed, toattain proper stylus plot).

k. When adjustment is complete, press CYCLE switch to end test.

NOTE

Chart drive P.C. board damping potentiometer R25 (seeFigure 2-12) is adjustedto permit consistent temperature plots from either high or low temperature slewstops, and to prevent stylus overshoot (spiking) at end of stylus slew.

2. Adjust stylus damping.

a. Set TEST NO. switch to 09. DISPLAY reads A09.

b. Press CYCLE switch.

c. Locate stylus damping potentiometer (R-25, first potentiometer from right on chart servo PCB -seeFigure2-12. R25 is edge-mounted on the Chart Servo PCB (1A2A1), the first PCB within right-hand subassem-bly drawer.

d. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver (3/16-inch blade width), rotate R25 as indicated below:

Clockwise to end of 20-turn potentiometer (R25).

Observe overshoot spiking at end of stylus slew (overshoot may not be obvious).

Counterclockwise 5 complete turns (to adjust stylus damping). Verify the following:

60°F stylus plot overshoot spiking (if any) removed; continue to adjust stylus damping potentiometer untilspiking is removed;

e. When adjustment is satisfactory, end Test 09 by pressing the CYCLE switch. Shut and secure OPEN FORTEST door.

2-8. MAINTENANCE ASSIST MODULE (MAM) PCB REPLACEMENT.

2-8.1 INTRODUCTION. The AN/BQH-7A surface-ship recorder is provided with a Maintenance Assist Mod-ules (MAMs) diagnostic kit containing those P.C. boards and mechanical parts that may be used to verify thosesubassemblies or parts in need of repair while the ship is underway. A complete list of AN/BQH-7A MAMsappears inSection 7 of this technical manual. This section contains instructions for the operator of theAN/BQH-7A system set in the event one or more MAMs needs replacement under normal operating conditionswhile the vessel is underway.

Figure 2-12 Chart Servo (1A2A1) P.C. Board Gain and Stylus Damping Potentiometers

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-38 Change B

2-8.2 MAMs REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE. Follow this procedure when replacing AN/BQH-7A system setPCB’s using the MAMs diagnostic kit:

CAUTION

De-energize all units of the AN/BQH-7A system set before removing MAMsin order to prevent damage to P.C. board components.

CAUTION

Some printed circuit boards are electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive. DONOT WIPE contact pins with fingers or cleaning materials.

a. Switch POWER to recorder OFF.

CAUTION

Printed circuit board contact pins are factory-set firmly into connector sock-ets. When removing and replacing P.C. boards, pull up firmly but gentlyusing plastic extractor pawls at both ends of board.

b. Use only white plastic PCB extractor pawls to remove P.C. boards from connector socket.

c. While grasping left and right extractor pawl pivots, apply firm outward pressure with slight side-to-sidemotion to remove PCB clear of chassis guides.

d. Match PCB reference designation (located on component side of board) with chassis guide designation(located on upper righthand subassembly chassis exterior).

e. With component side facing rear of subassembly chassis, place left- and righthand sides of PCB into chassisguides.

f. Using upper flat horizontal surface of PCB extractor pawls, firmly press PCB contact pins into connectorsocket, until pawls butt against chassis side top surface.

2-9. CHART PAPER REPLACEMENT.

This section outlines the procedures to be followed to replace chart paper in the AN/BQH-7A strip chartrecorder (see Figure 2-13 Views A through D):

a. Set the POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.

b. Open OPEN TO RECORD door (seeFigure 2-13 View A).

c. Unscrew and disconnect optical hole sensor cable connector.

d. Move stylus lifting lever (at left of paper roll carrier) up.

e. Disengage paper roll carrier by releasing latch springs (at lower left- and right-hand sides of carrier chassis). Pivot paper roll carrier out and up from approximately 60° to 80°. Remove carrier from chart recorderassembly housing sockets. SeeFigure 2-13 View B.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 2-39

f. Press used chart roll spool against spring-loaded holder and remove from paper roll carrier.

g. With the wide sprocket hole end placed against the spring-loaded spool holder, press and install new roll ofchart paper on carrier (Figure 2-13 View C).

h. Feed chart paper beneath paper roll carrier optical hole sensor bracket and out through pinch rollers (fold endof paper into V-shape to easily insert through pinch rollers).

i. Check that chart paper rolls smoothly through pinch rollers and is seated properly in paper roll carriersprockets.

j. Smooth chart paper so it engages paper roll carrier sprockets on both sides of roll.

CAUTION

When replacing chart paper roll carrier, ensure that:

--- Hole sensor cable assembly does not obstruct paper roll carrier insertion in the left-hand housing socket.

--- Stylus lifting lever is in the raised position to prevent tearing chart paper.

--- Assembly pivot points are properly positioned for chart paper roll carrier housingsocket insertion.

k. With hole sensor cable connector clear and stylus lifting lever raised, insert paper roll carrier pivot points inleft and right housing sockets and pivot downward until latched (seeFigure 2-13 View D).

l. Ensure stylus lifting lever is lowered (as inFigure 2-13 View D) and carrier latches are engaged.

NOTE

Hole sensor cable connector contains three equidistant keyways to properly ori-ent connector pins to sockets in hole sensor receptacle.

m. With hole sensor cable connector keyed to receptacle, reconnect cable connector. Be sure it is tightly secured.

NOTE

Conduct chart recorder calibration procedures (seeSection 2-7.5) each time chartpaper is replaced.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

2-40 Change B

Figure 2-13(a) Chart Paper Replacement, View A

Figure 2-13(b) Chart Paper Replacement, View B

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 3

Figure 2-13(c) Chart Paper Replacement, View C

Figure 2-13(d) Chart Paper Replacement, View D

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-1

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

3-1. INTRODUCTION.

The AN/BQH-7A Oceanographic Data System records ocean temperature or sound velocity transmitted tosurface ships via expendable XBT or XSV probes launched while the ship is underway. The AN/BQH-7A stripchart recorder provides a profile of either temperature or sound velocity versus ocean depth data. The system alsorecords probe data on tape cassette for immediate playback or future analysis.

The AN/BQH-7A uses a NTDS (Fast) Type B parallel formatted output to transmit the XBT/XSV data to anexternal computer system. As soon as the sensor in the nose of the probe contacts the ocean surface, it begins totransmit data through the fine-wire conductor to the AN/BQH-7A recorder. A complete measurement of tempera-ture (TEMP) versus depth or sound velocity (S/V) versus depth takes less than six minutes (seeTable 2-1).

The XBT or XSV probes are launched from either the Thru-Hull MX-8577/SSQ-61 Launcher or the Hand-Held LM3A Launcher, and descend at a known rate while transmitting temperature or sound velocity to theonboard recorder via fine wire conductors.

3-1.1 MNEMONICS. Table 5-5provides a listing of mnemonic codes used by the AN/BQH-7A to electroni-cally transfer information transmitted through the launcher cable to the appropriate P.C. cards.

3-1.2 AUTOMATIC TEST PROCEDURES. The AN/BQH-7A system automatic test routines are:

• System power-up

• Pre-launch checks

The power-up tests check the CPU/Memory and panel interface functions, and the recorder status lights, cali-bration and display. The pre-launch test checks the probe to launcher connection, bridge, and chart SURFACEline to stylus alignment.

3-2. OVERALL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.

Figure 3-1shows a system functional block diagram of the basic relationships between the units of theAN/BQH-7A system.Figure 3-2(a-b)shows the basic functional relationships between units, assemblies, andmajor subassemblies.Figure 3-3is a functional block diagram for the system microcomputer.Figures 3-4 throughFigure 3-7are block diagrams for the system TEST, MEASURE/RECORD, PLAYBACK and POWER functionsto show the the functional relationships of the system CPU/Memory, bridge, sound velocity, NTDS, externalinterface, panel interface, cassette drive, and cassette interface P.C. assemblies, and the recorder’s chart, pen, tapetransport, and front panel controls and indicators.Figure 3-8shows the system XSV P.C. board functional blockdiagram in greater detail.Figure 3-10shows the NTDS (Fast) Type B and External Interface board functionalblock diagram in greater detail.Figures 3-9andfigure 3-11(a)andfigure 3-11(b)explain how the AN/BQH-7Arecorder interacts with the external system via the NTDS (Fast) interface.

3-2.1 SYSTEM TEST FUNCTION. The system TEST function provides automatic equipment software teststo check system launch readiness. It also provides built-in test equipment (BITE) routines for functional self-testand fault isolation. SeeTable 5-6for a complete rundown of AN/BQH-7A system BITE routines. See also Fig-ures 3-4 and figure 5-2.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-2 Change B

Figure 3-1 System Functional Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-2(a) Overall Functional Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-5

Figure 3-2(b) Overall Functional Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-6 Change B

3-2.2 MEASURE FUNCTION. The AN/BQH-7A system MEASURE/RECORD function provides temperatureor sound velocity data received from the XBT or XSV probe as it descends through the seawater. The MEA-SURE/RECORD function simultaneously stores data on cassette and on the chart recorder. It also provides NTDS(Fast) Type B formatted data for transmission to an external system.

3-2.2.1 XBT MEASURE FUNCTION. The AN/BQH-7A MEASURE/RECORD function records temperaturedata directly on the chart/tape cassette from an XBT probe; or, after conversion by the system microcomputer, itrecords calculated sound velocity information from an XBT on the chart (converted sound speed information isnot recorded on tape).

3-2.2.2 XSV MEASURE FUNCTION. Data from the XSV probe is plotted on the chart paper output andrecorded on tape cassette as sound velocity velocity vs. depth measurements. See alsoFigures 3-5(a-c)andFigures 5-3(a-l).

3-2.3 TAPE PLAYBACK FUNCTION. The AN/BQH-7A system tape PLAYBACK function provides the sig-nal conditioning necessary to record probe profile data for playback, display, and analysis. The playback functionprovides the means to play back data from a tape recording of a previous probe drop for display on the chart astemperature, computed sound speed, or sound velocity vs. depth measurements. See alsoFigures 3-6(a-c)andFigures 5-4(a-k).

In either TAPE TO CHART or TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL mode of the PLAYBACK function, theselected MODE signal from the MODE switch is routed through the panel interface P.C. card to the CPU/Memory card.

For XBTs, the selected setting on the STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch provides the desired strip chart out-put to CPU/Memory via the panel interface card. When the operator selects PLAYBACK mode and loads a cas-sette into the tape transport, the STATUS signal goes to the CPU/Memory. REWIND and LOAD FORWARDcommands are initiated in sequence. When completed, the CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp lights. Pressingthe CYCLE switch generates signals from the CPU/Memory to activate the read amplifier circuits on the cassettedrive P.C. board (1A1A10).

The recorder tape head reads the magnetic recording on the tape as a SERIAL DATA signal which is ampli-fied by the read amplifier circuit and applied to a serial-to-parallel shift register.

The SERIAL DATA signal is also applied to a TAPE CLOCK generating circuit which is part of the controllogic circuitry. The control logic circuit furnishes a CLOCK signal which controls input of the SERIAL DATAsignal into the serial-to-parallel shift register.

Upon receipt of an Input/Output READ signal from the CPU/Memory, parallel data is passed from the shiftregister through the peripheral interface circuits of the cassette interface P.C. board (1A1A9) to the CPU/Memory.After processing, if TAPE TO CHART is selected, data is played back to the chart only. If TAPE TO CHARTAND EXTERNAL is selected, it passes to the external interface circuits as TAPE PLAYBACK.

3-2.4 POWER FUNCTION. The system POWER function produces all of the DC voltages required for thelogic and electro-mechanical circuits contained in the data recorder (chart, tape cassette, circuit cards). ThePOWER function contains the BRIGHTNESS control for varying panel BRIGHTNESS control lamp. ThePOWER switch controls the 115 VAC input circuit which contains front panel fuses F1 and F2 (fuse holders XF1and XF2 provide blown fuse indicators). See alsoFigures 3-7(a-b)andFigures 5-5.

A single-phase 115 VAC 60+ Hz shipboard power source provides input power to the AN/BQH-7A system.This power source provides the voltage levels needed for all AN/BQH-7A P.C. card circuits: +5V, +12V, +15V,-5V, -15V (seeFigures 3-7(a-b)).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-7

The lamp brightness control potentiometer 1R1 varies the unregulated +20 VDC to the dimmer voltage cir-cuit to control. the brightness of the front panel, cassette status, measurement status, and back panel lamps. Cir-cuit protection for the lamp circuit is provided by current limiters. The +5V reference circuit uses unregulated+20/-20 V to generate the required +5V reference voltage for all regulators. In addition, the +5V reference cir-cuit provides +/- 15 V for the bridge A/D and chart interface circuits.

All regulators are short-circuit proof. Self-conttained over-voltage protectors turn off a particular voltagewhen an overload is detected.

3-3. CPU/MEMORY MICROCOMPUTER FUNCTION.

The AN/BQH-7A microcomputer is contained on the CPU/Memory card (Ref.Figure 3-3. The CPU/Memoryfunction controls the circuits required to process and distribute data from the other parts of the recorder. TheEPROM (Erasable-Programmable-Read-Only-Memory) contains the pre-programmed data required to operate therecorder.

The principal component of the CPU/Memory function is contained on an Intel 8085A microprocessor chip.The system EPROM’s contain the necessary instructions for processing data.

A SELECT signal (SEL 0-5) generated in the CPU/Memory selects major functions for activation. The CPU/Memory also generates I/O signals to activate the I/O devices contained in each function. The AN/BQH-7Arecorder automatically resets the I/O device at each power-up or when the operator presses the RESET button.

3-3.1 8-BIT DATA BUS. The 8-bit data bus is common to each major function of the AN/BQH-7A recorder,and is the channel over which the CPU/Memory function communicates data to/from the I/O devices. A 1 MHzsignal is applied to the panel interface function to drive a timer used for system timeout operations. The CPU/Memory function receives interrupt signals from the panel interface and tape drive functions when they have datato be placed on the bus. The system services interrupts on a priority basis.

3-3.2 SELECT SIGNAL INTERFACE. PROM data is transferred to the CPU/Memory on an 8-line MDATAdata bus. The address bus is partitioned into two fields -- the device select field and the address field. The deviceselect field is decoded into one of eight select lines. A select line activates a particular memory device whichdecodes the address field to select a unique memory location.

The Peripheral interface circuits on specific P.C. cards interface the CPU/Memory with recorder operatingcircuits. CPU/Memory SELECT lines 0 through 5 control the PCB interface with the data bus during a specifictime interval. Under all conditions, only one SELECT line is enabled during any time interval.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-8 Change B

Figure 3-3 Microcomputer Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010


3-3.3 CONTROL BUS INTERFACE. Signals on the CONTROL bus control the flow of data to/from theperipheral interface PCB circuits. The IOW (input/output write) and IOR (input/output read) signal lines of theCONTROL bus determine direction of data flow from/to the CPU/Memory card. The RESET signal line of theCONTROL bus clears any data temporarily stored in the peripheral interface circuits.

3-3.4 TIMER/TIMER INTERRUPT. The 1 MHz clock from the CPU/Memory clock generator facilitates aprogrammable time which is used to control the recorder sample intervals as well as provide a timeout functionfor the tape cassette. Signal from the CPU/Memory clock generator times out operations in the panel interfaceP.C. board.

The INT 1 signal from the panel interface PCB or the INT 2 signal from the cassette interface PCB interruptCPU operations. The INT 2 interrupt signal notify the CPU/Memory of data availability in the cassette interfacePCB. The INT 1 signal from the panel interface board indicates a time-out.

3-3.5 RESET SIGNAL. When pressed, the RESET switch generates the RESIN (Table 5-5) which resets theclock generator circuit of the CPU/Memory and initiates a power-up sequence test.

3-4. BRIDGE A/D FUNCTION.

3-4.1 INTRODUCTION. The BRIDGE A/D function card (1A1A5) contains the switching circuits and ampli-fiers used to process temperature data received from the probe. The switching circuits permit calibration data tobe processed for check-out of the AN/BQH-7A recorder (Unit 1).Figures 3-2(a-b), Figures 3-4(a-c), andFigures3-5(a-c) show the functional relationships between the Bridge P.C. board (1A1A5) and the other parts of theAN/BQH-7A system.

3-4.2 A/D CONVERSION. Temperature data received from the probe is applied through the switching circuitsconfigured for a MEASURE operation by the CPU/Memory. Data from the switching circuits is applied to dif-ferential amplifiers which produce the analog signal. The analog signal is applied to the BRIDGE A/D converterwhich produces a 12-bit plus sign data word.

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-4(a) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-4(b) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-4(c) TEST Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-5(a) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-5(b) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-5(c) MEASURE/RECORD Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-6(a) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-6(b) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-6(c) PLAYBACK Function Block Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-7(a) POWER Function Block Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-7(b) POWER Function Block Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


The CPU/Memory function processes the temperature data word(s) for output to the chart driver, tape driver,and NTDS (Fast) Type B external interface.

When the recorder’s STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch indicates TEMP, temperature data is output to the chartand pen drive interfaces; when in the S/V position, sound velocity is computed from temperature and depth andthen output to the chart and pen functions.

3-5. XSV FUNCTION.

3-5.1 INTRODUCTION. The XSV printed circuit card (1A1A4) contains the electronics necessary to processfrequencies transmitted to the AN/BQH-7A recorder from an XSV probe. The XSV device consists of a zinc-weighted probe which contains an electronic sing-around circuit which acts as a S/V sensor (changing frequencyover seawater density) connected to a seawater contact (sea electrode) and a single-conductor insulated magnetwire. SeeFigure 3-8.

3-5.2 SOD SIGNAL. When the sea electrode comes in contact with seawater, the probe’s battery power sup-ply is energized to activate the electronic circuitry. When the sea return circuit is completed through the seawa-ter to the ship’s hull with resistance of less than 10 Kohms, the recorder begins the XSV measurement (when anXSV is loaded, the STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch can be in either the TEMP or the S/V position, but only S/Vdata will appear on the chart readout).

The XSV’s transponder frequency of 27 KHz to 30 KHz (dependent on the density of the seawater throughwhich the acoustic signal is being transmitted) is divided down by 128 and transmitted over the signal wire as afrequency of between 210 and 233 Hz via the launcher breech contact pin (A lead) to the signal conditioningcircuitry on the XSV card.

The XSV probe’s frequency amplitude waveform is a 1.4 volt peak-to-peak reversed sine wave with 40 per-cent total harmonic distortion. Output impedance of the XSV probe is a purely resistive 360 ohms. The minimumprobe output signal that the AN/BQH-7A recorder can track accurately is 50 millivolts peak-to-peak.

The XSV circuitry on the recorder’s XSV signal card reads contact of the probe’s sea electrode with seawa-ter as the SOD (start of descent) signal. The XSV circuitry converts the probe’s frequency output into a digitalword which is then processed by the CPU/Memory function for output to the chart, pen drive, tape drive, and theNTDS (Fast) Type B external interface (if used).

3-6. CHART DRIVE FUNCTION.

The CHART DRIVE function enabled by SEL 4 receives chart and pen drive information from the CPU/Memory function on the data bus and converts it to mechanical drive for output to the PEN DRIVE and chartpaper (seeFigures 3-5(a-c)andFigures 3-6(a-c)).

The CHART DRIVE function also contains a circuit to permit unit identification of the data recorder serialnumber (not in use except under direction of appropriate U.S. Navy authority).

3-7. PEN DRIVE FUNCTION.

The PEN DRIVE function produces the mechanical drive for lateral positioning of the pen over the chartpaper. The position of the pen is a direct function of the data received from the CHART DRIVE function whichis converted to an analog signal and processed in the PEN DRIVE function. SeeFigures 3-5(a-c)and Figures3-6(a-c). The SPAN and OFFSET adjustments control lateral motion of the pen and are located on the front panelof the chart recorder.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-35

As the pen is positioned over the chart paper, the feedback potentiometer produces a null signal which closesa servo loop. The gain of the servo loop can be adjusted using the GAIN adjustment on the chart servo PCB.

3-8. PANEL INTERFACE FUNCTION.

The PANEL INTERFACE function provides the interface between the CPU/Memory and the front panelcontrols and indicators. The panel interface function uses two I/O devices to provide the control interface betweenthe CPU/Memory and the front panel. The 1 MHz input from the CPU/Memory provides the clock drive inputto the TIMER to produce various timeout periods used during some of the built-in and MEASURE function tests(seeFigures 3-5(a-c).)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-36 Change B

Figure 3-8 XSV Functional Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-37

In addition to providing an interface to front panel controls and indicators, the PANEL INTERFACE providesthe CPU/Memory with a programmable timer. The timer can be programmed in increments of 1 ms up to amaximum of 255 ms. The timer can be programmed to interrupt the CPU/Memory upon timer expiration. Typi-cally, the timer is polled by the CPU/Memory for expiration.

3-9. TAPE DRIVE FUNCTION.

During MEASURE mode, the TAPE DRIVE function (Figure 3-5(a-c)and Figures 3-6(a-c)) makes a real-time digital recording of temperature or sound velocity vs. depth data drop for transmission to the chart and theexternal interface receiver. The TAPE DRIVE function contains control circuits, a read and write circuit anddrives the tape transport assembly.

During a WRITE operation, MEASURE function information on the data bus is processed and recorded onthe tape cassette. During a PLAYBACK READ operation, data contained on the tape cassette is converted todigital form and placed on the data bus for input to the chart driver. The CPU/Memory function enables the tapedrive function with the SEL 1 line to indicate if a READ/WRITE operation is requested. Cassette READ infor-mation being transmitted over the data bus to the CPU/Memory is done on a non-interrupt basis; cassette WRITEinformation transmitted during a probe drop is done on an interrupt basis.

3-10. EXTERNAL INTERFACE FUNCTION.

3-10.1 INTRODUCTION. The NTDS (Fast) Type B external interface function produces digital parallel outputfor use on Navy ships. The NTDS (Fast) Type B printed circuit card is unique to the AN/BQH-7A system andis not directly interchangeable with the NTDS (Slow) Tristate interface used with the AN/BQH-7 recorder usedon Navy submarines. The NTDS (Fast) Type B interface is intended for use by shipboard systems and peripher-als incorporating line drivers and receivers compatible with the electrical requirements of MIL-STD-1397A(Navy). SeeFigure 3-10.

3-10.2 EXTERNAL SYSTEM OUTPUT. The NTDS (Fast) Type B external interface transfers temperature orsound velocity vs. depth data to a host computer or other external peripheral device according to the followingrequirements:

3-10.2.1 DEPTH DATA PERFORMANCE. Depth data performance for the four probe devices compatible withthe AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder are as follows:

(a) Range: T4 -- 0 to 1500 ft.T7 -- 0 to 2500 ft.based on the following equation: T4 attains maximum depth in 73 seconds;

T7 attains maximum depth in 123 seconds. T5 -- 0 to 6000 ft. based on the following equation: T5 attains

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-38 Change B

maximum depth in 290 seconds.XSV-01 -- 0.0048 t2 based on the following equation:XSV-01 attains max. depth in 166 seconds.

(b) Resolution: The external interface transfers ocean temperature or S/V depth data at every 2 feet of probedescent beginning at 2 feet for the depth ranges given in (a) above.

(c) Accuracy: The external interface transfers ocean temperature or S/V information within +/- 0.5% of depthor 2 ft., whichever is greater, as calculated from the equations given in (a) above.

3-10.2.2 TEMPERATURE DATA PERFORMANCE. The NTDS (Fast) Type B external system output trans-fers ocean temperature vs. depth data according to the following specifications:

(a) Range: The external interface transfers ocean temperature data within a range of 27.5°F to 96.5°F. To indi-cate an out-of-scale measurement, a temperature of less than 27.5°F provides an error word indication of14.96°F; a temperature greater than 96.5°F provides an error word indication of 100.03°F.

(b) Resolution: The external interface transfers ocean temperature data over the range given in 9-2.1.2 (a)above to a resolution of at least 0.05°F. Resolution is defined as the uncertainty of the digital output to indi-cate correctly the smallest measurable increment of change at the input.

(c) Accuracy: The external system output temperature accuracy is at least +/-0.2°F over the temperature mea-surement range from 28°F to 96°F. Accuracy is maintained over the entire ambient operating temperaturerange of the data recorder.

(d) Response: The external system temperature output indicates a full scale step chance of input to within0.2°F (i.e., probe input to data recorder) within the time corresponding to 4 ft. of probe descent followingstart of descent (SOD) signal. Bridge circuit output indicates 63% of a step change at its output in 22 milli-seconds.

3-10.2.3 SOUND VELOCITY DATA PERFORMANCE. The external interface transfers ocean sound velocityvs. depth data according to the following requirements:

(a) Range: The external system output transfers in-scale sound velocity measurements over the range of from

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-39

4610 ft./sec. to 5118 ft./sec. To indicate out-of-scale measurements, a sound velocity of less than 4610 ft./sec. provides an error word indication of 5119.87 ft./sec. and a sound velocity of greater than 5118 ft./sec.provides an error word indication of 5120.875 ft./sec.

(b) Resolution: The external interface transfers S/V data over the range indicated in 9-2.1.3(a) above to aresolution of at least 0.2 ft./sec.

(c) Accuracy: The external interface S/V accuracy is at least +/-0.8 ft./sec. over the S/V measurement rangesgiven in 9-2.1.3(a) above. Accuracy is maintained over the entire ambient operating range of the datarecorder.

(d) Response: The external interface S/V output implements a complete probe frequency input S/V conversionwithin approx. 66 milliseconds (60-66 ms nominal) with the time corresponding to 1.2 ft. of probe descentafter SOD.

3-10.3 DIGITAL DATA WORD FORMAT. Digital data words, consisting of 12 bits of temperature or soundvelocity versus depth data, plus 3 additional bits and a parity bit (for a total 16-bit channel), are weighted as inSections 3-10-3.1, section 3-10.3.2, andsection 3-10.3.3.

Sound velocity data of all 0’s represents 4610 ft./sec., i.e.:

3-10.3.1 TEMPERATURE DATA FORMAT. The temperature data format for transmission via the NTDS(Fast) Type B external interface is given below. The bit weighting in degreees Fahrenheit is as follows:

Bit Position Value

15 014 013 P (P)12 0 (DT)11 64 (bit weighting)10 329 168 87 46 25 14 1/23 1/42 1/81 1/160 1/32

3-10.3.2 DEPTH DATA FORMAT. Depth data to be transmitted from the AN/BQH-7A via the external inter-face requires the generation of odd parity using the PARITY module, and setting the DT bit to″one″. The depthdata format is given below. Bit weighting in feet is as follows:

Bit Position Value

15 0

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-40 Change B

Bit Position Value

14 013 P (P)12 1 (DT)11 4096 (bit weighting)10 20489 10248 5127 2566 1285 644 323 162 81 40 2

3-10.3.3 SOUND VELOCITY FORMAT. Sound velocity data is transmitted from the AN/BQH-7A via theexternal interface as given below. Sound velocity bit weighting is feet per second (offset from 4610 ft/sec) is asfollows:

Bit Position Value

15 014 013 P(P)12 0(DT)11 256 (bit weighting)10 1289 648 327 166 85 44 23 12 1/21 1/40 1/8

3-10.4 DATA TRANSMISSION. The data transmitted over the NTDS (Fast) Type B external interface boardcontains temperature or sound velocity, and depth information.

The data formatted by the CPU is transferred to the external interface P.C. board (1A1A7). The externalinterface P.C. board transfers the formatted data to the NTDS (Fast) Type B P.C. board (1A1A6) for transmittalto the receiving system. The NTDS (Fast) Type B P.C. board supports the full 16-bit parallel bus and the hand-shake lines.

3-10.5 CONTROL/DATA LINES. The interface control and data lines between the AN/BQH-7A data recorderand the external system are depicted inFigures 3-9andfigure 3-10.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 3-41

The three dedicated control lines are designated External Interrupt Request (EIR), Input Data Request (IDR),and Input Data Acknowledge (IDA) which provide handshaking signals between the recorder and the externalsystem.

When a probe device is loaded in the launcher and the launcher breech is shut, the recorder initiates a hand-shake transfer to the external system over the EIR control line by activating the EIR at the same time a 16-bitformatted data word is transmitted over the parallel interface Input Data (ID) lines. The status word denotes theprobe type and the operating mode of the recorder (MEASURE, TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL or abuilt-in test routine).

Upon receipt of the EIR and status word, the external system adjusts the size of its input data buffer (depend-ing on probe type) and completed the handshake by activating IDA on the second dedicated control line. Thisindicates the readiness of the external data system to accept real-time transmittal data.

After transmitting the EIR signal to the external data system, the recorder initiates a 500 millisecond time-out period during which it awaits the IDA signal from the external system. If the recorder does not receive theIDA signal during this time-out period, the MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights and and EEC mes-sage code appears in the DISPLAY. This error condition prevents the data recorder from continuing the MEA-SURE cycle. To continue operation without the external system, override the EEC message code by pressing therecorder CYCLE switch.

When the start of descent (SOD) signal is received, the recorder initiates a handshake transfer by activatingInput Data Request (IDR) on the third dedicated interface control line to the external system, indicating the startof ocean temperature or sound velocity versus depth profile data measurement and that the first data word isavailable for transmission over the 16 dedicated ID lines. (The receiving system completes the transfer by acti-vating a second IDA signal to the recorder over the IDA control line acknowledging the external system hasreceived this data word.)

The IDR/IDA sequence continues until 750 data pairs have been transmitted over the ID lines for an XBTT-4; 1,250 data pairs for a T-7; 3,000 data pairs for a T-5; or 1,395 data pairs for an XSV-01 probe.

Table 3-1. AN/BQH-7A System Interconnect Wiring

J1: 115V, 60+ Hz, 1 phase, AC power

Conn.- Pin Signal NameP1 - A 115 VAC BlackP1 - C 115 VAC WhiteP1 - B Chassis Ground

J2: NTDS (Fast) Type B Interface WiringConn.- Pin Signal NameJ2 - 3 EIRJ2 - 8 EIR RETJ2 - 1 IDRJ2 - 6 IDR RETJ2 - 2 IDAJ2 - 7 IDA RETJ2 - 13 PB-0J2 - 21 PB-0 RETJ2 - 14 PB-1J2 - 22 PB-1 RETJ2 - 15 PB-2J2 - 23 PB-2 RETJ2 - 16 PB-3

SE365-BA-MMO-010

3-42 Change B

Table 3-1. AN/BQH-7A System Interconnect Wiring - Continued

J2 - 24 PB-3 RETJ2 - 17 PB-4J2 - 25 PB-4 RETJ2 - 18 PB-5J2 - 26 PB-5 RETJ2 - 29 PB-6J2 - 39 PB-6 RETJ2 - 30 PB-7J2 - 40 PB-7 RETJ2 - 31 PB-8J2 - 41 PB-8 RETJ2 - 32 PB-9J2 - 42 PB-9 RETJ2 - 33 PB-10J2 - 43 PB-10 RETJ2 - 34 PB-11J2 - 44 PB-11 RETJ2 - 35 PB-12J2 - 45 PB-12 RETJ2 - 36 PARITYJ2 - 46 PARITYJ2 - 37 PB-14J2 - 47 PB-14 RETJ2 - 49 PB-15J2 - 58 PB-15 RET

J3: MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher WiringConn.- Pin Signal NameJ3 - Q Bridge GroundJ3 - H B-LeadJ3 - P C-LeadJ3 - G A-LeadJ3 - N ShieldJ3 - J Shield

J3: LM3A Hand-Held Launcher wiringConn.- Pin Signal NameJ3 - Q Bridge GroundJ3 - H B-LeadJ3 - P C-LeadJ3 - G A-LeadJ3 - B Shield

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 4

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

4-1. GENERAL INFORMATION.

This section contains preventive maintenance procedures and performance test instructions to be accom-plished on a scheduled basis for all units of the AN/BQH-7A Data System.

. . SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ACTION INDEX.

Table 4-1identifies maintenance actions and the recommended frequency for performing each action. Col-umn 3 on the table contains the paragraph or section numbers in this or other chapters, which provide step-by-step procedures for performing maintenance actions on the AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder (Unit 1), the AR-20 Sys-tem Selector, and either launcher unit.

Table 4-1. Scheduled Maintenance Action Index

FREQUENCY MAINTENANCE ACTIONPARAGRAPH REF-ERENCE

W AN/BQH-7A test procedures using test device 4-3.1M/S Unit 2 launcher cleaning & inspection 4-3.2A Interconnecting cable conductor measurements (insulation resistance,

shield & ground continuity, signal continuity)4-3.3

S Unit 1 recorder-processor cleaning & inspection 4-3.4Q Test device performance procedures 4-3.5W = Weekly M = Monthly Q = Quarterly (every 3 months) S = Semi-annually (every 6 months) A = Annually (every12 months)

4-3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.

The preventive maintenance procedures presented in the following paragraphs provide the information nec-essary to conduct a comprehensive program of cleaning and inspecting all units of the AN/BQH-7A data system.

Figure 3-9 Communication Interface with External System

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-10 NTDS (Fast) Type B P.C. Board Functional Block Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 3-11(a) Timing Diagram, Type B External Interface

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-5

Figure 3-11(b) Timing Diagram, Type B Input Data

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-6 Change B

The procedures given in this section include the tools, equipment, and materials required to perform step-by-stepmaintenance. When performing maintenance procedures, care should be taken to prevent the loss of small orloose parts.

4-3.1 TEST DEVICE PROCEDURES. Test operation of the AN/BQH-7A recorder and launcher system usingthe XBT/XSV test device at least once a week under normal operating conditions. Observe the following on thechart trace:

• expendable device check

• low and high temperature calibration

• external interface logic test

• surface line alignment

• stylus slew rate

• temperature and sound velocity plots

• stylus pressure

Table 5-6includes built-in test routine procedures using test device. Observe tape playback to chart readout.

4-3.1.1 TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS REQUIRED. The following two items are required to per-form maintenance procedures on the AN/BQH-7A Data System using the XBT/XSV Test Device:

1. XBT/XSV test device P/N 03051001 (see Parts List,Chapter 7, Table 7-2)

2. Tape cassette (FSCM No. 16848 P/N 301370-1; NSN 9N7045-01-139-6023; see Parts List,Table 7-2)

4-3.1.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. Proceed as follows:

1. Verify that Unit 1 controls are set as follows:

• MODE to MEASURE

• STRIP CHART OUTPUT to TEMP

• TEST NO. to 00

• PROBE to 7

2. Make sure that OPEN TO RECORD door is open.

3. Make sure chart paper is installed. If not, replace chart paper (Section 2-9andFigure 2-13 Views A-D).

CAUTION

Do not attempt to load or unload tape cassette with power to AN/BQH-7Arecorder turned OFF. Damage to tape cassette and/or to tape transportassembly may result.

4. Verify that launcher (Unit 2) breech is open.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-7

5. Verify that test profile is/is not to be transmitted to peripheral equipment or system. If data is not to be trans-mitted, disconnect external interface cable connector (W2P2) from Unit 1 rear panel receptacle (1J2).

4-3.1.3 TEST OPERATION OF AN/BQH-7A SET WITH TEST DEVICE. Following are procedures used totest operation of the AN/BQH-7A recorder set using the XBT/XSV test device (seeFigures 4-1aand Figure4-1b). Disconnect external system at 1J2 before using these procedures:

NOTE

After POWER is set to ON, AN/BQH-7A recorder (Unit 1) sequences throughPOWER-UP to RELOAD machine states; Unit 1 RELOAD lamp illuminates.

1. Set Unit 1 POWER switch to ON, and verify DISPLAY indicates PROBE switch is in Position 7, andRELOAD lamp is illuminated.

2. When CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp is lit (READY lamp rights if tape cassette is already loaded),load new tape cassette in tape transport.

NOTE

Unit 1 tape cassette rewinds, then READY lamp illuminates (approximately 5 to55 seconds).

3. Set XBT/XSV Test Device SELECT switch to either BT 1 or SV 1 and press START switch.

Use SELECT switch position BT (1) for BT test profile (Figure 4-2). Use SELECT setting SV (1) for SV testprofile (seeSection 4-3.1.5andFigure 4-3).

4. Insert test device into launcher (Unit 2) and shut breech. If using LM3A Hand-Held Launcher, ensure alliga-tor clip is grounded.

NOTE

The recorder sequences through RECORD TAPE HEADER, EXPENDABLEDEVICE CHECK (EDC), PRE-LAUNCH TESTS, ADVANCE CHART TOSURFACE LINE machine states. When SURFACE line is aligned beneath stylus(+/- 5.0 ft.), MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights, and DISPLAYindicates EEC, if no external system is connected.

5. Press recorder CYCLE switch to override EEC.

NOTE

Within 45 seconds of pressing the START switch on the test device, the recorderbegins to plot the XBT/XSV test profile to 2,500 ft. depth. Then, the unitsequences through ADVANCE CHART TO TEAROFF and RELOAD machinestates, then halts operation. Unit 1 MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD andCASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamps illuminate.

6. When chart trace halts, tear off chart and annotate chart trace (seeFigure 4-2).

7. Open launcher (Unit 2) breech. Remove and stow test device. Insert spent probe canister and shut breech.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-8 Change B

4-3.1.4 BT STEP MODE CHART TRACE OBSERVATION. The following steps cover the EDC check, lowand high temperature calibration, surface line alignment, stylus slew rate, temperature plot, and stylus pressuretests.

Proceed as follows:

1. On the BT STEP mode (SELECT switch position 1) test profile, EDC plot appears between 48°F and 49°F;low temp calibration line appears at 28°F; and high temp calibration line appears at 96°F (all at +/-0.3°F). Ifthe pre-launch test does not appear as inFigure 4-2for the BT STEP test, refer toChapter 5.

2. Verify that low (28°F) and high (96°F) temperature calibration plots within +/- 0.3°F (tolerance margins indi-cated on chart trace); if they do not, calibrate chart recorder (seeChapter 2andChapter 6).

3. Verify that surface line is aligned to stylus within +/- 5.0 ft. If it is not, align surface line to stylus perPara.6-(I).6.

Figure 4-1(a) Test Device (End View)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-9

4. Verify stylus slew rate (96°F to 28°F or 28°F to 96°F) is within 0.5 seconds (or 10 ft.); if not, refer toStep(6) and, if applicable, adjust chart recorder servo gain and damping (Para. 6-(I).3n).

5. Verify chart trace temperature plots (28°F, 50°F, 70°F, and 96°F) fall within +/- 0.3°F; and at particular depths+/- 10.0 ft. to 2500 ft. +/10.0 ft. as indicated inFigure 4-2. If EDC and temperature plots are not within speci-fied resistance tolerances, launcher (Unit 2) may have low insulation resistance (seeChapter 6).

6. Verify stylus pressure produces a fine unbroken line; if not, adjust stylus pressure (Para. 6-(I).4.)

4-3.1.5 S/V STEP MODE CHART TRACE OBSERVATION. The following steps cover the low and highsound velocity and specific S/V checks that are output to the chart at predetermined intervals; surface line align-ment; chart calibration checks; and stylus pressure tests.

When using the XBT/XSV Test Device for S/V test chart trace, (seeSection 4-3.1.3, NOTES andStep 4above) proceed as follows:

1. On S/V STEP mode (SELECT switch setting 1) chart trace, S/V pre-launch checks appear on chart trace at4721 f/s; 5107 f/s; and 4962 f/s (all +/- 2 f/s); then steps to chart SURFACE line, +/- 5.0 ft. (seeFigure 4-3).

2. Forty-five seconds after START switch is pressed, test device profiles sound velocity values in steps fromSURFACE line to 1400 ft, then repeats output in reverse order from 1700 to 2500 ft. (Ref.Figure 4-3)

3. Verify that low (4721 f/s) and high (5107 f/s) sound velocity ore-launch checks fall within acceptable toler-ances (+/- 0.5 f/s). SeeTable 4-2If they do not, calibrate chart recorder (Section 2-7.5.)

Figure 4-1(b) Test Device (Drawer Open)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-10 Change B

Table 4-2. Sound Velocity Test Device STEP Mode Values

SOUND VELOCITY (f/s +/- 0.5 f/s) DEPTH (ft. +/- 5.0 ft.)

4715 0 - 4004850 8005000 11005100 14005000 17004850 21004715 2790

4. With test device in SV STEP mode, verify that the SURFACE line alignment falls withing acceptable toler-ances (+/- 0.5 ft.)

If any or all of the above fail to meet acceptable tolerance levels, refer to the appropriate sections inChapter6.

SeeAppendix A for more detail on operation and maintenance of the XBT/XSV Test Device.

4-3.1.6. TAPE PLAYBACK TO CHART OBSERVATION. At Unit 1, proceed as follows:

1. Set POWER to Unit 1 ON; open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door. Load tape cassette. Shut and securedoor.

2. When READY lamp lights, set MODE switch to TAPE TO CHART.

3. Press CYCLE switch.

NOTE

Recorder sequences through READ TAPE HEADER data, PRE-LAUNCHTESTS, ADVANCE CHART TO SURFACE LINE, READ PROBE DATA,ADVANCE CHART TO TEAR-OFF machine states to LOAD TAPE machinestate. Then it halts operation.

4. When chart driver halts, tear off and annotate chart trace as applicable.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-11

Figure 4-2 XBT Step Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-12 Change B

Figure 4-3 XSV Step Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-13

5. Verify that tape PLAYBACK chart trace compares to MEASURE chart trace within tolerances stated inPara.4-3.1.4or Para 4-3.1.5; if not, refer toChapter 6.

6. Remove and annotate tape cassette.

7. Set MODE switch to MEASURE; set POWER switch to OFF.

8. Return AN/BQH-7A system to readiness condition (Ref.Table 2-5(e)) and Section 2-6.10f or steps to returnrecorder to readiness condition).

4-3.2 LAUNCHER (UNIT 2) CLEANING AND INSPECTION. Clean and inspect launcher (Unit 2) as fol-lows:

4-3.2.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. The following items arerequired to clean and inspect launcher (Unit 2):

1. Allen wrench

2. Clean cotton cloth

3. Fine emery cloth

4. Fresh water

5. Grease gun

6. Two safety tags

7. Petroleum based lubricating crease

4-3.2.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. To clean and inspect the launcher, proceed as follows:

1. Verify that Unit 1 POWER switch is set to OFF.

2. Tag out Units 1 and 2 according to ship’s tag out procedure.

4-3.2.3 PROCEDURES FOR MX-8577/SSQ-61. Proceed to clean and inspect the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru HullLauncher using the following instructions (seeFigures 2-3throughFigure 2-6, Figure 4-4, andFigure 4-5). Referto Section 4-3.2.4for information on cleaning and inspecting the LM3A Hand Held Launcher.

NOTE

The procedures explained inSteps 1-Step 4and Step 6below should be per-formed monthly; the procedure inStep 5should be performed semi-annually.

1. Open the launcher breech. Inspect the contact pin area for contamination. If necessary, clean it with a cottoncloth dipped in fresh water.

2. Check the launch tube for salt build-up at its opening and inside the tube. Remove any salt build-up with freshwater and a cotton cloth swab.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-14 Change B

3. Polish the end bell with very fine emery cloth to remove all paint, salt, or burrs which could damage the sig-nal wire insulation.

4. Use a grease gun to apply a light-to-medium weight petroleum-based lubricant. This greases the fitting locatedbelow the launcher breech assembly.

CAUTION

Be careful that the two keys (2A1MP3) inside the breech casting remain inplace, and are not moved or lost (seeFigure 4-5).

5. To inspect, clean, and lubricate the launcher breech and cover assembly, remove launcher cover assembly(Figure 4-4) by opening the breech and removing five 1/4″ x 5/8″ cap screws from the breech cover, and lift-ing the cover assembly out of the breech.

NOTE

Take care to dress wires properly when launcher cover assembly is inserted intothe launcher breech. Orient the inner part of the assembly so that the wires, asthey leave the assembly, are facing the hinge bolt on the breech. Make sure thetwo keys are in place.

6. Replace cap screws, and shut launcher breech.

7. Remove tags from Units 1 and 2.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-15

Figure 4-4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Launcher Cover Assembly

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-16 Change B

4-3.2.4 PROCEDURES FOR LM3A. Inspect the LM3A Hand Held Launcher as inSection 4-3.2.3and cleanit periodically with a cloth dipped in fresh water to remove salt build-up.

CAUTION

Lexan materials are attacked by aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons,ketones, strong alkalines, and esters. Do not try to clean any of the moldedparts of the LM3A launcher body with these solutions.

If necessary, clean the Lexan parts of the LM3A Hand Held Launcher with one of the following solutions:Light solution of detergents; isopropyl alcohol; petroleum ether; nepthane; VM and P-naptha. Under normal-to-heavy use conditions, clean once a week.

Figure 4-5 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Launcher Breech

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-17

4-3.3 INTERCONNECTING CABLE CONDUCTOR MEASUREMENTS. This section outlines proceduresfor measuring interconnecting cable conductor insulation resistance, shield and ground continuity, and signalcontinuity.

4-3.3.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. The following items arerequired for interconnecting cable conductor measurements:

1. Electronic multimeter AN/USM-311 (SCAT 4245) or equivalent (seeTable 1-6)

2. Two safety tags

3. Electronic megohmeter Riddle Model BM10 or equivalent (SCAT 4448) (seeTable 1-6)

4. 4-inch, medium duty, flat-tipped screwdriver

5. Used XBT canister with terminals soldered together (Figure 4-6)

WARNING

This equipment generates voltages capable of causing serious injury ordeath. Do not work alone. Observe all applicable electrical safety precau-tions normally associated with insulation resistance testing of electricalequipment. Isolate probes and canisters used in testing insulation resistanceand cable continuity.

4-3.3.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. Follow these procedures:

NOTE

Establish voice or sound-powered communication between AN/BQH-7Arecorder location and launch location.

1. Verify that POWER to AN/BQH-7A recorder (Unit 1) is switched to OFF.

2. Tag out Units 1 and 2 in accordance with individual ship’s tag-out procedure.

3. Perform maintenance procedures outlined inParagraph 4-3.2.3 steps 1 through step 4(andstep 5only if notperformed in past 6 months).

4. Open launcher breech and remove spent probe canister.

4-3.3.3 INTERCONNECTING CABLE CONDUCTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE. Follow these proce-dures to measure interconnecting cable conductor resistance:

1. Remove interconnecting cable connector (P3) from Unit 1 rear panel receptacle (1J3).

2. Verify resistance from Unit 1 rear panel ground stud to ship’s hull is less than 3 ohms.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-18 Change B

3. Connect insulation resistance test set (megohmeter) leads successively to connector (W2P1) sockets as fol-lows:

Socket G to sockets H, P, O

Socket H to sockets P, O

Socket P to socket O

4. Operate megohmeter and verify that test set indicates 100 megohms (minimum) at 500 volts, for each socket.

5. If indication is not a minimum of 100 megohms at 500 volts, inspect cable connector and junction box wir-ing. If condition persists, replace cable.

4-3.3.4 INTERCONNECTING CABLE SHIELD AND GROUND CONTINUITY. Follow these procedures:

1. Set up multimeter to measure resistance on lowest scale.

Figure 4-6 XBT Canister with Terminals Soldered Together

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-19

2. Connect multimeter test lead between ship’s hull ground and cable connector (W2P1) socket

3. Verify meter indication is 5.0 ohms (maximum).

4. If indication is greater than 5.0 ohms, inspect ground wire connection to ship’s hull and repeat test. If condi-tion persists, replace cable.

5. Disconnect launcher wire leads from junction box terminals and repeatsteps 3andstep 4above. If discrep-ancy persists, replace cable.

6. If necessary, remove launcher cover assembly, and inspect wiring.

4-3.3.5 INTERCONNECTING CABLE SIGNAL CONTINUITY. To measure interconnecting cable signalcontinuity, follow these procedures:

1. Insert used XBT canister (Figure 4-6) with terminals connected into launcher (Unit 2). Shut launcher breech.

2. Connect multimeter test leads successively between P3 connector sockets G and H, G and P, H and P; verifythat meter indicates no more than 20.0 ohms for each measurement, and that measurements agree to within1.0 ohms.

3. On MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher only, connect multimeter test leads between cable connector P3socket 0 and ship’s ground; verify meter indicates no more than 10.0 ohms.

4. If signal continuity checks are not as indicated in (2) and (3) above, repair or replace cable.

5. Open launcher breech.

6. Remove XBT canister with shortened terminals to secure stowage.

7. Install used standard XBT canister in launcher (Unit 2) breech. Close breech fully.

8. Reconnect interconnecting cable connector (P3) to Unit 1 rear panel receptacle (1J3).

9. Remove tans from chart recorder (Unit 1) and launcher (Unit 2) according to individual ship’s tag-out proce-dure.

4-3.4 DATA RECORDER (UNIT 1) CLEANING AND INSPECTION. Follow these procedures:

WARNING

Avoid prolonged contact with or inhalation of cleaning solvents. Avoid usenear heat or open flame, and provide adequate ventilation.

4-3.4.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. Use the following items toclean and inspect the data recorder:

1. 1-inch painter’s dusting brush

2. Lint free, non-abrasive, static-free cleaning cloth

3. 6-inch, medium duty, flat-tipped screwdriver

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-20 Change B

4. Cotton-tipped applicators

5. Isopropyl alcohol or approved cleaning solvent

4-3.4.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. To begin the cleaning and inspection procedures for the AN/BQH-7Arecorder, follow these instructions:

1. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door; verify that tape transport is not loaded.

2. If tape cassette has been loaded in tape transport assembly, set Unit 1 POWER to ON.

3. When Unit 1 CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp lights, remove tape cassette from tape transport.

4. Turn recorder POWER switch OFF.

5. Tag out recorder (Unit 1) according to ship’s tag out procedures.

4-3.4.3 CLEANING AND INSPECTION. To clean and inspect the AN/BQH-7A recorder, follow these proce-dures:

WARNING

Avoid prolonged contact with or inhalation of cleaning solvents. Avoid usenear heat or open flame, and provide adequate ventilation.

1. Clean tape transport recording/playback head, using cotton-tipped applicator moistened with alcohol.

2. Inspect recording/playback head for any damage.

3. Shut and secure CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE door.

4. Loosen left and right-hand subassembly front panel retaining screws.

CAUTION

Be sure AN/BQH-7A data recorder is securely mounted to work bench.Weight of left- and right-hand drawer assemblies can cause unit to topple ifnot properly mounted.

5. Withdraw left and right-hand subassemblies to fully extended chassis slide service position.

NOTE

Left- and right-hand subassemblies may be pivoted up or down 90 degrees.

6. Clean recorder (Unit 1) case interior, and left- and right-hand subassemblies.

7. Inspect Unit 1 case interior, and left- and right-hand subassemblies for:

• presence of foreign matter

• discolored or scorched components

• cracked or frayed insulation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 4-21

• loose connection bulging or leaking capacitors

• loose circuit boards

• cracked or inadequate coating

• loose or broken hardware

8. Slide left- and right-hand subassemblies into recorder (Unit 1) casing.

9. Tighten front panel retaining screws.

10. Remove tags from recorder according to individual ship’s tag-out procedure.

11. Return equipment to current readiness condition.

4-3.5 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. The XBT/ XSV Test Device should betested quarterly to verify satisfactory performance. These tests are limited to test profile timing and output resis-tances.

4-3.5.1 TOOLS, PARTS, MATERIALS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. To perform maintenance onthe XBT/XSV Test Device, the following equipment is required:

1. XBT/XSV Test Device.

2. Digital voltmeter.

3. Stopwatch

4-3.5.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE. To begin maintenance procedures for the XBT/XSV Test Device, fol-low these steps:

1. Inspect test device for mechanical operation first (see Appendix A).

2. If necessary, replace battery (see Appendix A for appropriate procedures).

3. Check test device timing (see Appendix A for appropriate procedures).

4. Measure output resistances using Procedures inSection 4-3.5.3.

4-3.5.3 TEST DEVICE PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT. To test Performance of the XBT/XSV TestDevice, follow these procedures:

1. Set digital voltmeter to k ohms (k) scale.

NOTE

All meter readings given below include 8k simulated BT wire resistances forboth the A and B leads. For example, 28°F = 18,308.0 ohms (18.3 k); but themeter reads 34.3 k. Subtract 16k ohms from meter readings given below to arriveat temperature equivalents, e-g.,, 34.3k - 16k 18.3k which is equivalent to 28°F.

2. With XBT/XSV Test Device OFF, verify meter reads 19.2k ohms (+/0.01 %) from terminal A to terminal B(seeFigure 4-7.

3. Turn SELECT switch to BT 1. Press START switch. While LED is flashing, verify meter reads as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

4-22 Change B

Meter Reading Terminals A to B * Equivalent

(all k ohms +/- 0.01%)34.3-16 = 18.3 (28°F)25.9-16 = 9.9 (50°F)21.9-16 = 5.9 (70°F)19.1-16 = 3.2 (96°F)21.9-16 = 5.9 (70°F)25.9-16 = 9.9 (50°F)34.3-16 = 18.3 (28°F)19.3-16 = 3.3 (End of Test)

*See NOTE above for explanation of voltmeter readings and temperature equivalents.

3. If test device LED does not flash or timing is incorrect, replace battery and repeat test.

4. If resistance values are not corrector timing error persists, replace test device.

Figure 4-7 XBT/XSV Test Device Resistor Switching Network

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 5

TROUBLESHOOTING

5-1. INTRODUCTION.

This chapter contains procedures to troubleshoot the the AN/BQH-7A system, including fault logic diagramsand schematic drawings, to help a qualified technician isolate system malfunctions to the P.C. board level. Thetroubleshooting concept established for the AN/BQH-7A system equipment isolates faults to the assembly andmajor subassembly level. The Recommended Spare Parts List inChapter 6and the system level Parts List inChapter 7contain names, part numbers, and descriptive information for onboard replacement parts.

5-2. TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.

Table 5-1lists equipment functions, applicable trouble-shooting diagrams, functional data, and adjustmentand alignment procedures.

5-3. LAMP INDEX.

Table 5-2lists equipment using reference designations and provides the function name, voltages required, andapplicable troubleshooting diagrams.

5-4. PROTECTIVE DEVICE INDEX.

Table 5-3lists protective devices for each unit of the AN/BQH-7A system in reference designation order. Thisindex provides front panel markings, voltages and amp ratings, and the troubleshooting diagram associated witheach device.

Table 5-1. Troubleshooting Index

FUNCTIONAL AREA

TROUBLESHOOTING DIA-GRAM

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIP-TION

ALIGNMENT/ ADJUST-MENT PARA. NO.

FAULTLOGICDIAG. (fig.)

SIGNALFLOW DIAG.(fig.) PARA. NO. FIG. NO.

Bridge A/D 5-1(d) &5-1(f)

5-2, 5-3 3-4 3-4, 3-5 6-(I).7, 6-(II).4

Panel Interface 5-1(b) 5-1(d)& 5-1(e)

5-2, 5-3, 5-4 3-8 3-4 3-5 6-(II).3, 6-(II).5, 6-(II).6,6-(II).7,

Chart, Pen & Tape Drive5-1(b) 5-1(c)& 5-1(g)

5-2, 5-3, 5-4 3-6, 3-7, 3-9 3-5, 3-6 Section 6-(II)Paragraphs 9through 25,

Power 5-1 5-5 3-2.4 3-7 ---External Interface 5-1(d) 5-2, 5-3 & 5-4 3-10 3-9, 3-10,

3-116-(II).4

NTDS (Fast) 5-1(d) 5-2, 5-3 & 5-4 3-10 3-9, 3-10,3-11

6-(II).4

XSV 5-1(h) 5-2, 5-3 & 5-4 3-5 3-8 6-(II).4CPU/Memory 5-1(e) 5-2, 5-3 & 5-4 3-3 3-3 6-(II).4AR-20 5-1(f) 5-8 --- 8-7 8-4.2, 8-7.2XBT/XSV Test Device 5-1(f) 5-2 --- 3-4 Appendix A

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-1

Table 5-2. Lamp Index

REF. DES* FUNCTIONAL NAME ENERGIZING VOLTAGETROUBLESHOOTINGDIAGRAM

1DS1 Power 115 VAC 5-51DS2 Panel illumination 20 VDC 5-5, 5-61A1A11 DS1/2/3 Measurement status indicators 20 VDC 5-5, 5-61A1A11 DS4/5/6 Cassette status indicators 20 VDC 5-5, 5-61A1A11 DS7/8 Panel illumination 20 VDC 5-5, 5-61A2A7 DS1/2 Panel illumination 20 VDC 5-5, 5-7

*Part Numbers for designated items given in :Chapter 7 Table 7-2.

Table 5-3. Protective Device (Fuse) Index

REF. DES. *

FRONTPANELMARKING

RATINGVOLTS AMPS CIRCUIT PROTECTED

TROUBLE-SHOOTINGDIAGRAM

1F1/1F2 F1, F2 250 V AC 2 (SB) AC line 3-7, 5-51A2F1 None 125 V DC 4 +12 VDC regulated power supply3-7, 5-51A2F2 None 125 V DC 4 +20 VDC power supply 3-7, 5-51A2F3 None 125 V DC 4 -20 VDC power supply 3-7, 5-51A2F4 None 125 V DC 4 +5 VDC 3 regulated power supply3-7, 5-5

*Part Numbers for designated items given in:Chapter 7 Table 7-2.

5-5. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.

AN/BQH-7A troubleshooting procedures consist of a series of tests and observations to isolate faults andanalyze error messages (see flow charts inFigures 5-1(a-h)and Error MessageTable 2-6b). The troubleshootingtechnician uses the system maintenance turn-on procedures, fault logic diagrams (Figure 5-1), signal flow dia-grams (Figures 5-2(a-n), Figures 5-3(a-l), Figures 5-4(a-k), Figures 5-5(a-h)), maintenance schematics for theright and left-hand drawer assemblies (Figures 5-6aand Figure 5-6b), and built-in test routines (Table 5-6tocheck and isolate faults.

5-5.1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. The maintenance procedures outlined inTable 5-4provide instruc-tions to power-up the AN/BQH-7A recorder and operate it under normal-to-heavy use conditions. By performingthese procedures and noting if the observations for each step are normal, the technician can determine systemfunction or sub-function malfunctions

5-5.2 FAULT LOGIC DIAGRAMS. The fault logic diagrams shown inFigures 5-1provides a series of ques-tions and recommended actions to aid the maintenance technician in isolating equipment malfunctions. This flowchart is arranged in sequence to the functional fault or repairable or replaceable part level. AN/BQH-7A recorderassemblies and subassemblies are not usually repairable at the organizational or intermediate maintenance (com-ponent part) level.

Where more than one maintenance action is specified, perform in the order presented, one action at a time.In some cases, a single maintenance action is shown.Table 5-8provides explanations for each alphabetical ref-erence.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-2 Change B

5-5.3 BUILT-IN TEST ROUTINES. The AN/BQH-7A data recorder has built-in test capability to automaticallymonitor system operation and to check certain functions of the equipment. A 3-digit character display in the testpanel provides coded messages to indicate the status of specific functions during maintenance operations. Thedisplay is activated during certain operating sequences to indicate normal conditions.

In conjunction with an ERROR lamp indication, the DISPLAY provides a coded error message if any of thesequences are not normal.Figures 5-1provides analysis of troubleshooting solutions when error messages areencountered;Table 2-6(b)lists non-software related operator-encountered error messages.

The technician initiates built-in test routines manually to determine the performance and status of recorderfunctions. Enter the test routines via the two thumbwheel switches on the front of the AN/BQH-7A recorder (seeFigures 2-1aand Figure 2-1b). Table 5-6lists test routine descriptions, instructions, observations and remedialactions.

5-5.4 SIGNAL FLOW DIAGRAMS. Figures 5-2 through Figure 5-5 (signal flow diagrams) provide trouble-shooting information to locate faulty assemblies, subassemblies, and components. The required sequence for test-ing the recorder to determine faults is dictated by the BITE routines provided inTable 5-6, and in the fault logicdiagrams in Figure 5-1. This precludes unnecessary performance of test steps unrelated to the observed malfunc-tion. Each test step requires definitive results to clearly establish normal operation of the circuit under test.

5-5.5 MAINTENANCE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. Figure 5-6(a)shows the maintenance schematic diagramfor the logic rack assembly (1A1) to show circuit elements in the equipment. Mechanical adjustments to theright-hand rack (1A2) are made using the parts location diagrams shown at the end ofChapters 7andChapter8, as well asFigure 5-6(b). In addition toFigures 5-6(a)andFigure 5-6(b), the signal flow diagrams mentionedin Section 5-5.4provide the necessary information for the troubleshooting technician to maintain theAN/BQH-7A system.

5-5.6 WIRING. If faulty wiring causes a fault indication during troubleshooting, check the wiring betweencomponents, assemblies, connectors, and tiepoints for obvious damage. If the trouble still exists after performingtroubleshooting procedures, make a point-to-point continuity check of wiring.

5-6. MNEMONICS.

Table 5-5provides a list and description of the mnemonic codes used in the AN/BQH-7A system.

5-7. AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR.

5-7.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION, AR-20. The AR-20 System Selector consists of a select switch, and 4 con-trols for electrical connections to the recorder and one or more launchers. These controls are labeled L-1, L-2 forlaunchers and R-1, R-2 for recorders (R-2 is not used). The AN/BQH-7A system uses the AR-20 System Selec-tor when more than one launcher is in use (usually one port and one starboard, seeFigures 1-1aandFigure 1-1b).

Figures 1-4andFigure 2-2contain identification of the AR-20 System Selector controls and indicators. TheAR-20 box consists of: a mounting plate, cover, sealing grip and O-ring for each launcher and recorder controlsubassembly, SELECT knob with rotary switch, terminal block, and cover.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-3

5-7.2 AR-20 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.Figures 1-4and Figure 2-2help the troubleshootingtechnician identify the parts of the AR-20 System Selector. Figure8-7 identifies the contact switches on theAR-20 SELECT knob.Figures 5-8(a)andFigure 5-8(b)show the wiring diagram for the AR-20 System Selec-tor.

If new or replacement parts are needed for the AR-20 System Selector (P/N 213627-1, seeTable 7-2, seeTable 6-5.

If signal flow from launcher to recorder or from recorder to launcher is interrupted at the AR-20 location,check electrical continuity at each intake and outflow point. Be sure to locate the AR-20 in an area free fromwater, wind and salt.

Table 5-4. Maintenance Turn-On Procedure

STEP OBSERVATION

CAUTION

Set POWER switch to AN/BQH-7A recorder to OFF before replacing P.C. boards. Damage to board may result ifPOWER to the system remains ON when repairing or replacing P.C. boards.

NOTE

Before proceeding with the maintenance turn-on procedures, checkfor an error message in the DISPLAY indicator on the test panel.

If no external system is on-line, an EEC (external equipment check) errorindication may result when performing some of the following procedures.To override the EEC error indication, press the recorder (Unit 1) CYCLE switch.

1. PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE:a ) Set Unit 1 (recorder) switches and controls as follows:POWER..................OFFBRIGHTNESS CONTROL.....MAXSTRIP CHART OUTPUT.....TEMPMODE...................MEASUREPROBE..................1TEST NO................00OPEN FOR TEST door.....SHUTOPEN TO LOAD CASSETTEdoor................SHUTOPEN TO RECORD door....OPENb.) At Unit 2 (launcher) have XBT/XSV Test Device available foruse when required by maintenance turn- on procedure.c.) Ensure that XBT/XSV Test Device is grounded to recorder orship’s hull, if Hand-Held Launcher LM3A is in use.

NOTE

Maintenance turn-on indications occur simultaneously or in sequence within milliseconds. Operating the RESETbutton (located inside the OPEN FOR TEST door) resets Units 1 permitting repetition of observations if necessry.

CAUTION

Never load or remove tape cassette unless CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp is illuminated. Damage to tapecassette and/or to tape transport assembly may result.

2. POWER-UP CHECK ROUTINE:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-4 Change B

Table 5-4. Maintenance Turn-On Procedure - Continued

STEP OBSERVATION

a.) At Unit 1, set POWER switch to ON. (1) POWER indicator lamp illuminates.(2) Panel lamps illuminate.(3) MEASUREMENT STATUS lamps flash once.CASSETTE STATUS lamps flash once. DIS-PLAY flashes 8 8 8twice.(4) MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD andCASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamps illumi-nate. DISPLAY reads 1 __.(5) Chart recorder driver advances paper totear-off point.

b.) At Unit 1, load cassette tape. Close Shut OPEN TO LOADCASSETTE door.

(1) Recorder sequences to cassette ready status:(a) CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp extin-guishes.(b) DISPLAY reads CA0, then 1.(c) CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp illumi-nates.

<<IF PROCEDURE FAILS>>Run through power-up sequence again; if system

fails again, check fuses, lamps,and cable connections. If necessary, replace tape transport assembly.

c.) At Unit 2, insert XBT/XSV Test Device into launcher and shutbreech.

NOTE

For MX-8577/SSO-61, select test devicemode (BT 1), press START LED, then insertinto launcher and shut breech.

3. PRE-LAUNCH CHECK ROUTINE:a.) At Unit 1: (1) Set MODE switch to MEASURE.

(2) Set STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch toTEMP.(3) Set PROBE thumbwheel switch to 7.(a) MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD andCASSETTE STATUS READY lamps are illumi-nated.

b.) At Unit 2: (1) Load XBT/XSV Test Device into launcher(see 2(c) above).(2) Set ON/OFF switch on Test Device to BT 1,and press START button (LED flashes). Shutlauncher breech.

c.) At Unit 1: (1) Press CYCLE switch.(2) Recorder sequences through pre-launch checkroutine:(a) DISPLAY reads CA0.(b) DISPLAY reads EDC.(c) Chart advances approx. 3/16 inch in approx.3.2 seconds.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-5


STEP OBSERVATION

(d) Stylus draws line on chart paper for approx.3.2 seconds between 48°F and 49°F +/- 0.3°F for5/32 inch.(e) DISPLAY reads 28F and stylus draws line onchart draws line on chart for approx. 3.2 secondsat 28°F +/- 0.3°F for 5/32 in.(f) DISPLAY reads 96F and stylus draws line onchart for approx. 3.2 seconds at 96°F for 5/32inch.(q) DISPLAY reads 62F and stylus draws line onchart for approx. 3.2 seconds at 62°F +/- 0.3°Ffor up to 1/4 inch until it reaches SURFACE lineon chart.(h) MEASUREMENT STATUS LAUNCH lampis lit and DISPLAY reads ADC.(i) Stylus is at SURFACE line on chart and DIS-PLAY lamp extinguishes.

4. MEASURE:a.) At Unit 1: (1) Recorder responds to simulated probe data:

(a) MEASUREMENT STATUS LAUNCH lampremains lit until seawater contact is simulated.Then, MEASUREMENT STATUS LAUNCHlamp extinguishes.(b) DISPLAY reads DEC. Stylus slews right thenleft as on following table:

Stylus slews right to plot 23°F off-scale untilchart advances to to tear-off position.

a.) At Unit 1: (c) DISPLAY reads ACF. Tape transport rewindstape to clear leader. When chart advances paper totear-off position, DISPLAY reads 7_ _.(2) Recorder sequences to RELOAD state:(a) Chart paper advances to tear-off point andstops.(b) MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD lamp isilluminated.(c) CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp is illu-minated.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-6 Change B


STEP OBSERVATION

b.) At Unit 2: (1) Test device LED ceases flashing.c.) At Unit 1: (1) Remove tape cassette. Note date, time, and

procedure on cassette label.5. PLAYBACK (TAPE TO CHART mode):a.) At Unit 1, set MODE switch to TAPE TO CHART. (1) MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD lamp

extinguishes.(2) DISPLAY is blank. (3) CASSETTE STATUSREPLACE lamp is lit.

b.) At Unit 1, load tape cassette containing previously recordeddata. Shut OPEN TO LOAD door.

(1) Recorder sequences to rewind. Tape rewinds.(a) CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp extin-guishes.(b) DISPLAY reads CA0. Tape rewinds.(c) CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp lightswhen tape is ready.(d) DISPLAY is blank.

c.) At Unit 1, press CYCLE switch. (1) Recorder cycles through tape playback.(a) CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp is extin-guished.(b) DISPLAY reads CA0, then briefly reads CA7.(c) DISPLAY reads CDC for2.0 seconds.(d) Stylus draws line at48°F to 49°F for 3/16″.(e) DISPLAY reads C28.(f) stylus draws line at 28°F.(g) DISPLAY reads C96.(h) Stylus draws line at +96°F.(i) DISPLAY reads C62.(j) Stylus draws line at 62°F.(k) DISPLAY reads CAD.(l) Chart advances to SURFACE line.(m) DISPLAY reads CDE.(n) Chart repeats preset data recorded at Step4(a).(o) DISPLAY reads CAC.(p) Chart stops recording data and advances totear-off point.(q) Cassette tape rewinds. CASSETTE STATUSREPLACE lamp illuminates. DISPLAY is blank.

d.) At Unit 1, tear off chart paper and compare with previous chart. (1) Chart made during PLAYBACK check shouldmatch chart from MEASURE check. Figure A-1compares with MEASURE check chart readoutand tape playback chart readout.

NOTE

When recorder MODE switch is set to TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL and no external system is on-line,observation at (m) above″DISPLAY reads CDE″ changes to″DISPLAY reads FDE.″

6. PLAYBACK (TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL mode):a.) At Unit 1, set MODE switch to TAPE TO CHART ANDEXTERNAL.

(1) Observations identical to those in Step 5,PLAYBACK (TAPE TO CHART) mode.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-7


STEP OBSERVATION

See exception in DISPLAY readout in NOTEabove.

b.) Follow (b) through (d) in Step 5 above. (2) Observations are identical to those listed inStep 5 PLAYBACK (TAPE TO CHART mode),with the exception noted above.

NOTE

Observations at individual ship’s host computer or other external system vary.7. EQUIPMENT POWER-DOWN AND TURN-OFF:a.) At Unit 1:(1) Remove tape cassette.(2) Set POWER switch to OFF.

NOTE

Installing a spent probe canister in either type of launcher after performing Maintenance Turn-On and Check-Outprocedures prevents excessive corrosion or oxidation of launcher contact points.

b.) At Unit 2:(1) Remove XBT/XSV Test Device and install spent probe canister.

Table 5-5. Mnemonics

A/D (Analog to digital) converts analog information from the connector box and probe todigital data for microcomputer input.

ADR0 and ADR1 (Address 0 & 1) routes the eight lines of data between the DATA BUS and the appropri-ate circuits of the peripheral interface PCB.

ANALOG DATA (TEMP) Seawater temperature data signals in analog form.ANLG GND (Analog ground) return line to chassis ground for analog signals.BITE (Built-in-test-equipment) this feature is programmed for a variety of fault isolation test

routines and calibration aids.BLANK 1-3 (Blanking signals) signals used to remove blanking from segments of hexadecimal dis-

play.BLANKING Digital data signals sent from CPU via data bus to display blanking circuits.BOT (Beginning of tape (not)) signal output is low when the clear leader is at the detector. It

goes high when the oxide is at the detector.BOT LAMP (Beginning of tape lamp) 5-volt signal used to energize the lamp when recorder is turned

on. The light is directed at the BOT detector.BRIDGE TEMP Seawater temperature data signals in digital form sent via data bus from bridge to CPU.CAPSTAN Drive signals for tape transport capstan motor.CHART DRIVE SIGNALS Drive signals for chart stepper motor.CH HOLE (Chart hole) infra-red light source signal sent to optical sensor when chart hole detected.CIP (Cassette in place (not)) signal to status multiplexer that cassette is in the machine.CLOCK + and - (Clock positive going and negative going) clocks data into external system.CYCLE (NO), (NC) (Cycle normally open, normally closed (not)) Signal to activate test routines and initiate

tape playback.D/A REF (Digital to analog reference voltage) voltage generated for the digital to analog converter

and servo circuit.DATA + and - (Data positive going and negative going) temperature or sound velocity signals in digital

format for external system.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-8 Change B

Table 5-5. Mnemonics - Continued

DGND GND (Digital ground) return line to chassis ground for digital signals.DIGITAL DATA (TEMP/SV) Seawater temperature/sound velocity signals in digital form to peripheral interface.DOWN CONTROL Digital signal enabling HEAD UP/DOWN control circuit to drive READ UP/DOWN

motor down.EOT + and - (End-of-transmission positive going and negative going) indicates end of each data word.EQUALITY Digital signal from comparator, indicates proper functioning of external interface.ERROR (Error (not)) error signal for enabling lamp drivers.ERROR LAMP (Error lamp (not)) error lamp illumination signal from lamp drivers.EXTERNAL Digital data signal to external interface PCB, for transmission via NTDS (Fast) interface.FEEDBACK Feedback signal from servo potentiometer to servo amplifier of chart recorder.HEAD DOWN (Head down (not)) signal output which goes to ground when the head down switch is

actuated.HEAD UP (Head Up) signal transition from zero to five volts causes tape head to go up.HOLE SENSE (Hole Sense) signals the chart hole status to the microcomputer.1 MHz (One megahertz) clock signal for timing in panel interface (1A1A8) PCB.INT (Interrupt) signal from the interrupt gate to the microprocessor.INT 1/ INT 2 (Interrupt 1-2 (not)) signals from panel PCB and cassette interface PCB used to notify

CPU that data are available.IOR and IOW (IOR (not) and IOW (not)) tells selected PCB whether data are going from CPU to

peripheral interface or from peripheral interface to CPU.LAMP STATUS (Lamp status (not)) signal from CPU to panel interface PCB and cassette interface

(1A1A6) PCB to light appropriate MEASUREMENT STATUS and/or CASSETTE STA-TUS lamp.

LAMPTEST (Lamptest (not)) manual enabling signal to lamp drivers.LAUNCH (Launch (not)) launch signal enabling lamp drivers.LAUNCH LAMP (Launch lamp (not)) launch lamp illumination signal from lamp drivers.LOAD FORWARD Enabling signal for capstan and take-up motors.MADR (Memory address) transfers memory information from CPU to memory board.MDATA (Memory data) Transfers memory data from memory board to CPU.MODE-20 (Mode-20 ) signal from mode switch to peripheral interface to MEASURE.MODE-21 (Mode-21 ) signal from mode switch to peripheral interface to MEASURE.MTR GND (Motor ground) return line to chassis ground for motor signals.PROBES20 , 21 , 22 Signal from probe select switch to interface PCB indicator.READ Enabling signal for read amplifier.READY (Ready (not)) ready signal for enabling lamp drivers.READY LAMP (Ready lamp (not)) ready illumination signal from lamp drivers.RELOAD (Reload (not)) reload signal for enabling lamp drivers.RELOAD LAMP (Reload lamp (not)) reload lamp illumination signal from lamp drivers.REPLACE (Replace (not)) replace signal for enabling lamp drivers.REPLACE LAMP (Replace lamp (not)) replace lamp illumination signal from lamp drivers.RESET (Reset) signal used by the CPU to reset all functions.RESIN (Reset in (not)) signal from test panel reset switch to the clock generator of CPU.REWIND (Rewind (not)) when this input signal is momentarily grounded, the tape rewinds until

the beginning of the tape where it automatically stops.SEL 0-5 (Select 0-5) signals generated from the microcomputer function to select other functions.SEL8K (Select 8K) signal from memory decoder to data bus buffer of ROM.SERIAL DATA Signals to tape heads for recording.START (Start) a negative pulse starts the writing of one character or reading of one character

depending on the Write/Read input status.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-9

Table 5-5. Mnemonics - Continued

STATUS (Status) this signal indicates that the capstan motor is moving.STEP (Step) this signal transfers data from the microcomputer bus through the step pulser to

the chart drive to run stepper motor.STEP INHB (Step Inhibit) this signal pulse is generated by the step pulser to the chart drive which

stops the stepper motor.STOP (Stop) this signal stops the motors from running. When this signal is″1″ the unit will

not read or write.TEMP/SV (Temperature/Sound Velocity (not)) signal selection from strip chart output switch.TEST (Test) signal from test thumbwheel switch to panel component interface denoting TEST

signals will follow.TEST/NORMAL (Test/normal (not)) signal from test door switch to panel components interface setting

recorder in TEST mode.UP (Up) signal from control logic to HEAD UP/DOWN control to drive head up.WRITE (Write) determines if unit is in write mode (5 volts).WRITE CLOCK (Write clock (not)) eight pulses generated by the control logic to transfer write data

through the write amplifiers onto the magnetic tape.WRITE DATA (Write data (not)) eight bits of data being clocked by write clock onto the magnetic tape.

Table 5-6. Built-In Test Routines

TEST ROUTINE FUNCTIONOPERATOR ACTION/ TROUBLESHOOT-ING

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES:(1) Set AN/BQH-7A recorder POWER switch to ON.(2) Set recorder MODE switch to MEASURE.(3) Set STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch to TEMP unless otherwise noted.(4) Leave PROBE NO. switch set at 7 unless otherwise noted.

CAUTION

Always turn POWER to the AN/BQH-7A system OFF before removing or replacing P.C. boards. Damage to the P.C.board or components may result if POWER is left ON.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-10 Change B

Table 5-6. Built-In Test Routines - Continued


NOTE

If no external system is on line, pressing the START switch on the XBT/XSVTest Device with the ON/OFF switch turned ON triggers anEEC (external equipment check) error in the DISPLAY panel of the AN/BQH-7A recorder.Press the recorder’s CYCLE switch to override the EEC and attain launch readiness.

When using the recorder CYCLE switch during any of the followingBITE test routines, press and hold the switch firmly for 1/2 to 1 second.Otherwise, the recorder outputs an error message.

BITE test routines shown in parentheses are not used duringtroubleshooting but are included in this table for information only.

Pressing the RESET button located inside the test panel cyclesthe recorder through the power-up sequence.

Always perform each BITE test more than once to assure success orfailure. Always troubleshoot launcher contacts and interconnecting cablingbefore replacing P.C. boards or other parts.

When finished testing system, place an expended XBT or XSV canisterin the launcher breech to prevent breech assembly contact oxidation.For Thru-Hull Launcher, use sawed-off expended canister to fit in breechwith both ball valve and breech shut.

TEST 00 Internal timer operationDISPLAY increments hex counting from 0 0 0through F F Fthen repeats from 0 0 0until ter-minated.

a. Set POWER switch ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 00.d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 00.e. Observe that DISPLAY counts up from zerousing hexadecimal numbers (000 to FFF) at 10counts per second, and then repeats.f. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 00(DISPLAY reads A00).g. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.h. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace Panel Interface PCB (1A1A8).2. Replace CPU/Memory PCB (1A1A1).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-11



TEST 01 Front panel indicators operationDISPLAY increments numbers 1 through 6while corresponding lights flash for 0.5 seconds,one every 3 seconds.

a. Set POWER switch ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switch to 01.d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 01.e. Observe that the DISPLAY reads numbers 1through6 while simultaneously flashing the MEA-SUREMENT STATUS lamps, then the CAS-SETTE STATUS lamps in this sequence: 1.)RELOAD 2.) LAUNCH 3.) ERROR 4.)REPLACE 5.) READY 6.) ERROR.

<< IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace Panel Interface PCB (1A1A8).f. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 01.g. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.h. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

NOTE

Follow TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES given below at double asterisk** for tests requiring use ofXBT/XSV Test Device. Actions at launcher and recorder stations occur simultaneously.

When using XBT/XSV Test Device, test director should note troubleshooting technician has approx. 45 s. afterpressing test device START switch (LED is flashing) to load test device into launcher and shut launcher breech. Dur-ing 45-second timeout period, recorder sequences through pre-launch and aligns the chart paper to the SURFACEline prior to beginning measurement.

After approx. 45 s., test device simulates seawater contact and sequences recorder to proceed with BT or SV testprofile(s). Test device LED flashes for duration of profile.

When loading XBT/XSV Test Device into Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A), assure brass ground stud is aligned withbreech keyway (release pin slot,Figure 1-3). Use care not to catch ground wire assembly in Unit 2 breech closureor release pin slot.

<<FOR HAND-HELD LAUNCHER (LM3A )>>(1) Unload dummy canister and load testdevice into launcher perSection 2-4.3.(2) Be sure test device is grounded to ship’shull, recorder, or grounding bus.(3) Turn test device SELECT switch to BT1.When ready to load test device, press testdevice START switch (assure LED is flash-ing).(4) Load test device into launcher.(5) Shut launcher breech.(6) At end of test, turn test device SELECTswitch OFF.

<<FOR THRU-HULL LAUNCHER (MX-8577/SSQ-61) >>

NOTE

When using test device with Thru-Hull Launcher, remove grounding wire and clip from brass stud on test device.(1) Turn test device SELECT switch to BT 1.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-12 Change B



(2) When Unit 1 is ready to cycle, press testdevice 7ART LED (assure LED is flashing).(3) Load test device into launcher perSection2-4.2.2. (Launcher operator has 45 secondsfrom pressing START switch on test device toload test device and shut and secure breech.)(5) Shut launcher breech.(6) At end of test, turn test device SELECTswitch OFF.

NOTE

In some situations, use of the Unit 1 CYCLE push-button switch simulates shutting of launcher breech. Consult testdirector.

TEST 02-0 Bridge senses XBT connected to launcherActions at launch station and recorder stationshould simultaneously.occurAt Step (h), if lamp lights at each PROBEswitch position (0, 6, 7, and 8), TEST 02-0 issuccessful.

a. Set POWER switch to ON.


c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02 (DISPLAYreads 02).

d. Set PROBE switch to 0, 6, 7, and 8 (test allfour).e. Load XBT or test device.**

f. Shut launcher breech.g. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 02-0.h. MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamplights (DISPLAY numbers meaningless).i. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-0.j. Open launcher breech.k. Remove XBT (or test device) fromlauncher.l. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.m. Set PROBE switch to 7.n. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.o. Shut POWER to Unit 1 OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Clean/troubleshoot launcher (Unit 2).2. Replace Bridge A/D PCB (1A1A5).

TEST 02-1 Bridge measures DC resistance through XBTunit (or test device)

a. Set POWER switch to ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02.d. Set PROBE switch to 1 and/ or 9 (testboth).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-13



Actions at launch station and recorder stationshould occur simultaneously.DISPLAY flashes hexidecimalIf Step (h) is successful, TEST 02-1 successful.

e. Load XBT or test device into launcher.**

f. Shut launcher breech.g. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 02-1.h. DISPLAY shows hexadecimal numberbetween 310 and A40 (+/-hex) if XBT con-nects.i. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-1.j. Open launcher breech.k. Remove XBT or test device from launcher.l. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.m. Set PROBE switch to 7.n. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.o. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace XBT, or check test device ground,LED, and battery.2. Replace Bridge P.C. board (1A1A5).

(TEST 02-2) Bridge measures a precision resistor simulating28°F seawaterDISPLAY toggles at hex count of between 0 6C and 0 7 8(+/- 3 hex counts)If Step (f) is successful, TEST 02-2 is success-ful.



c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02.

d. Set PROBE switch to 2.

e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 02-2.

f. DISPLAY shows hex count of between 0 6C and 0 7 8(+/-hex count).g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-2.h. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.i. Set PROBE switch to 7.j. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.k. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Clean/troubleshoot launcher (Unit 2).2. Replace Bridge A/D PCB (1A1A5).

(TEST 02-3) Bridge measures precision resistor simulating+96°FDISPLAY toggles hex F 8 5 and F 9 5.If Step (f) at right is successful, TEST 02-3 issuccessful.

a. Set POWER switch to ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02.d. Set PROBE switch to 3.e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 02-3.f. DISPLAY shows hex count between F 8 5and F 9 5.g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-3.h. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.i Set PROBE switch to 7.j. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.k. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Clean/troubleshoot launcher (Unit 2).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-14 Change B



2. Replace Bridge A/D PCB (1A1A5).TEST02-4 Bridge senses test device ground, simulates sea-

water groundBridge senses seawater return contact, indicatedby ERROR lamp.If Step (f) at right is successful, TEST 02-4 issuccessful.

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.

b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02.d. Set PROBE switch to 4.e. Load test device.**

f. Press Unit 1 CYCLE switch to initiateTEST 02-4. Wait approx. 45 sec. to observeMEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lampilluminated (DISPLAY numbers meaningless).g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-4.i. Set test device ON/OFF switch to OFF.j. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.k. Set PROBE switch to 7.l. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.m. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Check launcher contact pins, cable connec-tions.2. Check recorder power supply (1A2A4),fuses, and ERROR lamp.3. Replace Bridge A/D PCB (1A1A5).

TEST02-5 Bridge measures resistance of test devicethrough launcherDISPLAY indicates hexidecimally-formattedbridge measurement of resistance for each stepof BT STEP mode(see Figure A-1).If Steps (g) and (h) are successful, TEST 02-5is successful.


b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 02.d. Set PROBE switch to 5.e. Load test device into launcher.**

f. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 02-5.Wait approx. 45 seconds to observe DISPLAYas in (g).g. DISPLAY reads between 3 1 0 and A 4 0(+/- 3 hex). Then, DISPLAY reads:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-15



0 7 2 for approx. 15 s;5 2 D for approx. 15 s;9 D F for approx. 10 s;F 9 0 for approx. 15 s;9 D F for approx. 10 s;5 2 D for approx. 15 s;0 7 2 for approx. 15 s;(all hex nos. +/- 3).h. When LED stops flashing, and DISPLAYreads A B 1 (+/- 3 hex). Test is complete.i. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST02-5.j. Turn test device SELECT switch to OFF.k. Remove test device from launcher.l. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.m. Set PROBE switch to 7.n. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.o. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Clean, troubleshoot launcher and intercon-necting cabling.2. Assure test device battery live.3. Replace Bridge A/D PCB (1A1A5).

TEST 02-6 (Same as TEST 02-0) (Same as TEST 02-0)TEST 02-7 (Same as TEST 02-0) (Same as TEST 02-0)TEST 02-8 (Same as TEST 02-0) (Same as TEST 02-0)(TEST 03) Displays status of sensors and control lines

from tape function. ReferenceTable 5-7for cor-rect DISPLAY indication vs. tape functionIf Steps (j) and (l) are successful, TEST 03 issuccessful.

a. Set POWER to Unit 1 ON.

b. CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamplights.c. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.d. Load cassette tape.e. Shut OPEN TO LOAD. CASSETTE door.f. DISPLAY shows CA0, then CASSETTESTATUS READY light lights. Openg. OPEN FOR TEST door.h. Set TEST NO. to 03.i. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 03.j. DISPLAY shows C0D.k. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.l. DISPLAY shows C0F.m. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST03.n. Remove cassette tape.o. Shut OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-16 Change B



p. Set TEST NO. to 00.q. Leave PROBE NO. at 7.r. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.s. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace Cassette Interface PCB (1A1A9) orCassette Drive PCB (1A1A10).

NOTE

During TEST 04, Unit 1 transmits 16 binary 1 digits, then 16 binary 0 digits through the external interface logic cir-cuitry to the disabled drivers. No data is transmitted to the external system.

TEST 04 Verifies external interface logic circuits areworkingIf Step (f) is successful, TEST 04 is successful.Verify Steps (g) and (h) are successful byremoving External Interface PCB (1A1A7)1 andNTDS (Fast) PCB (1A1A6) respectively.


b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.(see CAUTION atbeginning ofTable5-6)

c. Set TEST NO. switch to 04.

d. Set PROBE switch to 7.e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 04.f. DISPLAY reads 0 0 if External InterfaceP.C. board (1A1A7) is operating satisfactorily.DISPLAYg. DISPLAY reads 9 0 if1A1A7 is missing.h. DISPLAY reads 0 0 if NTDS (Fast) Type BP.C. board (1A1A6) is missing.i. DISPLAY reads 8 0 toindicate malfunction.j. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 04.k. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.l. Set PROBE switch to 7.m. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.n. Turn POWER to Unit 1 OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Check that External Interface PCB (1A1A7)and NTDS (Fast) PCB (1A1A6) are in place.2. Replace 1A1A7.3. Rerun TEST 04. If malfunction continues,replace 1A1A6.

TEST05 DISPLAY indicates position of front panelswitchesDISPLAY positions: Left digit shows positionof STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch; Centerdigit shows PROBE number; Right digit showsposition of MODE switchChange switch positions during test to verify.If switch positions appear on DISPLAY as inStep (e), TEST 05 is successful.


SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-17



b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 05.d. Press CYCLE switche. DISPLAY shows switch positions as fol-lows:Right ModeDigit Switch1 TAPE TO CHART AND EXTERNAL2 TAPE TO CHART3 MEASURECenter digit displays PROBE switch numberfrom 0-7.Left STRIP CHARTDigit OUTPUT switch0 SV (sound velocity)1 TEMP (temperature)f. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 05.(DISPLAY reads A05).g. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switches to 00.h. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.i. Turn POWER to system OFF.

<< IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Troubleshoot switch malfunction.2. Replace Panel Interface PCB (1A1A8).

TEST06 Microcomputer is checked, then recorder returnsto test conditions (simulates POWER-UPsequence)If Step (d) is successful and Step (e) indicatesno malfunction, TEST 06 is successful.


b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 06.d. Press CYCLE switch to to initiate TEST06; (Test cycles once, then terminates.)e. MEASUREMENT STATUS lamps areextinguished. DISPLAY flashes 8 8 8twice,then reads A 0 6. If malfunction present,MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamplights and DISPLAY shows:-- E00 if RAM malfunction-- E01 if ROM malfunction-- E02 if timer malfunctionf. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.g. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.h. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace CPU/Memory PCB (1A1A1) ifMEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp isON and E00, E01, or E02 shows in DISPLAY.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-18 Change B



(TEST07) Shows recorder serial number factory set at 000.If Step (e) is successful, then TEST 07 is suc-cessful.

a. Set POWER to Unit 1 ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 07.d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 07. e.Verify DISPLAY reads 0 0 0.f. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.g. Shut and secure OPEN FOR TEST door.h. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. If DISPLAY does not show 0 0 0, runTEST 07 again. If TEST 07 continues to fail,replace Chart Interface PCB (1A1A3).

TEST 08 Chart recorder draws a line for 2 secs. at lowend of chart (23°F), then draws line at high endo

a. Set POWER to Unit 1 ON.b. Open OPEN TO RECORD door.c. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.d. Set TEST NO. switch to 08 (DISPLAYreads A08).e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 08.

If Step (f) is successful, then TEST 08 is suc-cessful.

f. Observe DISPLAY reads 00 for approx. 2 s.as chart recorder advances paper & draws linefor approx. 2 s. at low end of chartpaper(23°F); DISPLAY shows FF for approx.2 s. as chart recorder advances paper anddraws line for approx. 2 s. at high end of chart(103°F).g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 08.h. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.i. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.j. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Check fuses and interconnecting cabling.2. Troubleshoot chart drive.3. Calibrate chart servo PCB (1A2A1), if nec-essary.4. Replace Chart Servo PCB (1A2A1).5. Replace Chart Interface PCB (1A1A3).

TEST09 Chart recorder advances paper and slews thestylus from mid-scale (60°F) to maximum high(103°F) and from mid-scale to minimum low(23°F)TEST 09 checks for chart drive hysterisis andstylus damping.

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Open OPEN TO RECORD door.c. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.d. Set TEST NO. switch to 09(DISPLAY readsA09).e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 09.f. Stylus slews to plot 23°F +/- 0.3°F forapprox. 2s; DISPLAY reads _ 0 0.Stylusslews to plot 60°F +/- 0.3°F for approx. 2s;DISPLAY reads _ 7 6.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-19



If Step (f) is successful until CYCLE switch ispressed, TEST 09 is successful.

Stylus slews to plot 103°F +/- 0.3°F forapprox. 2 s; DISPLAY reads _ F F.Stylusslews to plot 60°F +/- 0.3°F for approx. 2s;DISPLAY reads _ 7 6.Stylus slews to plot23°F +/- 0.3°F for approx. 2s; DISPLAY reads_ 0 0.g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 09.h. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.i. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. If DISPLAY fails, check fuses and DIS-PLAY lamp.2. If hex indication incorrect, rerun test; cali-brate Chart Servo PCB (1A2A1).3. Replace Chart Servo PC8 (1A2A1), if nec-essary.4. Replace Chart Interface PCB (1A1A3), ifnecessary.

NOTE

To perform TEST 10 correctly, assure POWER to the external system is ON and the external system is in the cor-rect mode to receive and send data. If no external system is on-line, recorder DISPLAY reads EEC and MEASURE-MENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights. Pressing the Unit 1 CYCLE switch overrides the EEC message code andsequences the recorder to launch readiness.

TEST 10 External Interface Test Word Transmission TestRecorder transmits all 1’s, then all 0’s for 10cycles and automatically returns DISPLAY toTEST state.If Step (e) is successful, then TEST 10 is suc-cessful.

a. Set Unit 1 POWER ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 10 (DISPLAY readA 1 0).d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 10.e. Observe DISPLAY blank for approx. 1.5 s.Then DISPLAY reads A 1 0.f. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 10.g. Set TEST NO. to 00.h. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.i. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace External Interface PCB (1A1A7).TEST11 Tape recorder rewinds tape to clear leader, DIS-

PLAY indicates cassette status information. SeeTable 5-7for correct DISPLAY indications) fortape functionIf Steps (d), (e), (g) and (h) are successful,TEST 11 is successful.


b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door. (leave open).c. Set TEST NO. switch to 11.d. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door(CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp ON).e. Load new tape cassette and shut OPEN TOLOAD CASSETTE door.f. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 11.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-20 Change B



g. DISPLAY reads CO5.h. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.DISPLAY reads C07.i. Remove tape cassette.j. Observe cassette rewound to clear leader.k. Reload tape cassette and shut OPEN TOLOAD CASSETTE door.l. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 11.m. Set TEST NO. to 00.n. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.o. CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp lights.p. Remove tape cassette.q. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Troubleshoot cassette microswitch andbracket subassembly.2. Replace Cassette Drive PCB (1A1A10).

TEST12 Tape is moved off clear leader onto oxide andDISPLAY shows cassette status information(seeTable 5-7)

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Perform TEST 11 through step (h). Leavetape cassette in recorder.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 12.d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 12.e. DISPLAY reads C24, C2C, and C0C withOPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door shut. IfOPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door is leftopen, DISPLAY reads C26, C2E, C0E.

If Steps (e), (h) and (k) are successful, TEST 12is successful.

f. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 12.

g. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE doorand remove tape cassette.h. Observe tape cassette tape advanced tooxide.i. Reload tape cassette and shut OPEN TOLOAD CASSETTE door.j. Press CYCLE switch to reinitiate TEST 12.k. DISPLAY indicates C2C, then C0C.l. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 12.m. Set TEST NO. switch 00.n. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.o. CASSETTE STATUS READY andRELOAD lamps light.p. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.Remove tape cassette.q. Shut OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.r. Set POWER to system OFF.

<< IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Check fuses.2. Replace Cassette Interface PCB (1A1A9).3. Replace tape transport assembly.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-21



TEST 13 Test message count from hex number 00 to FFis written to cassette

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Perform TEST 11, Steps (a) through (h).c. Perform TEST 12 through Step (f).

If Steps (d), (f), (j), (k), (o), & (r) are success-ful, TEST 13 is successful.

d. Open OPEN FOR TEST door and set TESTNO. to 13. (DISPLAY reads A 1 3).e. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 13.f. DISPLAY center and righthand digits indi-cate a count from hex number advancing from00 to FF. Test message is written to cassette.g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 13.h. Set TEST NO. switch 00.i. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.j. Recorder initiates power-up routine.k. CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp is lit.l. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.m. Set TEST NO. switch to 14.n. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 14.o. DISPLAY indicates 00 to FF as in Step (f).p. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 14.q. Set TEST NO. thumbwheel switches to 00.r. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door. CASSETTESTATUS READY lamp is lit.s. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door,remove tape cassette, and shut cassette door.t. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace Cassette Interface (1A1A9) or Cas-sette Drive (1A1A10).2. Replace tape transport.

TEST 14 Tape cassette is read at 1 cps (character per sec-ond)

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Open OPEN TO RECORD door. (CAS-SETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp lights).

DISPLAY reads C 0 0through C F F at 1 cpsand repeats

c. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.d. Load tape cassette of previous recordedprobe drop or test data and shut OPEN TOLOAD CASSETTE door.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-22 Change B



If Steps (b), (g), (h), and (l) are successful, thenTEST 14 is successful.

e. CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp ON.Open OPEN FOR TEST door.f. Set TEST NO. switch to 14.g. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 14.h. Tape cassette is read at 1 cps and DISPLAYmiddle and right-hand digits indicate XX(where XX represents 8 bits of data read fromtape cassette).i. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 14.j. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.k. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.l. CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamplights.m. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door.Remove tape cassette and shut OPEN TOLOAD CASSETTE door.n. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Try another cassette.2. Troubleshoot cassette drive microswitches.3. Replace Cassette Interface (1A1A9) or Cas-sette Drive (1A1A10) PCB’s.4. Replace CPU/Memory PCB (1A1A1).5. Replace tape transport assembly.

TEST 15 Error Word Transmission. Recorder transmits102 +/-25/32°F error word 1,250 times (approx.2 min., 15 s +/- 2 s)

NOTE

External receiver test box or other externalsystem must be on-line to complete TEST15. Otherwise, DISPLAY reads EEC andMEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamplights. (See Tables 2-6 andTable 2-6aforerror word definitions).

If Steps (f), (h), (i), and (j) are successful, TEST15 is successful.


b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 15. Display readsA15.d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 15.e. Recorder transmits EIR to external system.f. External system indicates receipt of EIR.g. External system transmits IDA to recorder.h. Recorder DISPLAY reads A _ _ and trans-mits error word to external system.i. External system receives data (TEMP/SVreads 102.78 (102 25/32°F).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-23



j. After approx. 2 min. 15 s (+/- 2 s) TEST 15terminates and DISPLAY reads A 1 5.k. Set TEST NO. to 00.l. Set PROBE to 7.m. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. If no external receiver is on-line, test termi-nates with EEC error and ERROR lamp lights.2. It external receiver on line, replace ExternalInterface PCB (1A1A7).

TEST16 A flag is set in microcomputer memory to pre-vent transmission s of any data to external inter-face during next measure cycle.

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 16. (DISPLAYreads A 1 6).d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 16.e. Observe DISPLAY blank.

If at next MEASURE cycle, no data is transmit-ted to external system and (g) is successful,TEST 16 is successful.

f. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door to initiateMEASURE function (OPEN FOR TEST doormust remain shut; otherwise recorder resetsand clears test flag).g. External system indicates no data received.h. Set TEST NO. to 00.i. Set PROBE to 7.j. Shut POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace CPU/Memory PCB (1A1A1).TEST 17 Verifies satisfactory operation of system XSV

functiona. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 17 (DISPLAYreads A 1 7).

If lamps flash as in Step (e) and DISPLAYreads as in Step (f), then TEST 17 is successful.

d. Set PROBE switch to 3.e. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.f. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 17.DISPLAY reads 1 6 3 +/- 2 5 (1 4 F to 1 7C).g. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 17.h. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.i. Set PROBE switch to 7.j. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.k. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace XSV PC8 (1A1A4).TEST 18 Permits Unit 1 to bypass pre-launch tests during

next MEASURE cycleIf Steps (e), (g), (i), and (l) are successful,TEST 18 is successful.

a. Set Unit I POWER to ON.

b. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.c. Set TEST NO. switch to 18 (DISPLAYreads A 1 8).d. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 18.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-24 Change B



e. Observe DISPLAY blank.f. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.g. Verify Unit 1 sequences from TEST throughPOWERUP to RELOAD machine states asfollows: MEASUREMENT STATUSRELOAD lamp lights; CASSETTE STATUSREPLACE lamp lights.h. Set test device SELECT switch to BT 1.Press START switch. When LED is flashing,load test device into launcher.i. Shut launcher breech. Recorder sequencesfrom C A 0 to A D C. Observe that afterapprox. 45 s., Unit 1 sequences fromRELOAD through RECORD TAPE HEADERto ADVANCE CHART TO SURFACE LINEmachine states, as follows: MEASUREMENTSTATUS RELOAD lamp extinguishes; CAS-SETTE STATUS ERROR lamp lights.j. DISPLAY reads A D C.k. MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD andLAUNCH lamps illuminate. Stylus continuesto plot 23°F until SURFACE line +/- 5 ft. isaligned beneath stylus.l. Press CYCLE switch. Within 45 s. of press-ing test device START switch, chart plots BTSTEP mode chart trace (Figure A-3). Testdevice LED extinguishes at end of test.m. Turn test device SELECT switch OFF anddisconnect test device ground.n. Press CYCLE switch to terminate TEST 18.o. Set TEST NO. to 00.p. Set PROBE to 7.q. Set POWER to system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Repeat test. If TEST 18 continues to fail,replace CPU/Memory P.C. board (1A1A1).nter

TEST 19 A flag is set so the next measure cycle is runwith an internally simulated probe with no datatransferred over external interface

a. Set Unit 1 POWER to ON.b. Set Unit 1 STRIP CHARTOUTPUT switchto TEMP.c. Set MODE switch to MEASURE.d. Open OPEN FOR TEST door and OPENTO RECORD door.e. Set TEST NO. switch to 19.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-25



If Steps (i) through (m) are successful, TEST 19is successful.

f. Set PROBE switch to 7.g. Press CYCLE switch to initiate TEST 19.h. Observe DISPLAY blank.i. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door; observe DIS-PLAY indicates 7.j. Press CYCLE switch to initiate pre-launchchecks.k. Observe DISPLAY and recorder trace indi-cate simulated prelaunch tests.l. Press CYCLE switch.m. Observe that chart recorder draws a rampacross chart paper from 28°F to 71°F;advances to tear-off point, then stops.RELOAD lamp lights.n. Open OPEN FOR TEST door.o. Set TEST NO. switch to 00.p. Shut OPEN FOR TEST door. Set POWERto system OFF.

<<IF TEST FAILS>> 1. Replace CPU/Memory PCB (1A1A1).2. Troubleshoot chart drive mechanism.

** TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES(On ships configured with two LM3A Hand-Held Launchers, conduct test first on STARBOARD LM3A withAR-20 SELECT switch turned to L1/R1. Then conduct test on PORT LM3A with AR-20 SELECT switch turnedto L2/R1.)When performing any of the following Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) routines using the XBT/XSV Test Device,follow these procedures. Load the test device and shut launcher breech when directed to do so.

Table 5-7. Tape Function DISPLAY Indication

DISPLAY DIGITS TAPE FUNCTION OCCURRENCE

Left Center RightC Always

0 Tape transport not busy2 Tape transport busy

4 Head down, tape cassette loaded to clear leader, and door shut5 Head up, tape cassette loaded to clear leader, and door shut6 Head down, tape cassette loaded to clear leader, and door open7 Head up, tape cassette not loaded (or loaded to clear leader), and door openC Head down, tape cassette loaded to oxide, and door shutD Head up, tape cassette loaded to oxide, and door shutE Head down, tape cassette loaded to oxide, and door openF Head up, tape cassette loaded to oxide, and door open

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-26 Change B

Figure 5-1(a) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-27

Figure 5-1(b) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-28 Change B

Figure 5-1(c) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-29

Figure 5-1(d) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-30 Change B

Figure 5-1(e) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 5)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-31

Figure 5-1(f) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 6)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-32 Change B

Figure 5-1(g) AN/BQH-7A Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-33

Figure 5-1(h) AN-BQH/7A XSV Fault Logic Diagram (Sheet 8)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-34 Change B

Table 5-8. Fault Logic Diagram Alphabetical Indicator References

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

A Preliminary procedure, seeTable 5-4, Step 1B Operating procedures, seeTable 5-4, Steps 3, 4, and 5C Operating procedures, seeTable 5-4, Steps 3, 4, and 5D Test operation of BQH-7A system set, seeTable 5-6E Chart trace observationF Tape playback to chart observationG Follow this procedure:

Loosen lefthand (1A1) subassembly retainning screws and withdraw subassembly to chassisslide service stops. Locate Test Plug Plate Assembly (1A1A11A2). SeeFigure 7-16. Set Unit1 POWER to ON. Verify indicated voltage present between each Test Plug and ground(GND). Disengage chassis slide stops and slide lefthand subassembly into Unit 1. Securelyfasten retaining screws.

H Ensure Unit 1 POWER is turned OFF. Loosen righthand subassembly (1A2) retainingscrews, and withdraw to chassis slide service position stops. Locate fuses 1A2A3 F1, F2,F3, and F4 (seeTable 7-2). Verify they are satisfactory, and, if necessary, replace each fuse.Disengage chassis slide stops, and slide righthand subassembly (1A2) into Unit 1. Securelyfasten retaining screws.

I Replace power supply subassembly (REF:Section 6-(II).23)J Cleaning and inspection (REF:Section 4-3.2)K RELOAD test device into launcher and switch to LAUNCH mode. Ensure proper ground if

Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A) in use.L Measurement of test device performance (Section 4-3.5and Appendix A)M 1. Test device battery replacement.

2. Test device assembly replacement or troubleshooting.3. Test device replacement.

N Interconnecting cable conductor measurement (REF:Section 4-3.3)O Replace cable as required.P Bridge Calibration of Low and High Temperature Circuitry (REF:Section 2-7.5.4)Q Chart Servo Gain and Stylus Damping Adjustment (REF:Section 2-7.5.5)R Power Supply Fault Isolation

1. Switch POWER to Unit 1 OFF.2. Loosen righthand subassembly retaining screws.3. Withdraw righthand subassembly to chassis slide service stops.4. Disengage left and right chassis slide T-handle shafts from swivel notches.5. Rotate righthand subassembly front panel down 90°.6. Using flat-tipped screwdriver, disconnect cable connector (1W1P2) from power supplysubassembly receptacle (1A2A4J1). SeeTable 7-2for explanation of reference designations.

CAUTION

Ensure cable connection (1W1P2) is connected to power supply receptacle (1A2A4J1)before sliding right hand drawer (1A2) into Unit 1 recorder assembly to prevent damageto internal components and wiring.

7. Replace blown fuse.8. Switch POWER to ON.9. If either fuse indicator illuminates, go to Step 9.If fuse indicators remain extinguished, replace power supply (1A2A4) in accordance withRef. I. SeeTable 7-2, Parts List, for explanation of reference designations.10. Troubleshoot Unit 1 Data Recorder.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-35

Table 5-8. Fault Logic Diagram Alphabetical Indicator References -

Continued

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

S Maintenance Assist Module (MAM) replacement (REF:Section 2-8)T Replacement of panel light bulbs (REF:Section 2-7.3)U Replacement of blown line fuses (REF:Section 2-7.2)V Clean tape transport heads (REF:Section 2-7.4)W Tape transport removal (REF:Section 6-(II).9)

Figure 5-2(a) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-36 Change B

Figure 5-2(b) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-37

Figure 5-2(c) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-38 Change B

Figure 5-2(d) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-39

Figure 5-2(e) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-40 Change B

Figure 5-2(f) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-41

Figure 5-2(g) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-42 Change B

Figure 5-2(h) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-43

Figure 5-2(i) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-44 Change B

Figure 5-2(j) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-45

Figure 5-2(k) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-46 Change B

Figure 5-2(l) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 12)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-47

Figure 5-2(m) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 13)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-48 Change B

Figure 5-2(n) TEST Function Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 14)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-49

Figure 5-3(a) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-50 Change B

Figure 5-3(b) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-51

Figure 5-3(c) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-52 Change B

Figure 5-3(d) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-53

Figure 5-3(e) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-54 Change B

Figure 5-3(f) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-55

Figure 5-3(g) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-56 Change B

Figure 5-3(h) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-57

Figure 5-3(i) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-58 Change B

Figure 5-3(j) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-59

Figure 5-3(k) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-60 Change B

Figure 5-3(l) MEASURE/RECORD Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 12)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-61

Figure 5-4(a) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-62 Change B

Figure 5-4(b) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-63

Figure 5-4(c) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-64 Change B

Figure 5-4(d) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-65

Figure 5-4(e) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 5)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-66 Change B

Figure 5-4(f) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 6)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-67

Figure 5-4(g) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-68 Change B

Figure 5-4(h) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 8)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-69

Figure 5-4(i) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 9)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-70 Change B

Figure 5-4(j) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 10)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-71

Figure 5-4(k) PLAYBACK Function, Signal Flow Diagram (Sheet 11)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-72 Change B

Figure 5-5(a) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-73

Figure 5-5(b) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-74 Change B

Figure 5-5(c) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-75

Figure 5-5(d) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 4)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-76 Change B

Figure 5-5(e) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 5)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-77

Figure 5-5(f) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 6)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-78 Change B

Figure 5-5(g) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 7)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-79

Figure 5-5(h) POWER Distribution Diagram (Sheet 8)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-80 Change B

Figure 5-6(a) Logic Rack Assembly (1A1) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-81

Figure 5-6(b) Logic Rack Assembly (1A1) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-82 Change B

Figure 5-7(a) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-83

Figure 5-7(b) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-84 Change B

Figure 5-7(c) Right-Hand Rack Assembly (1A2) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 5-85

Figure 5-8(a) AR-20 System Selector Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

5-86 Change B

Figure 5-8(b) AR-20 System Selector Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 6

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

6-1. INTRODUCTION.

This chapter contains instructions for performing corrective maintenance on the recorder (Unit 1) and thelauncher (Unit 2) of the AN/BQH-7A surface-ship system set. This chapter is organized in three sections:Section(I) ADJUSTMENT AND ALIGNMENT; Section (II)REPAIR; andSection (III) RECOMMENDED SPARES.

Section (I)of this chapter contains procedures for adjusting variable control circuits in the equipment notcovered inChapter 2. Section 6-(I).9contains procedures for removal, repair, and replacement of P.C. boards andother AN/BQH-7A parts that are electrostatic (ESD) sensitive.

Section (II) contains procedures needed to service and repair the equipment.Section (III) contains a list ofrecommended onboard spare parts for the AN/BQH-7A system that may be needed to complete corrective main-tenance procedures, including those contained in the Maintenance Assist Modules (MAMs) stowage case. A com-plete parts list for the AN/BQH-7A system, including a separate listing of MAMs, appears inChapter 7 Table7-3.

Before attempting to adjust or repair the AN/BQH-7A system equipment, the technician should have a thor-ough knowledge of the recorder operating controls (seeFigure 2-1athroughfigure 2-1d); functional operation ofthe equipment (Chapter 3, and the techniques used to isolate and correct malfunctions in the system hardwareto the major subassembly level (Chapter 5.)

This manual uses the reference designation method for referring to and locating parts and equipment. Thereference designation appears in parentheses following the referenced part (e.g., 1A2A1R28). SeeSection6-(III).2 and section 7-3.1and Table 6-2and table 7-2to locate parts for which the reference designation isknown.

6-1.1 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. This section (Section I) lists the tools and test equip-ment needed for each recommended maintenance action. Common tools normally found in a technician’s tool-box or those readily available commercially are not listed inSection (I).

SECTION I

ADJUSTMENT AND ALIGNMENT

6-(I).1 GENERAL INFORMATION.

The procedures given inSection Ienable the technician to make the necessary adjustments and alignmentsto the equipment.

6-(I).2 SCOPE

Only a qualified technician should perform the adjustment and alignment procedures described in this sec-tion. Minor adjustments to the recorder that the operator can perform are outlined inChapter 2. A qualified tech-nician should recheck adjustments made by the operator if equipment fails or during regularly scheduled main-tenance.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-1

WARNING

High voltages capable of causing serious injury or death are used in thisequipment. Use extreme caution when servicing the AN/BQH-7A with rackassemblies open.

CAUTION

Make sure AN/BQH-7A is securely mounted to work bench before openingleft- or right-hand drawer assemblies for maintenance. Damage may resultif weight of open drawer assembly topples Unit 1.

6-(I).3 CHART RECORDER CALIBRATION.

(SeeFigure 6-1.

a. Set POWER switch ON.

b. Open the test panel door.

c. Set the test routine to 08 using TEST NO. thumbwheels.

d. Press the CYCLE switch. The chart stylus slews full from 23°F to 103°F and/or 103°F to 23°F for 2 seconds.This continues until stopped by CYCLE switch (Step e).

e. Press the CYCLE switch when the stylus is at the right (low) side of the chart (DISPLAY now indicates A08).The Stylus stays at the right side of the chart, and the chart drive stops.

f. Press CYCLE switch and use stopwatch to verify following:

DISPLAY indicates 0 0 asstylus slews right to plot 23°F±0.3°F for 2 seconds; then

DISPLAY indicates F F asstylus slews left to plot 103°F±0.3°F for 2 seconds; then

DISPLAY indicates 0 0 asstylus slews right to plot 23°F±0.3°F for 2 seconds; etc.

Press CYCLE switch to stop TEST 08.

g. Adjust the OFFSET potentiometer to position the stylus on the 23°F±0.3°F (4715 ft./sec.) line.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-2 Change B

Figure 6-1 Test Panel Adjustment Controls for Chart Recorder Calibration

SE365-BA-MMO-010


h. Press the CYCLE switch to restart the chart stylus slew.

i. Press the CYCLE switch when the stylus is at left (high) side of the chart (DISPLAY indicates AO8). Thechart stylus stays at the left side of the chart, and the chart drive stops.

j. Adjust the SPAN potentiometer to position the stylus on the 103°F line (5115 ft./sec. extreme left line).

k. Press the CYCLE switch to restart the chart stylus slew.

l. Recheck the low (23°F) line adjustment (repeatStep e, Step f, andStep g).

m. Adjust the stylus pressure as necessary to obtain the desired trace (refer toParagraph 6-(I).4).

n. Check the chart operation. Perform Test Routine #19 which sets flag in computer to run internally simulatedprobe measurement and inhibit external interface. Flag clears at end of MEASURE cycle.

(1) Set the POWER switch to ON.

(2) Set the TEMP/SV switch to TEMP.

(3) Set the MODE switch to MEASURE.

(4) Open the test panel door.

(5) Set the TEST NO. thumbwheel switches to 19.

(6) With the test panel door open, press the CYCLE switch. Observe DISPLAY go blank.

(7) Shut and secure TEST door. Observe Unit 1 sequence from TEST, through power-up, to RELOADmachine state. CASSETTE STATUS REPLACE lamp illuminates. MEASUREMENT STATUS andRELOAD lamps illuminate.

(8) Press the CYCLE switch to initiate Test 19 pre-launch checks. Unit 1 sequences from RELOAD toLAUNCH machine states.

(9) MEASUREMENT STATUS and RELOAD lamps extinguish. CASSETTE STATUS ERROR lamplights. DISPLAY extinguishes, then shows a simulated pre-launch check (DISPLAY reads E D C).

(10) Press CYCLE switch.

(11) Observe that the chart recorder stylus slews left to plot between 57°F and 58°F for 3.2 seconds. DIS-PLAY indicates 2 8 F asstylus slews right to plot 28°F±0.3°F for 3.2 sec. DISPLAY indicates 9 6 Fas stylus slews left to plot 96°F±0.3°F for 3.2 sec. DISPLAY indicates 6 2 F asstylus slews right toplot 62°F ±0.3°F for 3.2 seconds. DISPLAY indicates A D C, RELOAD and LAUNCH lamps illumi-nate as stylus continues to plot 62°F until chart paper SURFACE line± 5 ft. is aligned beneath stylus.When SURFACE line is aligned beneath stylus, RELOAD lamp extinguishes and chart drive stops.LAUNCH lamp remains lit.

(12) Press CYCLE switch. LAUNCH lamp extinguishes and Unit 1 sequences through LAUNCH,DESCENT, ADVANCE CHART TO TEAR-OFF and returns to RELOAD state. RELOAD lamp illumi-nates.

(13) Open OPEN FOR TEST door. Set the TEST NO. thumbwheel switches to 00.

(14) Shut OPEN FOR TEST door.

If P.C. board 1A2A1 (Chart Servo P.C. board) is replaced:

(1) Rotate the gain adjustment (1A2A1R28) located on the left of TP1 (seeFigure 2-12and figure 7-8)clockwise until the servo motor oscillates; then rotate the gain adjustment 2 turns counterclockwise.

(2) Adjust the damping adjustment (1A2A1R25) located between TP5 and TP6 (seeFigure 2-12andfigure7-8) so that the chart trace has sharp corners without overshooting the calibration points.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-5

6-(I).4 CHART STYLUS PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT.

a. Turn the POWER switch OFF.

b. Pull out the right-hand rack assembly.

CAUTION

Excessive chart stylus pressure cuts the paper. Adjust using a screwdriver onthe upper adjusting screw. Do not attempt to turn the stylus.

NOTE

Use BITE Test No. 9 to stop stylus slew at mid-point range, in order to adjuststylus pressure.

c. Adjust the chart stylus pressure by rotating the stylus adjusting screw (seeFigure 6-2TOP VIEW) as follows:

(1) Clockwise for more pressure (darker line).

(2) Counterclockwise for less pressure (lighter line).

d. Secure the right-hand rack assembly.

e. Perform Test 19 (refer toParagraph 6-(I).3, Step (n)above) to check chart operation.

6-(I).5 CHART STYLUS ASSEMBLY ADJUSTMENT

This adjustment is required whenever the stylus drive cable (1A2A2MP33) is replaced, or if proper chartrecorder calibration (Para. 6-(I).3) cannot be obtained.

a. PerformStep (a)throughStep (g)of ′Paragraph 6-(I).3.

b. Set the OFFSET potentiometer so stylus stops at mid-position (Figure 6-1).

c. Loosen the stylus drive assembly cable setscrew securing the stylus drive cable to the stylus assembly (Figure6-2.

d. Position the stylus assembly so that the stylus is on the 28°F (4115 ft/.sec.) line of the chart and tighten thecable screw.

e. Rotate the potentiometer drive gear slowly by hand, and check that the drive gear stops before the stylusassembly hits any part of the recorder case at both extremes of its travel. Adjust the stylus assembly on thedrive cable as needed to obtain interference free travel.

f. If the servo vibrates, reduce gain by adjusting the gain potentiometer (1A2A1R28). SeeFigure 2-12andfigure7-8 for reference. If the stylus action is sluggish, increase gain.

g. If the stylus overshoots at ends of the chart, or if the stylus moves slowly to the expected position, adjust thedamping adjust potentiometer (1A2A1R25). SeeFigure 2-12andfigure 7-8for reference.

h. PerformStep hthroughStep nof Paragraph 6-(I).3.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-6 Change B

Figure 6-2 Stylus Drive Cable Assembly

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-7

6-(I).6 SURFACE LINE ALIGNMENT.

a. Open the chart door.

b. Loosen the two screws that secure the hole optical sensor (1A2A5A1). SeeFigure 6-3.

c. If the chart stops with the surface line beyond the stylus, move the hole optical sensor down and tightenscrews.

d. If the chart stops with the surface line ahead of the stylus, move the optical sensor up and tighten screws.

e. Verify the proper surface line alignment by performing Test 19 (seePara. 6-(I).3, Step (n)) to advance chartone full cycle.

f. Close the chart door.

6-(I).7 BRIDGE - A/D P.C. BOARD (1A1A5) CALIBRATION.

NOTE

The Bridge A/D P.C. board (1A1A5) must be recalibrated whenever the recorderfails the 28°F or the 96°F pre-launch test and/or when the Bridge A/D board isreplaced.

a. Pull out the logic rack assembly (1A1) and engage the slide locks.

b. Open the test panel door.

c. Press the RESET switch.

d. Set the test routine to 02 using the TEST NO. thumbwheels.

e. Set the PROBE switch to 2.

f. Press the CYCLE switch.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-8 Change B

Figure 6-3 Recorder Case Assembly and Hole Optical Sensor

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-9

g. Adjust the offset potentiometer (1A1A5R68) located inFigure 2-11to the left of TP10 until the display shows072 most of the time.

h. Set the PROBE switch to 3.

i. Adjust the span potentiometer (1A1A5R68) located inFigure 2-11to the right of TP10 until the display showsF8D most of the time.

j. RepeatStep (e)throughStep (i)until display shows both readings most of the time.

k. Perform Test 19 (seePara. 6-(I).3, Step (n)) to check chart operation.

6-(I).8 OPEN FOR TEST DOOR (1A1A11S3) AND OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE DOOR (1A1A11S4)MICROSWITCH ADJUSTMENTS.

(SeeFigure 7-3figure 7-4, andfigure 7-6.)

a. Open the logic rack to gain access to the two microswitches.

b. Loosen 2 screws securing the applicable switch to its bracket.

c. Adjust the microswitch (either cassette microswitch 1A1A10A1S4 or test panel microswitch 1A1A11A1S3)so that it actuates when its associated door is closed with the screws tightened.

d. Secure the logic rack.

6-(I).9 ELECTRO-STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE (ESD) HANDLING.

Observe the following precautions when removing, repairing, and replacing P.C. boards and other parts ofthe AN/BQH-7A system which are electrostatic (ESD) sensitive:

a. De-energize the AN/BQH-7A system set (all units) before performing maintenance on any part of the system.

b. Turn POWER to the AN/BQH-7A recorder OFF.

c. Loosen the 8 captive mounting screws securing the front panel, and withdraw the drawer (Logic Rack 1A1 orRight-hand Rack 1A2) to its service position (seeChapter 2.

CAUTION

Do not override the AN/BQH-7A recorder interlock switch or select battleshort while removing and replacing P.C. boards.

d. Assure electrical neutrality by touching a safe ground before attempting to remove any P.C. board.

e. When removing, handling, and/or replacing any of the AN/BQH-7A P.C. boards, do not touch electrical com-ponents, pins, lands, or integrated circuits. Do not probe P.C. boards with multimeter.

CAUTION

Do not open any protective packaging or remove any ESD P.C. board untilit is to be replaced in the unit.

f. Use a scissors to open packaging bag containing ESD P.C. board.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-10 Change B

g. After removal, place the P.C. board into anti-static (pink) pouches. Enclose the board within a moisture-proofbag, add cushioning materials, and pack for return. If special anti-static pouch is not available, use double-thickness aluminum foil, wrap and place in stowage locker.

h. Make sure outside of packaged boards to be returned for repair or replacement are labeled: CAUTION --CONTAINS ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE.

SECTION II

REPAIR

6-(II).1 GENERAL INFORMATION.

This section contains procedures for the removal, repair, and replacement of repairable items for all units ofthe AN/BQH-7A recorder system. Replacement procedures are arranged in reference designation order.

6-(II).2 REMOVAL OF UNITS 1 AND 2.

Refer toChapter 8for installation and removal procedures for Units 1 and 2.

WARNING

This equipment uses voltages capable of causing electric shock. Use extremecaution when making adjustments to the AN/BQH-7A recorder when draw-ers are extended.

6-(II).3 LOGIC RACK ASSEMBLY (1A1) REMOVAL.

a. Release the 8 captive screws on the front panel.

b. Pull the logic rack out until it stops.

CAUTION

Plugs (1W1P1) and (1W2P1) at the rear of the logic rack assembly arespring-loaded by a cable retracting assembly. Exercise care when discon-necting plugs to prevent snap-back of plug and cable assembly.

c. Disconnect plugs (1W1P1) and (1W2P1) at the rear of the assembly (seeFigure 2-1(d)). ).

d. Press the stops holding the logic rack in tracks, and pull the logic rack assembly straight out of tracks.

e. Install the logic rack assembly in reverse order.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-11

6-(II).4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (PCB) REPLACEMENT.

CAUTION

Do not touch pins on the PCB connectors. Static electricity may damage thePCB. SeeSection 6-(I).9

NOTE

When replacing PCB (1A1A5), recalibrate as outlined inPara. 6-(I).7. SeeFigure7-2. When replacing Chart Servo PCB (1A2A1), recalibrate the chart recorder asoutlined inPara. 6-(I).3, Step (n). SeeFigure 7-8.

a. To remove a PCB, grasp the board ejectors (extractor pawls) and apply jacking pressure evenly to both sidesto jack the board out of the connector.

b. To install a PCB, insert the PCB into board guides with the component side of the card facing the rear of therecorder. APPLY even pressure with fingers to press the card into the connector.

6-(II).5 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (1A1A11) REMOVAL.

(SeeFigure 6-4.)

a. Release the 8 captive screws securing the logic rack assembly (1A1).

b. Pull the logic rack assembly straight out until the slides lock.

c. Release the 4 captive screws securing the front panel assembly (1A1A11) to the logic rack assembly.

d. Pivot the front panel assembly down.

e. Disconnect the display cable connector (1A1A11W2P1) and front panel cable connector (1A1A11W1P1) atthe forward end of the connector plate assembly.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-12 Change B

Figure 6-4 Front Panel Assembly (Lowered Position)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-13

f. Disconnect the cassette connector (1A1W1P1) at the tape transport assembly.

g. Remove screws and nylon washers from the pivot points of the front panel assembly and separate the frontpanel from the logic rack.

h. Install the front panel assembly in reverse order. Make certain that nylon washers are in place between thepivot bracket brushings and logic rack. When securing the front panel to the logic rack, line up the slots inback of the front panel with side plates of the logic rack.

6-(II).6 TEST PANEL ASSEMBLY (1A1A11A1) REMOVAL.

(SeeFigure 7-3andfigure 7-4.)

a. Remove front panel assembly (1A1A11) perPara. 6-(II).5.

b. Remove the panel illumination lampholder (1A1A11MP14) and lamp (1A1A11DS8) located alongside MODEswitch.

c. Disconnect connector (1A1A11W2P2) from the display assembly P.C. card.

d. Unsolder and tag wires at probe select switch (1A1A11A1S1); test number switch (1A1A11A1S2); resetswitch (1A1A11A1S3); and indicator lamp base (1A1A11A1XDS8).

e. Remove nylon cable clamp, 4 screws, lock washers, and flat washers securing the test panel assembly to themounting spacers. Remove test panel.

f. Install test panel in reverse order.

6-(II).7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY PCB (1A1A11A1A1) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 7-3andfigure 7-4.)

a. Remove front panel assembly 1A1A11 perPara. 6-(II).5.

b. Disconnect connector (1A1A11W2P2) from display assembly PCB.

c. Remove screws, lock washers, flat washers, nylon washers, and cable clamp which secure the display assem-bly. Remove PCB.

d. Install replacement PCB. Be certain that nylon washers are installed next to PCB at the 3 places where screwsare installed (nylon washer is not used at cable clamp location).

6-(II).8. THUMBWHEEL SWITCHES (1A1A11A1S1 AND S2), PROBE AND TEST NO. REPLACE-MENT.

(SeeFigure 6-5)

a. Remove test panel assembly (1A1A11A1). SeePara. 6-(II).6.

b. Unsolder and tag wires at applicable thumbwheel switch.

c. Remove switch.

d. Install switch in reverse order.

e. Tie wire harness to switch.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-14 Change B

6-(II).9 CASSETTE TAPE TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY (1A1A11A3) REPLACEMENT.

a. Remove front panel assembly (1A1A11) per6-(II).5

b. Disconnect (1A1W1P1) from tape transport.

c. Remove 4 screws, lock washers, and flat washers securing tape transport to spacers. Remove tape transport.

d. Install tape transport in reverse order.

6-(II).10 RIGHT HAND RACK ASSEMBLY (1A2) REMOVAL.

a. Release 8 captive screws on front panel.

b. Pull rack assembly out to stops.

c. Tilt rack assembly down for access to plug (1W1P2).

NOTE

Plug (1W1P2) at rear of right-hand rack assembly is spring-loaded by a cableretracting assembly. Exercise care when disconnecting plug to prevent snap-backof plug and cable assembly.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-15

d. Disconnect plug (1W1P2) from rear of assembly.

e. Press stops holding rack assembly in tracks and pull rack assembly straight out of tracks.

f. Install right-hand rack assembly in reverse order.

6-(II).11 CAPACITORS (1A2A3C1, C2, AND C3) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 6-6)

1. Capacitor (1A2A3C3).

a. Open right-hand rack assembly.

Figure 6-5 Test Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-16 Change B

CAUTION

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and ground circuits.

b. Remove shield (1A2A3MP11).

c. Disconnect wires from capacitor.

d. Loosen clamp (1A2A3MP9) and remove capacitor.

e. Install capacitor in reverse order. Connect white wire to minus (-) terminal and red wire to plus (+) termi-nal.

2. Capacitors (1A2A3C1 and C2).

a. Remove right-hand rack assembly and pivot lower supply (1A2A4) down (refer toPara. 6-(II).23, Step (a),thru Step (f).

CAUTION

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and around the circuit.

b. Remove capacitor clamp (1A2A3MP10).

c. Disconnect wires from capacitor and remove capacitor.

d. Install capacitor in reverse order. Connect white wire to plus (+) terminal of C1. Connect brown wire tominus (-) terminal of C1. Connect red wire to plus (+) terminal of C2 and white wire to minus (-) termi-nal of C2.

6-(II).12 RECORDER CASE ASSEMBLY (1A2A2) REMOVAL.

(SeeFigure 6-3 Figure 6-6, Figure 7-8, Figure 7-9aandFigure 7-9b.)

a. Release 8 captive screws securing right-hand rack assembly (1A2).

b. Pull rack straight out to engage stops.

c. Disconnect front panel harness plug (1A2A7W1P1) at left side of potentiometer drive near.

d. Open the OPEN TO RECORD door.

e. Release 4 captive screws securing front panel assembly and remove front panel (2 captive screws are locatedunder OPEN TO RECORD door).

f. Lift stylus from chart paper by means of stylus lifter operating lever located at left side of recorder caseassembly (seeFigure 6-3.

g. Disconnect optical sensor connector (1A2A2W1P1).

h. Disengage chart paper roll carrier assembly latches.

i. Rotate paper roll carrier and platen assembly (1A2A5) up from bottom until flats of nylon bearings arealigned with slots in recorder case (about 60 degrees from vertical as in Figure 2-13. Remove paper roll car-rier assembly straight out of chart recorder assembly.

j. Rotate right-hand rack up 90°, and remove 4 screws securing bottom plate.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-17

k. Disconnect recorder cable plug (1A2A3W1P1) located at right side bottom of case assembly.

l. Remove 7 screws securing recorder case assembly (4 on left side and 3 on right side).

m. Remove recorder case assembly.

CAUTION

Be certain that keyways and pins are aligned and properly engaged beforescrewing connector plug nut onto optical sensor.

n. Install recorder case assembly in reverse order.

6-(II).12.1 STYLUS AND STYLUS CARRIER SHAFT REMOVAL. PerformStep (a)through Step (m)inSection 6-(II).12above. Then, to remove stylus and stylus carrier shaft assembly:

a. Remove two 4-40 screws from each end of stylus carrier shaft.

b. Gripping each edge, spring chassis open just enough for pilot bushings in shaft to come out of chassis.

c. Remove stylus and stylus carrier shaft from chart recorder.

d. Slip stylus assembly off end of shaft.

e. Replace in reverse order.

6-(II).12.2 STYLUS LIFTER SHAFT REMOVAL. PerformStep (a)through Step (m) in Section 6-(II).12above. Then, to remove stylus lifter shaft:

a. Gripping left and right sides of chassis, spring chassis open just enough to remove shaft pins from chassis.

NOTE

Observe stylus lifter shaft spring remains attached to chassis.

b. Remove shaft spring and shaft from chassis.

c. Replace in reverse order.

6-(II).13 CHART STEPPER MOTOR (1A2A2M1) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 7-9)

a. Remove recorder case assembly (refer toPara. 6-(II).12.

b. Loosen set screw and remove stepper motor gear (1A2A2MP3) from shaft.

c. Remove lockrings securing gears (1A2A2MP2 and MP5) and remove gears.

d. Remove contacts from connector 1A2A2W2J1-14, -15, -16, and -17. Refer toPara. 6-(II).29or cut wires tothese contacts at stepper motor without removing contacts.

e. Disconnect 4 stepper motor wires at terminal post (1A2A2E5).

f. Remove 4 stepper motor mounting screws, washers, and nuts, and remove stepper motor.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-18 Change B

g. Install new stepper motor using hardware removed inStep (f).

h. Connect 4 stepper motor wires to terminal post (1A2A2E5).

i. Attach new contacts to remaining 4 motor wires and insert contact into connector. Refer toSection 6-(II).29for contact replacement procedure, or splice, solder, and sleeve insulate joints between 4 existing wires cut in(d) above coming from J1 and wires from new stepper motor.

j. Rotate gears to ensure adequate clearance (without excessive backlash) exists between mating gears. Adjustposition of stepper motor to obtain clearance.

k. Install recorder case assembly in reverse order per6-(II).12.

l. Perform test routine 19 (refer toPara. 6-(I).3, Step (m)) to verify chart operation.

6-(II).14 SERVO MOTOR (1A2A2M2) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 7-9)

a. Remove recorder case assembly (1A2A2). SeePara. 6-(II).12.

b. Unsolder the black and red wires of the servo motor from terminals E2 and E4, respectively.

c. Remove 2 servo motor mounting screws, lock washers and flat washers. Remove motor.

d. Install servo motor in reverse order.

e. Rotate potentiometer drive gear 1 full revolution and check that adequate clearance (without excessive back-lash) exists with servo motor gear. Adjust servo motor as necessary to obtain clearance.

f. Install recorder case assembly in reverse order per6-(II).12.

g. Perform test routine 19 (seePara. 6-(I).3, Step (m)) to verify chart operation.

6-(II).15 STYLUS DRIVE CABLE ASSEMBLY (1A2A2MP9) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 6-2, Figure 6-3, Figure 7-9andFigure 7-10.)

a. Remove recorder case assembly (seePara. 6-(II).12).

b. Note cable path around cable drive pulley.

c. Loosen adjustable pulley block to relieve tension on cable.

d. Disengage cable loops from spring and stud on potentiometer drive gear.

e. Loosen screw holding cable to stylus assembly and remove cable.

f. Route new cable around pulleys as shown inFigure 6-2. Note that end of cable coming from adjustable pul-ley block must wrap around outer pulley groove.

g. Attach spring scale to adjustable pulley block. Adjust pulley block in slots to obtain tension between 1 and 2pounds.

h. Install recorder case assembly.

i. Perform stylus calibration (seePara. 6-(I).5.

j. Perform test routine 19 (seePara. 6-(I).3, Step (n),) to verify chart operation.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-19

6-(II).16 SERVO POTENTIOMETER (VARIABLE RESISTOR 1A2A2R1) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 7-9)

a. Remove potentiometer drive gear assembly (seePara. 6-(II).17).

b. Unsolder the 3 wires from servo potentiometer and tag each lead.

c. Remove the 3 servo potentiometer mounting screws and remove potentiometer.

d. Install new servo potentiometer and secure with screws. Apply primer and adhesive to screws before install-ing.

e. Solder the 3 wires to servo potentiometer terminals as follows:

(1) White to CCW.

(2) Orange to S.

(3) Yellow to CW.

f. Install potentiometer drive gear (refer toPara. 6-(II).17).

g. Rotate potentiometer drive gear one (1) full revolution and check that full gear engagement with adequateclearance (without excessive backlash) exists with servo motor gear. Adjust servo motor as necessary to obtainclearance.

h. Install recorder case assembly in reverse order per6-(II).12.

i. Perform test routine 19 (seePara. 6-(I).3, Step (n)) to verify chart operation.

6-(II).17 POTENTIOMETER DRIVE GEAR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION.

(SeeFigure 6-2andFigure 7-9.)

a. Remove recorder case assembly (refer toPara. 6-(II).12).

b. Loosen adjustable pulley block to relieve tension on stylus cable (seeFigure 6-2.

c. Disengage stylus drive pulley loops from drive pulley and unwrap cable from pulley.

d. Loosen set screw and remove potentiometer drive gear assembly (seeFigure 6-2andFigure 7-9).

e. Be certain nylon washer (MP34) is on potentiometer shaft, and install potentiometer drive gear assembly onshaft. A radial adjustment range of 15 degrees between the pulley and the gear is available by loosening the2 screws securing the pulley to the gear.

f. Install a set screw in drive gear and tighten. Apply primer and adhesive to set screw before installation.

g. Rotate potentiometer drive gear one (1) full revolution, and check that full gear engagement with adequateclearance (without excessive backlash) exists with servo gear. Adjust servo motor as necessary to obtainclearance.

h. Route stylus drive cable around pulley as shown inFigure 6-2. Note that end of cable coming from adjust-able pulley block must wrap around outer pulley groove.

i. Attach spring scale to adjustable pulley block (MP36,Figure 7-10. Adjust pulley block in slots to obtain sty-lus cable tension between 1 and 2 pounds.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-20 Change B

j. Check that the cable rides in pulley grooves with no side pressure. Cable should be approximately parallelwith end of case.

k. Install recorder case assembly (refer toPara. 6-(II).12).

l. Perform stylus calibration (refer toPara. 6-(I).5).

m. Perform test routine 19 (refer toPara. 6-(I).3, Step (m)) to verify chart operation.

6-(II).18 TRANSISTOR (1A2A2Q1, Q2, Q3) REPLACEMENT.


a. Remove recorder case assembly (1A2A2). Refer toPara. 6-(II).12.

b. Unsolder 2 wires from the applicable transistor, tagging each wire as removed.

c. Remove mounting screws from applicable transistor and withdraw transistor and insulating washer.

d. Coat mounting surface of recorder case and replacement transistor with thermal conducting, electrical insulat-ing grease.

e. Install new insulating washer against transistor mounting surface, and insert transistor into recorder case.

f. Install mounting hardware and securely fasten transistor against recorder case.

g. Resolder wires to transistor pins.

h. Install recorder case assembly in reverse order perPara. 6-(II).12.

i. Perform test routine 19 perPara. 6-(I).3, Step (m)to verify chart operation.

6-(II).19 TIMING BELT (1A2A5MP10) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 6-8)

a. Remove platen assembly (1A2A5MP4). Refer toPara. 6-(II).21.

b. Remove roller shaft assembly (1A2A5MP8). Refer toPara. 6-(II).20.

c. Install new timing belt and install roller shaft assembly in reverse order.

d. Timing belt must he installed so that both sides of the belt are on the same side of the idler roller (towardsspool support).

e. Adjust idler roller to take up slack in timing belt.

f. Install paper roll and turn platen drive gear to check for smooth and even movement of paper over platen andbetween roller shaft and tear-off bar (see Figure 2-13.

6-(II).20 ROLLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY (1A2A5MP8) REMOVAL.

(SeeFigure 6-8)

a. Remove paper roll carrier and platen assembly (1A2A5). Refer toPara. 6-(II).12, Step (a)thru Step (i).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-21

CAUTION

The rollers on the tear-off bar are spring-loaded and may snap off unlessheld back when shaft assembly is removed.

b. Run a piece of masking tape through the rollers and wrap around the tear-off bar to retain the spring-loadedrollers.

c. Support roller shaft and remove threaded bearing pin from left side of roller shaft.

d. Disengage timing belt and remove roller shaft. Remove and retain nylon washers at both ends of roller shaft.

e. Install roller shaft in reverse order. Be certain nylon washers are in place on ends of shaft. Use primer andadhesive on threaded bearing pin at installation.

f. Timing belt must be installed so that both sides of belt are on same side of idler (towards spool support).

g. Adjust idler roller to take up slack in timing belt.

h. Install paper roll. Check for smooth and even movement of paper over the platen and between the roller shaftand tear-off bar (see Figure 2-13).

6-(II).21 PLATEN ASSEMBLY (1A2A5MP4) REMOVAL.

(See Figure 2-13Figure 6-3, Figure 6-8andFigure 7-11.)


b. Remove chart.

c. Loosen the 2 set screws on platen assembly.

d. Install a 4-40 screw into the tapped hole in the pin at the left side of the platen assembly.

e. Support platen assembly and withdraw axial pin.

f. Withdraw platen drive gear assembly (1A2A5MP15, seeFigure 6-8. Disengage timing belt and remove platenassembly.

g. Install platen assembly in reverse order. Note that flats on pin and platen drive gear assembly must be linedup with set screws in platen assembly at installation. Remove 4-40 screw from platen assembly.

h. Timing belt must be installed so that both sides of belt are on same side of idler (towards spool support).

i. Adjust idler roller to take up slack in timing belt.

j. Position platen drive gear assembly to provide 0.003 inch (0.0076 cm) clearance between one end of platenassembly and bearing face.

k. Install paper roll and check for smooth and even movement of paper over platen and between roller shaft andtear-off bar.

l. Check position of the paper roll in relation to the platen assembly. Adjust position of fixed spool to obtainalignment that provides smooth and even movement of paper over the platen assembly.

6-(II).22 OPTICAL HOLE SENSOR (1A2A5A1) SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 6-2 Figure 6-3, Figure 6-8, andFigure 7-11.)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-22 Change B


b. Remove chart.

c. Remove 2 screws, flat washers, and lock washers securing optical hole sensor subasembly. Remove opticalhole sensor subassembly.

d. Install optical hole sensor subassembly in reverse order. Apply primer and adhesive to screws during installa-tion. Align surface line (seePara. 6-(I).6).

6-(II).23 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY (1A2A4) REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 6-6)

a. Open right-hand rack assembly (1A2).

WARNING

Dangerous potentials may exist due to charges retained by capacitors. Toavoid casualties, discharge and ground the circuit.

CAUTION

Plug (1W1P2) at rear of right-hand rack assembly is spring-loaded by acable retracting assembly. Take care to prevent snap-back of plug and cableassembly when disconnecting plug.

b. Disconnect plug (1W1P2) from rear of power supply.

c. Depress slide stops. Pull right-hand rack assembly straight out and place on bench.

d. Remove 2 screws securing each pin receptacle. Remove pin receptacles and shims (if used).

e. Remove 2 screws located at top rear of power supply securing power supply to right-hand rack assembly.

f. Rotate power supply up and back to expose regulator P.C. board (1A2A4A3) and gain access to connector(1A2A4W1P1) and terminals of capacitors (1A2A3C1, C2, and C3).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-23

Figure 6-6 Capacitor and Power Supply Installation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-24 Change B

g. Disconnect power supply harness connector (1A2A4W1P1).

h. Note and tag terminal lugs on capacitors.

i. Remove terminal lugs from capacitors (1A2A3C1, C2, and C3).

j. Remove 2 screws from pivot point.

k. Remove power supply.

l. Install power supply in reverse order. Refer toPara. 6-(II).11for wiring to capacitors.

m. Install pin receptacle without bevelled face (along with shims removed inStep (d)) on left side of rack (fac-ing front of rack in normal position).

n. Install pin receptacle with bevelled face on right side. Bevelled face must be positioned down and aft whenrack is installed. The flared ends of holes in receptacle face aft.

o. Apply primer and adhesive to threads of pin receptacle screws during installation.

6-(II).24 SERVO SPAN (1A2A7R1) AND OFFSET (1A2A7R2) POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT.

a. Release 8 captive screws on front panel of right-hand rack assembly (1A2). SeeFigure 7-8.


c. Unsolder and tag leads to applicable potentiometer.

d. Loosen and remove potentiometer mounting hardware.

e. Remove defective potentiometer and replace in reverse order.

f. Perform chart recorder calibration perPara. 6-(I).3to verify correct operation.

6-(II).25 STRIP CHART OUTPUT SWITCH (1A2A7S1) REPLACEMENT.

a. Replace 8 captive screws on front panel of right-hand rack assembly (1A2). SeeFigure 7-8.


c. Unsolder and tag leads to switch (1A2A7S1).

d. Loosen and remove switch handle and mounting hardware.

e. Remove defective switch and replace in reverse order.

f. Perform operating procedure test from Table 2-5 for both S/V and TEMP positions of STRIP CHART OUT-PUT switch (1A2A7S1) to verify correct operation.

6-(II).26 FILTER 1FL1 REPLACEMENT.

(SeeFigure 7-13)

a. Remove right-hand rack assembly (1A2). Refer toPara. 6-(II).10.

b. Disconnect external cable at J1 at rear of recorder housing.

c. Remove 12 screws, lock washers and flat washers securing tear panel (1MP48) to recorder housing rackassembly (1MP3) (not shown inFigure 7-13.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-25

d. Unsolder and tag leads from filter 1FL1.

e. Replace filter and resolder leads, covering wires with shrink tubing.

f. Install rear panel.

6-(II).27 TRANSFORMER (1T1) REPLACEMENT.


a. Remove right-hand rack assembly (1A2). Refer toPara. 6-(II).10.

b. Remove cover from terminal board (1TB1).

c. Note and record location of transformer wires at terminal board (1TB2).

d. Disconnect transformer wires at terminal boards (1TB1 and 1TB2).

e. Remove 12 screws, lock washers, and flat washers securing rear panel (1MP48) to recorder housing (1MP3)(not shown in figures called out above).

f. Remove 2 nuts, lock washers and flat washers securing transformer base to back of cabinet. Remove 2 screws,lock washers and flat washers securing front of transformer assembly to base of recorder housing. Removetransformer assembly.

g. Remove 6 screws, nuts, and washers securing shield to transformer base. Remove shield.

h. Install a transformer in reverse order.

6-(II).28 LAUNCHER CLEANING.

(SeeSection 4-3.2of this manual for cleaning and inspection procedures for both the MX-8577/SSQ-61 ThruHull Launcher and LM34 Hand Held Launcher).

a. Open launcher breech.

b. Inspect and clean according toPara. 4-3.2.3 Step (1)throughPara. 4-3.2.3 Step (5)(for MX-8577/SSQ-61) orPara. 4-3.2.4(for LM3A).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-26 Change B

Figure 6-7(a) Cable and Cable Retractor Installation (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-27

Figure 6-7(b) Cable and Cable Retractor Installation (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-28 Change B

Figure 6-8 Paper Roll Carrier and Platen Assembly (1A2A5) Installation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-29

6-(II).29 REPAIR OF AN/BQH-7A WIRING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS.

Wiring is attached to the connectors in three different ways: wire-wrapped, crimped, or soldered. The follow-ing paragraphs describe the procedures used to repair wiring and/or connectors.

1. TEMPORARY/EMERGENCY REPAIR OF RETRACTILE CABLE ASSEMBLIES (1AW1) AND(1AW2).

(See Figure 6-7)

Temporary/emergency repairs may be made to these cables as an interim fix. The repair is made by usingone or more lengths of No. 22 AWG wire to replace the damaged wire(s).

a. Cut both ends of damaged wire at connector contact.

b. Cut a length of new wire making sure it is the same length as existing retractile cable, so that it does notinterfere with operation of the cable retractor.

c. Secure new wire along length of cable. Maintain flatness of cable assembly as much as possible.

d. Terminate both ends of replacement wire in connectors using procedures for crimped or soldered contactsdescribed in Para. 6-(II).29.3 and Para. 6-(II).29.5.

2. CONNECTOR PLATE ASSEMBLY (1A1MP9) WIRE WRAP REPLACEMENT.

a. Special tools required:

(1) Wire-wrap removal tool

(2) Wire-wrap installation tool

b. Procedure:

(1) Remove logic rack assembly (1A1) and set it upside down on work bench (seePara. 6-(II).3for removalof logic rack).

(2) Remove cover from bottom of logic rack to gain access to connector pin wiring.

(3) Locate both ends of defective wire.

NOTE

If more than one wire must be replaced, replace them one at a time to preventmiswiring.

If the defective wire is an inner wirewrap on a pin with more than one wirewrap,the wire may be cut at the wirewrap. This eliminates the need to rewrap the goodwire. Be certain that there is space on the pin for a complete new wirewrap.

(4) Place wirewrap removal tool over pin and, with a slight downward pressure, rotate tool counter-clockwise. Tool engages end of wirewrap and unwinds the wire.

(5) Continue rotating tool until wire is free of pin.

(6) Lift tool straight up from pin and remove unwrapped end of wire by rotating tool clockwise.

(7) Cut off uninsulated end of wire. The rest of defective wire can remain in the wire harness.

(8) With wire stripper, strip 1 to 1.5 inches (2.5 to 3.8 cm) of insulation from wire to be wrapped.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-30 Change B

(9) Insert stripped portion of wire into small hole on outer edge of wirewrap tool. Wire insulation must touchbottom in wirewrap bit hole.

(10) Place large hole of wirewrap bit over pin, and gently apply pressure to press tool in a downward motionuntil sleeve touches connector or previous wrap.

(11) Maintain a light downward pressure and rotate tool clockwise for a minimum of ten (10) revolutions.

CAUTION

In Step (12), route the wire so that its insulation does not contact the cornerof any pin other than the terminating pin being wrapped.

(12) Remove tool and check that all wire is wrapped.

3. CRIMP TYPE REPLACEMENT FOR CONNECTORS WITH PROTECTIVE SHELL AND HOOD.

Use this procedure to replace contacts in the following connectors:

1A1A11W1P1

1A1A11W2P1

1A2A4W2J1

1W1P1 and P2

1W2P1


(1) Contact extraction tool

(2) Contact insertion tool

(3) Crimping tool

b. Procedure:

(1) Loosen 2 strain relief clamp screws and open clamp.

(2) Remove spring pin from connector jackscrews and remove jackscrews.

(3) Lift hood away from connector and slide hood back on cable.

(4) Using contact extraction tool, extract defective contact from connector.

(5) Cut new wire to length at contact barrel.

(6) Remove approximately 3/16 inch (0.476 cm) of insulation from wire to be connected.

(7) Crimp new contact on wire.

(8) Using contact insertion tool, insert contact into connector.

(9) Attach hood and secure strain relief clamp.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-31

Figure 6-9(a) Interconnecting Cable and Wire Repair (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-32 Change B

Figure 6-9(b) (b) Interconnecting Cable and Wire Repair (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-33

4. CRIMP TYPE REPLACEMENT FOR CONNECTORS WITHOUT PROTECTIVE SHELL AND HOOD.

Use this procedure to replace contacts in the following connectors:

1A2A3W1J2 and P1

1A2A2W2J1

1A2A4W1J2 and P1

1A2A7W1P1


(1) Contact extraction tool

(2) Crimping tool

b. Procedure:

(1) Loosen 2 strain relieve clamp screws (if used) and open clamp.

(2) Using contact extraction tool, extract detective contact from connector.

(3) Cut new wire to length at contact barrel.

(4) Remove approximately 3/16 inch (0.476 cm) of insulation from wire to be connected.

(5) Crimp new contact into connector.

(6) Insert new contact into connector.

(7) Secure strain relief clamp if used.

5. REPAIR OF WIRING TO NON-REMOVABLE SOLDER TYPE CONNECTORS.

Use this procedure to repair the wiring to the non-removable solder type connectors:

a. Detach connector from recorder housing and set it at a convenient working position.

b. Unsolder and remove defective wire from contact.

c. Remove approximately 1/4 inch of insulation from wire to be connected.

d. Slip a length of heat shrinkable tubing over wire.

e. Solder wire to contact.

f. Position heat shrinkable tubing over contact and solder joint and shrink in place.

SECTION III

RECOMMENDED SPARES

6-(III).1 PARTS LIST.

Table 6-1contains a list of AN/BQH-7A system units, Part Numbers and Figure Number references (seeTable 7-5for list of AN/BQH-7A compatible probe types, i.e., Unit 3) for those units referred to in the spare partslist. Table 6-2contains a list of recommended onboard spare parts for these units, arranged in reference desig-nation order for the major assemblies, subassemblies, and components of each unit.Table 6-2also references thefigure number(s) containing location and identification of each of the parts listed.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-34 Change B

6-(III).2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS.

This manual uses the unit numbering method of assigning reference designations to identify units, assemblies,subassemblies, and parts. The tables in this chapter do not contain part numbers for parts not replaceable at theonboard maintenance level. The reference designation method (see ANSI publication Y32.16-1968) is illustratedin this example:

Example 1: 1A2A4

A2 A4Assembly Designation Subassembly Designation

Read as: Subassembly A4 of assembly A2 of unit 1.Example 2: 1A3S1A3 S 1Assembly Designation Class of Item Item No. within classRead as: Switch S1 of assembly A3 of unit 1.

6-(III).3 QUANTITY COLUMN.

The quantity column indicates the number of the referenced part needed for onboard sparing.

6-(III).4 NAME AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN.

The NAME AND DESCRIPTION column provides descriptive data, including the military part number(where necessary), to identify the equipment part and to aid in determining substitutes.

6-(III).5 FIGURE NUMBER COLUMN.

This column references the appropriate illustrations in this manual used to identify part or location.

Table 6-1. List of Units

UNIT NO. NAME OF UNIT UNIT PART NO. FIGURE NO.

1 Recorder Assembly 301455-1 2-1(a)- 2-1(d)2 Hand-Held LM3A Launcher 213550-1 1-3, 2-7, 2-82 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher 213008-1 1-4, 2-3 to 2-6

6-(III).6 HOW TO LOCATE PART IN PARTS LIST.

a. When reference designation is known:

(1) Locate part in reference designation (REF. DES.) column of parts list,Table 6-2.

(2) If physical location of part is desired, see figure number (FIG. NO.) column on parts list.

b. When reference designation is not known, or not clear:

(1) Search illustrations inChapter 6or Chapter 7or those inChapter 2until you locate the part;

(2) Note the part’s partial reference designation, and add the prefix (1A1, 1A2, etc.) that is given in the fig-ure title;

(3) Locate part in reference designation (REF. DES.) column of Recommended Spares Parts List (Table 6-2or in Chapter 7PARTS LIST.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-35

6-(III).7 PARTS LOCATION ILLUSTRATION.

Illustrations showing the location of parts appear in this chapter and inChapter 7. These illustrations containpartial reference designations on the major assemblies, subassemblies, and parts. To obtain a complete referencedesignation, place the prefix (1A1, 1A2, 1A1A11, etc.) that appears in the figure title before the partial referencedesignations (e.g., 1A1A11A1MP2).

Table 6-2. Recommended Spare Parts for AN/BQH-7A Oceanographic DataProcessing System

QTY REF DES P/N OR INV. P/N DESCRIPTION(FSCM #: 16848) FIG. NO.

Spares for Housing, Unit 11 (mates w. 1J1) 410184-1 Connector (10-1098147S/77820)Figures 1-1, 2-1,

7-131 (mates w. 1J2) 302523-1 Connector (M81511/ 06EF01S2)Figures 1-1, 2-1,

7-131 (mates w. 1J3) 410184-2 Connector (10-10982428S/77820)Figures 1-1, 2-1,

7-131 1T1 414801-1 Power supply transformer 7-145 1F1, 1F2 115456 Fuse instrument (FO2B250V2A) 7-131 1XF1, 1XF2 115386 Fuse holder (FHL17G1) 7-131 1R1 414871-1 Potentiometer, Series 610 7-132 1DS1 115390 Lamp, glow indicator (MIL-L-

15098/11B002)7-13

1 1XDS1 414842-1 Lamp, indicator housing & lensassy.

7-13

1 1S1 115388 Toggle switch, 2-pole, environmen-tally sealed (MS24524-2)

7-13

1 1S2 (A1A11S2) 414733-1 Switch push-button (CYCLEswitch)

7-13

5 Various 115465 Lamp, incandescent single contact,midget, flanged base (MS25236-387)

----

1 Various 115275 Lens, red, non-diffusing (MIL-L-3661/47)

---

1 Various 115276 Housing indicator light watertight(MIL-L-3661/47)

---

1 FL1 410163-1 Filter, EMI 7-13Spares for Left-Hand Rack, Unit 1A1

* 1 1A1A1 410171-1 CPU/Memory P.C. bd. assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A3 414280-1 Chart interface P.C. board assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A4 410074-1 XSV P.C. board assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A5 413871-1 Bridge & A/D P.C. board assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A6 410075-1 NTDS Fast P.C. bd. assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A7 414284-1 External Interface P.C. bd. 7-2* 1 1A1A8 414276-1 Panel interface P.C. board assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A9 414265-1 Cassette interface P.C. board assy.7-2* 1 1A1A10 413840-1 Cassette drive P.C. board assy. 7-2* 1 1A1A11A1A1 414246-1 Display P.C. board assy. 7-4* 1 1A1A11A3 410155-2 Tape transport assy. 7-31 1A1A11S1 115272 Switch, rotary, closed construction,

explosion proof (M3786/20-041)7-3

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-36 Change B

Table 6-2. Recommended Spare Parts for AN/BQH-7A Oceanographic Data

Processing System - Continued

QTY REF DES P/N OR INV. P/N DESCRIPTION(FSCM #: 16848) FIG. NO.

5 1A1A11S3, S4 414731-1 Switch, micro integral 7-3, 7-5, 7-61 1A1A11A1S1 410029-1 Switch, thumbwheel, 1 position 7-41 1A1A11A1S2 115253 Switch, thumbwheel, 2 position

(M22710/15-212)7-4

Spares for Right-Hand Rack, Unit 1A2* 1 1A2A1 413874-1 Chart servo P.C. board assy. 7-81 1A2A2M1 410041-1 Stepper motor 7-91 1A2A2R1 414376-1 Potentiometer 7-93 1A2A2Q1, Q2, Q3 115292 Transistor-Power-NPNmotor drive7-91 1A2A2M2 414804-1 Motor, servo 7-91 1A2A2W1 414997-1 Connector & cable, hole sensor 7-91 1A2A2MP3 414797-2 Gear spur, stepper motor 7-91 1A2A2MP2 414158-1 Gear cluster, 60T assy. 7-91 1A2A2MP5 414161-1 Gear cluster, 72T assy. 7-94 -------- 115568 Retaining ring, external basic, gear

shaft (MS166245018)7-9

2 1A2A2L1, L2 115406 Coil-RF-fixed 5.6uH (MS75088-10)7-91 1A2A3C1 115331 Capacitor (CE71C562G) 7-81 1A2A3C2 115330 Capacitor (CE71C103G) 7-81 1A2A3C3 115329 Capacitor (CE71C153E) 7-85 1A2A3F1-4 115416 Fuse, instrument type -4 Amp

(FM02-4A)7-8

4 1A2A3XF1-4 115417 Fuse holders, extractor post type,non-indicating (FHN-42W)

7-8

1 1A2A4 414332-1 Power supply assembly 7-121 1A2A5A1 414116-1 Optical sensor assembly 7-111 1A2A5MP15 414129-1 Platen drive gear assy. 7-111 1A2A7R1, R2 414834-1 Potentiometer 7-1015 N/A 214857-1 Strip chart, pressuresensitive paper

2500 ft.--

AR N/A 301370-1 Verbatim, magnetic tape per ANSI3.48 1976 tape cassette with clearleader and without EOT/BOT holes,0.150″

--

1 1A2A2MP33 414437-1 Stylus drive cable assy. 7-102 1A2A5MP10 414814-1 Timing belt 7-121 1A2A4A3 414226-1 Regulator PCB assy. 7-8

*Items preceded by asterisk packaged in 410002-3 MAMs storage case.

Table 6-3. Spares for Unit 2

QTY REF DES P/N, OR INV. P/N DESCRIPTION (FSCM #: 16848) FIG. NO.

Hand-Held LM3A Launcher1 2A1 213549-1 Contact Pin Assy. 2-8

MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 6-37

Table 6-3. Spares for Unit 2 - Continued

QTY REF DES P/N, OR INV. P/N DESCRIPTION (FSCM #: 16848) FIG. NO.

1 2A1A1 212742-1 Cover Assy.: contains contact mechanism whichmakes electrical connection to launcher

2-3

2 2A1MP3 207855-1 Key: prevents rotation of contact mechanism 2-3

Table 6-4. Accessory Spares

QTY REF DES P/N OR INV. P/N DESCRIPTION (FSCM #: 16848) FIG. NO.

*** ** ″>1 --- * 410094-1 or 03051001(88594)

XBT/XSV Test Device for Surface Ships 1-7

** The test device does not have a Navy-assigned reference designation.

*The test device uses one 9.0V battery, alkaline, 90201, MIL TYPE MN 1604

Table 6-5. Maintenance Parts List for AR-20 System Selector

ITEM PART NO. (FSCM: 16848) DESCRIPTION FIG. NO.

2 213613-1 Mounting plate 2-23 213633-2 Box assembly 2-24 213612-2 Cover 2-25 103731 Sealing grip 3/8″ - 7/16″ 2-26 103808 Knob 2-27 213631-1 Rotary switch 2-28 103807 Terminal block 2-29 103446 O-ring 2-2

SE365-BA-MMO-010

6-38 Change B

CHAPTER 7

PARTS LIST

7-1. INTRODUCTION.

This chapter contains a complete Parts List (as shipped) for each unit of the AN/BQH-7A system. A list ofRecommended Onboard Spare Parts (Maintenance Assist Modules) appears inTable 7-3. Both lists contain infor-mation and reference designations for all replaceable mechanical and electrical components of the AN/BQH-7AData System to the P.C. board level.

7-2. LIST OF MAJOR UNITS.

Table 7-1describes the major units of the AN/BQH-7A system, its part number, and the illustration in thismanual showing the unit, its parts, assemblies and major subassemblies. Not all parts are depicted or called outon illustrations in this manual.

7-3. PARTS LIST.

Table 7-2contains the Parts List for Unit 1 fo the AN/BQH-7A system down to subassembly repair level.Table 7-2a), Table 7-2(b)andtable 7-2(c)contain lists of parts, as shipped, for configurations of the AN/BQH-7Arecorder shipped with the Thru-Hull Launcher (MX-8577/SSQ-61), the Hand-Held Launcher (LM3A), and theAR-20 System Selector.Table 7-5lists information and Part Numbers for expendable probe devices.Table 7-2is divided according to Reference Designation, Part Number, Part Name and Description, FSCM (Federal Sup-ply Code for Manufacturers Number) and Part Location (references Figure Number).

The AN/BQH-7A recorder is compatible with the following expendable probe devices:

• XBT probes, T-4, T-5, T-7

• XSV-01

and optional external interface capability according to MIL-STD-1397A(Navy) for NTDS (Fast) Type B.

Table 7-3contains a list of AN/BQH-7A Maintenance Assist Modules (MAMs), their Reference Designa-tions, Part Numbers, the FSCM Code Number, and, if known, the National Stock Number for the part.

Table 7-4 lists equipment required to perform scheduled or preventive maintenance procedures on theAN/BQH-7A system. This equipment is not supplied with the AN/BQH-7A System Set.

Table 7-5contains a listing of manufactured probe devices that operate with the AN/BQH-74 system, theirperformance descriptions, and Part Numbers.

7-3.1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS. This manual uses the unit numbering method of assigning referencedesignations to identify units, assemblies, subassemblies, and parts. For example:

Example 1: 1A2A4

A2 A4Assembly Designation Subassembly Designation

Read as: Subassembly A4 of assembly A2 of unit 1.Example 2: 1A3S1

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-1

A3 S 1Assembly Designation Class of Item Item No. within class

Read as: Switch S1 of assembly A3 of unit 1.

Parts, assemblies, and subassemblies replaceable at the onboard maintenance level appear in the tables in thischapter. Onboard maintenance procedures given elsewhere in this technical manual do not address componentparts below the P.C. board level.

7-3.2 UNIT NO. COLUMN. InTable 7-1the UNIT NO. column indicates the unit number of the referenceditem. In subsequent tables, this column is called REF. DES., and contains the reference designation for the partspecified.

7-3.3 NAME AND DESCRIPTION COLUMN. This column provides descriptive data, including the militarypart number (where necessary), to identify the equipment part and to aid in determining substitutes.

7-3.4 FIGURE NUMBER COLUMN. This column references the appropriate illustration(s) within this techni-cal manual to identify part or location. Not all parts called out in this technical manual are called out in illustra-tions. For complete Parts Lists, refer to Allowance Parts List (APL) or Provisioning Parts List (PPL) for associ-ated unit.

7-3.5 PARTS LIST DESIGNATIONS. InTable 7-2the major Parts List for the AN/BQH-7A system, columnsare divided according to Reference Designation, Part Number, Part Name and Description, FSCM Number, andPart Location.

The Reference Designation is an alphanumeric code assigned to the unit, assembly, subassembly, or other part(such as mechanical part) based on the numbering method provided in ANSI STD Y32.16-1968 and explained inSection 7-3.1above.

The Part Name is the name given the part by the manufacturer; the Part Number is the number assigned thepart by the manufacturer and/or the Installing Activity (I/A); the FSCM No. is the number assigned to the manu-facturer according to the Federal Supply Code.

Table 7-1. List of Units

UNIT NO. NAME OF UNIT UNIT PART NO. FIGURE NO.

1 Recorder Assembly 301455-1 1-1a, 1-1b, & 1-1c2-1a, 2-1b, & 2-1d7-1, 7-138-1a& 8-1b, 8-2

2 Hand-Held Launcher LM3A 213550-1 1-3, 8-42 Thru-Hull Launcher MX-8577/

SSQ-61213008-1 1-2, 8-5a, 8-5b & 8-5c

(3) XBT T-4 207592-1 1-5(3) T-5 211105-1 1-5(3) T-7 210883-1 1-5(3) XSV-01 213796-1 1-6

7-4. HOW TO LOCATE PART IN PARTS LIST.

a. When reference designation is known:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-2 Change B

(1) Locate part in reference designation (REF. DES.) column of parts list,Table 7-2.

(2) If physical location of part is desired, see figure number (Parts Location) column on parts list, or searchfigures at end of this chapter or inChapter 6.

b. When reference designation is not clear or not known:

(1) Search illustrations inChapter 2, Chapter 6, Chapter 7andChapter 8until you locate the part;

(2) Note the part’s partial reference designation (A3), and add the prefix (1A1, 1A2, etc.) given in the figuretitle;

(3) Locate part in reference designation (REF. DES.) column of Parts List (Table.

Table 7-2. AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List

REF. DES. PART NO.PART NAME &DESCRIPTION FSCM NO. PART LOCATION

REF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &DESCRIPTION

FSCM NO. PART LOCATION

UNIT 1 DATA RECORDER (301455-1) PARTS LIST1DS1 MIL-L-15098

/11B-002Indicator glow lamp 81349 Figure 6-1

1DS2 MS25237-387 Clear lamp 96906 Figure 6-11E1 410028-1 Ground stud 16848 ---1F1 F02B25OV2A Fuse, 2 Amp 81349 Figure 7-131F2 F028250V2A Fuse, 2 Amp 81349 Figure 7-131FL1 410163-1 EMI Filter 16848 Figure 7-13″ 2JX53024 ″ 562891J1 MS3102R14S

-7P3-Pin Receptacle Con-nector

96906 Figure 7-13

1M1 MS17325-5 Timer Meter 96906 ---1MP1 414296-1 Cable Retractor Assy. 16848 Figure 6-7(a)1MP2 414296-2 Cable Retractor Assy. 16848 Figure 6-7(b)1MP3 414651-1 Recorder Housing

Subassy.16848 ---

1MP5 410008-1 Timer Meter Gasket 16848 ---1MP6 410009-1 Timer Meter Window 16848 ---1MP7 414257-1 Finished Insert 16848 ---1MP8 414737-1 Edge Lighting Lamp 16848 ---1MP9 414254-1 Lamp Mounting Bracket 16848 Figure 7-131MP10 MS91528-

1E1BRound Skirted Knob 96906 ---

1MP11 2K1-AA-10 Shock Isolator 81860 Figure 7-131MP12 414755-1 EMI/RFI Shield Gasket 16848 Figure 7-131MP13 414395-1 Shock Mounting Plate 16848 ---1MP14 414255-1 Block Pin 16848 ---1MP15 414717-1 Locator Block 16848 Figure 7-131MP16 414700-2 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 6-7(a)1MP17 414255-1 Block Pin 16848 ---1MP18 414717-1 Locator Block 16848 ---1MP20 414251-1 Left-Hand Rear Panel 16848 Figure 7-151MP21 414388-1 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 6-7(a)1MP22 414717-1 Locator Block 16848 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-3

Table 7-2. AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List - Continued


1MP23 414388-1 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 6-7(b)1MP24 414287-1 Heat Sink Spacer 16848 ---1MP25 414782-3 Heat Sink 16848 ---1MP26 414255-1 Block Pin 16848 ---1MP27 410162-1 Filter Bracket 16848 ---1MP28 414782-4 Heat Sink 16848 ---1MP29 414717-1 Locator Block 16848 ---1MP30 414255-1 Block Pin 16848 ---1MP31 414783-1 Transformer Shield 16848 ---1MP32 414830-1 Transformer Mtng. Plate 16848 ---1MP33 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1MP34 414380-1 Terminal Board Cover 16848 ---1MP35 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 7-131MP36 413903-1 Terminal Board Cover 16848 ---1MP37 414294-2 Right-Hand Slide Mtg.

Bracket16848 ---

1MP38 414382-1 Slide Equipment Mod. 16848 ---1MP39 414388-1 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1MP40 414754-2 Slide Equipment 16848 ---″ 4845-14 ″ 855081MP41 414294-1 Left-Hand Slide Mtng.

Bracket16848 ---

1MP42 414292-2 Right-Hand Slide Mtng.Bracket

16848

1MP43 414382-1 Slide Equipment Mod. 16848 ---1MP44 414388-1 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1MP45 414754-2 Slide Equipment 16848 ---″ 4845-14 ″ 855081MP46 414292-1 Left-Hand Slide Mtng.

Bracket16848 ---

1MP47 410045-1 Slack Adjustment Plate 168481MP48 301453-1 Rear Right-Hand Panel 16848 ---1MP49 414755-1 EMI/RFI shielding Gas-

ket16848 ---

1MP50 414700-2 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1R1 414871-1 Dimmer Potentiometer 16848 ---1R2 RCR07G362JM Resistor 81349 ---1S1 MS24524-22 Toggle Switch 96906 ---1S2 414733-1 Pushbutton Switch 16848 ---″ 1PB4 (CYCLE Switch) 919291T1 414010-1 Power Supply Trans-

former16848 Figure 7-14

1TB1 37TB14 Terminal Board 1 81349 ---1TB2 37TB3RS12A Terminal Board 2 81349 ---1W1 414816-1 Cable Assy. 16848 Figure 7-131W1P1 414850-4 42-Pin Connector 16848 Figure 7-13

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-4 Change B



″ GMCT-42F-OPO-42

″ 29198

1W1P2 414850-8 75-Pin Connector 16848 Figure 7-13″ GMCT-75F-

OPO-42″ 28198

1W2 301463-1 Cable Assy. 16848 Figure 7-131W2E1 MS25036-102 Terminal Lug 96906 ---1W2J2 MS3102R28-

21SConnector 96906 Figure 7-13

1W2J3 MS3102R24-28P

Connector 96906 Figure 7-13

1W2P1 414850-9 Connector 16848 Figure 7-13″ GMCT-66M-

OPO-2″ 28198

1W3 414861-1 Cable Assy. 16848 ---1W3E1 MS20659-12B Ground Terminal Lug 96906 ---1XDS1 414842-1 Indicator Lamp 16848 Figure 7-131XDS2 414738-1 Lamp Indicator Base 16848 Figure 7-131XF1 FHL17G1 Fuse Holder 81349 Figure 7-131XF2 FHL17G1 Fuse Holder 81349 Figure 7-131A1 LOGIC RACK ASSEMBLY (301457-1) PARTS LIST1A1 301457-1 Logic Rack Assembly 16848 Figure 7-11A1A1 410171-1 CPU/Memory PCB

Assy.16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A3 414280-1 Chart Interface PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A4 410074-1 XSV Interface PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A5 413871-1 Bridge A/D PCB Assy. 16848 Figure 7-21A1A6 410075-1 NTDS Fast (Type B)

PCB Assy.16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A7 414284-1 External Interface PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A8 414276-1 Panel Interface PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A9 414265-1 Cassette Interface PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1A10 413840-1 Cassette Drive PCBAssy.

16948 Figure 7-2

1A1A11 413892-1 Front Panel Assy. PCBAssy.

16848 Figure 7-2

1A1J1 M55302/58D-70Y

PCB Receptacle Con-nector

81349 ---

1A1J2 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J3 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-5



1A1J4 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J5 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J6 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J7 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J8 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J9 M55302/58D-70Y


81349 ---

1A1J10 M55302/58D-36Y


81349 ---

1A1J11 414850-3 42-Pin Pack && PanelConn.

16848 ---

″ GMCT-42M-TRO-0

″ 28198

1A1J11E1 MS25036-149 Ground Terminal Lug 96906 ---1A1J12 414850-10 42-Pin Rack & Panel

Conn.16848 ---

″ GMCT-66F-TRO-0

″ 28198

1A1J12E1 MS25036-149 Ground Terminal Lug 96906 ---1A1J13 414850-6 42-Pin Rack& Panel

Conn.16848 ---

1A1J14 414850-2 20-Pin Rack & PanelConn.

16848 ---

1A1 LOGIC RACK ASSEMBLY (301457-1) PARTS LIST1A1MP1 413870-1 Support Plate 16848 ---1A1MP2 413870-1 Support Plate 16848 ---1A1MP3 413868-1 Right-Hand Side Panel 16848 ---1A1MP4 414382-1 Slide Equipment Mod. 16848 ---1A1MP5 414711-1 Pin Receptacle 16848 Figure 7-21A1MP6 413869-1 Left-Hand Side Panel 16848 Figure 7-21A1MP7 414754-2 Left-Hand Slide Chassis 16848 ---1A1MP8 414711-1 Pin Receptacle 16848 ---1A1MP9 413867-1 Connector Plate 16848 ---1A1MP20 301458-1 Plate Insulator 16848 ---1A1MP21 301460-1 Bottom Cover Plate 16848 ---1A1MP23 414700-4 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1A1W1 414742-1 Cassette Cable Assy. 16848 ---1A1W1P1 MS55302/55-A

-36L36-Pin Connector 81349 ---

1A1W1P2 MS55302/58-A-36Y

36-Pin Connector 81349 ---

1A1A11 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (413892-1) PARTS LIST

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-6 Change B



1A1A11A1 413890-1 Test Panel Assy. 16848 Figure 7-41A1A11A2 414208-1 Test Plug Plate Assy. 16848 Figure 7-161A1A11A3 410155-2 Tape Transport Assy. 16848 Figure 7-3DS1 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS2 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS3 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS4 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS5 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS6 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS7 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3DS8 MS25237-387 Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-3MP1 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 7-3

1-6P ″ 95987MP2 414169-1 Test Panel Stay 16848 Figure 7-5MP3 414385-1 Test Panel Micro Switch

Bracket16848 Figure 7-6

MP4 414752-1 Handle 16848 Figure 7-3MP5 414204-1 Front Panel, Engraved 16848 ---MP6 414746-1 Spring Plunger 16848 ---MP7 410038-1 Round Bar Knob 16848 ---MP8 LC35RN2 Red Diffusing Lens 81349 ---MP9 414752-2 Handle 16848 Figure 7-2MP10 414737-3 Lamp Holder 16848 Figure 7-2MP11 414700-3 Cable Clamp 16848 ---MP12 414700-4 Cable Clamp 16848 ----MP13 414008-1 Pivot Bracket Subassem-

bly16848 ---

MP14 414220-1 Lamp Mtng. Bracket 16848 ---MP15 414721-1 Receptacle Latch 16848 ---MP16 414168-1 Cassette Bracket Stay 16848 ---MP17 414008-1 Pivot Bracket Subassem-

bly16848 ---

MP18 414386-1 Cassette Micro SwitchBracket

16848 ---

MP19 414737-3 Lamp Holder 16848 ---MP20 Common Item No. 48 ---MP21 Common Item No. 48 ---MP22 Common Item No. 48 ---MP23 Common Item No. 48 ---MP24 Common Item No. 48 ---MP25 413883-1 Window Shielding

Mesh, Test Panel16848 ---

MP26 414706-1 Window Gasket 16848 ---MP27 413880-1 Window Frame, Test

Panel16848 ---

MP28 414755-1 EMI/RFI Gasket Shield-ing

16848 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-7



MP29 414755-1 EMI/RFI Gasket Shield-ing

16848 ---

MP30 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 ---MP31 414730-1 Test Panel Door Captive

Screw16848 ---

MP32 414727-13 Captive Panel Assy. Fas-tener

16848 ---


16848 ---


16848 ---


16848 ---


16848 ---


16848 ----


16848 ---


16848 ---

MP40 414720-1 Door Latch 16848 ---S1 M3786/20-041 Rotary Switch 81349 Figure 7-3S2 414733-1 Cycle Switch 16848 Figure 7-3S3 414731-1 Micro Switch 16848 ---S4 414731-1 Micro Switch 16848 ---W1 414744-1 Front Panel Cable Assy. 16848 Figure 7-3W1P1 414850-5 Connector, 42-Pin 16848 Figure 7-3W2 414743-1 Display Cable Assy. 16848 Figure 7-3W2P1 414850-1 Connector, 20-Pin 16848 Figure 7-3W2P2 M44302/

55A-20Connector, 20-Pin 81349 Figure 7-3

XDS1 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS2 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS3 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS4 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS5 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS6 LH89/1 Lamp Housing 81349 Figure 7-3XDS7 414738-1 Indicator Lamp Base 16848 Figure 7-31A1A11A1 TEST PANEL ASSEMBLY (413890-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &

DESCRIPTIONFSCM NO. PART LOCATION

A1 414246-1 Display Board Assy. 16848 Figure 7-4J1 M55302/

56B-20Male Connector 81349 ---

MP1 414198-1 Test Panel 16848 ---MP2 414700-3 Cable Clamp 16848 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-8 Change B



MP3 414217-1 Display Test Panel Win-dow

16848 ---

S1 410029-1 1-Position ThumbwheelSwitch

16848 Figure 7-4

S2 M22710/15-212 2-Position ThumbwheelSwitch

81349 Figure 7-4

S3 414735-1 Pushbutton Switch 16848 Figure 7-4XDS8 414738-1 Indicator Lamp Base 16848 Figure 7-41A1A11A1A1 DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY (414246-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


Z1 414990-1 Hexadecimal Display 16848 Figure 7-4Z2 414990-1 Hexadecimal Display 16848 Figure 7-4Z3 414990-1 Hexadecimal Display 16848 Figure 7-41A1A11A2 TEST PLUG PLATE ASSEMBLY (414208-1) PARTS LISTREF DES* PART NO. PART NAME&


MP1 414207-1 Finished Test Plug Plate 16848 Figure 7-16TP1 M39024/10-12 Test Plug, Red 81349 Figure 7-16TP2 M39024/10-17 Test Plug, Blue 81349 Figure 7-16TP3 M39024/10-12 Test Plug, Red 81349 Figure 7-16TP4 M39024/10-17 Test Plug, Blue 81349 Figure 7-16TP5 M39024/10-12 Test Plug, Red 81349 Figure 7-16TP6 M39024/10-17 Test Plug, Blue 81349 Figure 7-16TP7 M39024/10-12 Test Plug, Red 81349 Figure 7-16TP8 M39024/10-13 Test Plug, Black 81349 Figure 7-161A2 RIGHT-HAND RACK ASSEMBLY (414210-1) PARTS LIST1A2 414210-1 Right-Hand Rack

Assembly16848 Figure 7-8

1A2A1 413874-1 Chart Servo Assy. 16848 Figure 7-81A2A2 414155-1 Recorder Case Assy. 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A3 413992-1 Component Mtng.

Bracket16848 Figure 7-8

1A2A4 414332-1 Power Supply Assy. 16848 Figure 6-61A2A5 414112-1 Paper Roll Carrier and

Platen Assy.16848 Figure 6-8

1A2A7 414192-1 Front Panel Assy. 16848 Figure 7-121A2MP2 414754-2 Left-Hand Slide Equip-

ment16848 ---

1A2MP3 413983-1 Left-Hand Slide Plate 16848 ---1A2MP4 413984-1 Right-Hand Slide Plate 16848 ---1A2MP5 414754-1 Right-Hand Slide Equip-

ment16848 ---

1A2MP6 414166-1 Bottom Plate 16848 ---1A2MP7 414729-1 Shield 16848 ---1A2MP8 414164-1 PCB Connector Bracket 16848 Figure 7-81A2MP9 414725-1 Connector Bracket 16848 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-9



1A2MP10 414711-1 Pin Receptacle 16848 ---1A2MP11 414711-1 Pin Receptacle 16848 Figure 7-81A2A2 CHART RECORDER CASE ASSEMBLY (414155-1) PARTS LIST1A2A2 414155-1 Recorder Case Assy. 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E1 SE09-E02 Terminal Stud 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E2 SE09-E02 Terminal Stud 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E3 SE09-E02 Terminal Stud 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E4 SE09-E02 Terminal Stud 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E5 SE09-E02 Terminal Stud 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2F6 410044-1 Modified Terminal Stud 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E7 410044-1 Modified Terminal Stud 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2E8 410044-1 Modified Terminal Stud 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2L1 MS75088-10 RF Coil, Fixed 96906 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2L2 MS75088-10 RF Coil, Fixed 96906 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2M1 410041-1 Modified Stepper Motor 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2M2 414804-1 Servo Motor 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2MP1 414131-1 Paper Roll Latch 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP2 414158-1 60T Gear Cluster 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2MP3 414797-2 30T Gear Spur 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2MP4 414481-1 Left-Hand Holddown

Bracket16848 Figure 7-9(a)

1A2A2MP5 414161-1 72T Gear Cluster 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2MP6 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP9 414829-1 Grooved Bearing 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP10 414700-3 Cable Clamp 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP11 414700-3 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1A2A2MP12 414138-1 Recorder Case Subas-

sembly16848 ---

1A2A2MP13 414157-1 Gear Stud 16848 ---1A2A2MP14 414157-1 Gear Stud 16848 ---1A2A2MP15 414481-2 Right-Hand Holddown

Bracket16848 ---

1A2A2MP16 414131-1 Paper Roll Latch 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP17 414201-1 Stylus Lifting Lever

Shaft Pivot Pin16848 Figure 7-9(b)

1A2A2MP18 414200-1 Stylus Lifting LeverShaft

16848 Figure 7-9(a)

1A2A2MP19 414985-1 Cantilever Stylus 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2MP23 414203-1 Snap-Over Spring 16848 ---1A2A2MP24 414202-1 Operating Lever 16848 ---1A2A2MP25 414201-1 Stylus Lifting Lever

Shaft Pivot Pin16848 ---

1A2A2MP26 414170-1 Stylus Carrier Shaft 16848 ---1A2A2MP28 NAS671C2 Small Pattern Plain Nut 80205 ---1A2A2MP29 414986-1 Pen 16848 ---1A2A2MP30 MS24585-C1 Compression Spring 96906 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-10 Change B



1A2A2MP31 414987-1 Adjusting Screw, Stylus 16848 ---1A2A2MP32 414989-1 Stylus Assembly 16848 ---1A2A2MP33 414437-1 Stylus Drive Cable

Assy.16848 ---

1A2A2MP34 NAS1515M4 Teflon Washer 80205 ---1A2A2MP35 414829-1 Grooved Bearing 16848 ---1A2A2MP36 414785-1 Pulley Mounting Block 16848 ---1A2A2MP37 1-6P Cable Clamp 95987 ----″ 414700-1 ″ 16848 ---1A2A2MP38 3-6P Cable Clamp 95987 ---″ 414700-3 ″ 16848 ---1A2A2MP39 414165-1 Connector Mtng.

Bracket16848 ---

1A2A2MP40 414154-1 Potentiometer DriveGear Stop

16848 ---

1A2A2MP41 414152-1 Potentiometer DriveGear Hub

16848 ---

1A2A2MP42 414151-1 Potentiometer DriveGear

16848 ---

1A2A2MP43 414156-1 Potentiometer DriveSpacer

16848 ---

1A2A2MP44 414153-1 Cable Drive Pulley 16848 ---1A2A2MP45 414833-1 Extension Spring 16848 ---1A2A2MP46 414700-2 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1A2A2MP47 MS35489-9 Rubber Grommet 96096 ---1A2A2MP48 414172-1 Potentiometer Fixed

Stop16848 ---

1A2A2MP49 414829-1 Grooved Bearing 16848 ---1A2A2MP52 414829-1 Grooved Bearing 16848 ---1A2A2MP53 414201-2 Stylus Shaft Pivot Pin 16848 ---1A2A2Q1 JAN2N3772 Power Transistor NPN 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2Q2 JAN2N3772 Power Transistor NPN 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2Q3 JAN2N3772 Power Transistor NPN 81349 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2R1 414376-1 Servo Potentiometer 16848 Figure 7-9(a)1A2A2W1 414997-1 Hole Sensor Cable Con-

nector16848 Figure 7-9(a)

1A2A2W1P1 414832-1 Hole Sensor ConnectorPlug

16848 Figure 7-9(a)

1A2A2W2 414813-1 Chart Recorder Harness 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A2W2J1 M24308/4-3 Connector, 25-Pin 16848 Figure 7-9(b)1A2A3 COMPONENT MOUNTING BRACKET (413992-1) PARTS LIST1A2A3 413992-1 Component Mtng.

Bracket16848 ---

1A2A3C1 CE71C562G Capacitor 81349 ---1A2A3C2 CE71C103G Capacitor 81349 ---1A2A3C3 CE71C153E Capacitor 81349 ---1A2A3F1 FM02A125V4A Fuse 81349 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-11



1A2A3F2 FM02A125V4A Fuse 81349 ---1A2A3F3 FM02A125V4A Fuse 81349 ---1A2A3F4 FM02A125V4A Fuse 81349 ---1A2A3MP1 M213246/

1FC21ANFuse Clip 81349 ---

1A2A3MP2 M21346/1FC21AN

Fuse Clip 81349 ---

1A2A3MP3 M21346/1FC21AN

Fuse Clip 81349 ---

1A2A3MP4 M21346/1FC21AN

Fuse Clip 81349 ---

1A2A3MP5 414835-1 Micro Fuse Holder 16848 ---1A2A3MP6 414835-1 Micro Fuse Holder 16848 ---1A2A3MP7 414223-1 Fuse Holder Assy. Plate 16848 ---1A2A3MP8 413992-5 Bracket 16848 ---1A2A3MP9 414700-1 Cable Clamp 16848 ---1A2A3MP10 414781-1 Connector Bracket 16848 ---1A2A3MP11 413996-1 Capacitor Clamp 168481A2A3MP12 413997-1 Capacitor Clamp 16848 ---1A2A3MP13 414835-1 Micro Fuse Holder 16848 ---1A2A3MP14 414835-1 Micro Fuse Holder 16848 ---1A2A3W1 414855-1 Component Cable Assy. 16848 ---1A2A3W1J1 M55302/ 58-A-

36YConnector, 36-Pin 81349 ---

1A2A3W1J2 M24308/4-4 Connector 81349 ---1A2A3W1J3 M24308/2-2 Connector 81349 ---1A2A3W1P1 M24308/2-3 Connector, 25-Pin 81349 ---1A2A3XF1 FHN42W Micro Fuse Holder 81349 ---1A2A3XF2 FHN42W Micro Fuse Holder 81349 ---1A2A3XF3 FHN42W Micro Fuse Holder 81349 ---1A2A3XF4 FHN42W Micro Fuse Holder 81349 ---1A2A4 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY (414332-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


1A2A4 414332-1 Power Supply Assembly 16848 Figure 6-6A1 414329-1 Component Support

Assy.16848 ---

A2 414320-1 Component SupportAssy.

16848 ---

A3 414227-1 Regulator PC Board 16848 Figure 6-6A4 414000-1 Terminal Bd. 1 Assy. 16848 ---A5 414001-1 Terminal Bd. 2 Assy. 16848 ---A6 414002-1 Terminal Bd. 3 Assy. 16848 ---A7 414003-1 Terminal Bd. 4 Assy. 16848 ---A8 414004-1 Terminal Bd. 5 Assy. 16848 ---A9 414333-1 Terminal Bd. 6 Assy. 16848 ---E1 SE26XF01 Ground Wheel 96906 ---

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-12 Change B



302999-1 ″ 16848 ---E2 SE26XF01 Ground Wheel 96906 ---




302999-1 ″ 16848 ---J1 414850-7 Connector, 75-Pin 16848 Figure 6-6MP2 414730-2 Captive Screw 16848 ---MP5 413990-1 Power Supply Housing 16848 Figure 6-6MP6 414315-1 Rear Cover 16848 ---MP7 414803-1 Thermal Conductor 16848 ---MP8 414782-1 Heat Sink 16848 ---MP9 414782-2 Heat Sink 16848 ---MP10 414316-1 Bottom Cover 16848 ---MP11 413995-1 Connector Mounting

Plate16848 ---

MP12 MS21266-2N Grommet 96906 ---MP13 MS21266-1N Grommet 96906 ---W1 414794-1 Wire Harness, Power

Supply16848 Figure 6-6

W1E1 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1E2 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1E3 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1E4 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1E5 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1E6 MS25036-103 Terminal Lug 96906 ---W1J1 414850-7 Connector 16848 Figure 6-6W1J2 M55302/62-

A-70S (-O)Connector 81349 Figure 6-6

W1P1 M24308/2-4 Connector 81349 Figure 6-61A2A4A2 COMPONENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLY (414320-1) PARTS LIST (PARTIAL)REF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


MP1 413993-1 Angle Support 16848 ---MP2 MS21266-3 Grommet 96906 ---MP3 414778-2 Insulation Disc 16848 ---MP4 414778-1 Insulation Disc 16848 ---

1A2A5 PAPER ROLL CARRIER ASSEMBLY (414113-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


1A2A5A1 414116-1 Optical Sensor Assem-bly

16848 Figure 7-11

MP1 414132-1 Axial Pin 16848 Figure 7-11

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-13



MP2 414117-1 Left-Hand BearingPlaten

16848 ---

MP3 414117-2 Left-Hand Locking Ring 16848MP4 414128-1 Platen Assembly 16848 Figure 7-11MP5 MS24585C355 Spool Support Spring 96906 ---MP6 414121-1 Spool-Grooved Support 16848 ---MP7 MS51859-2 Nylon Washer 96906 ---MP8 414423-1 Roller Shaft Assembly 16848 ---MP9 414433-1 Timing Belt Hub 16848 ---MP10 414814-1 Timing Belt 16848 Figure 7-11MP11 414432-1 Idler Roller, Paper Slack

Tape-Up16848 ---

MP12 414117-3 Right-Hand Platen Bear-ing

16848 ---

MP13 410037-1 Spool Support Hub 16848 ---MP14 414120-1 Fixed Spool Support 16848 ---MP15 414129-1 Platen Drive Gear Assy. 16848 Figure 7-11MP16 414117-5 Right-Hand Spacer 16848 ---MP17 414117-4 Right-Hand Locking

Ring16848 ---

MP18 414762-1 Roller Shaft 16848 ---MP19 410036-2 Compression Spring 16848 ---MP20 414760-1 Tearing Bar 16848 ---MP21 410036-2 Compression Spring 16848MP22 414127-1 Paper Roll Carrier

Frame16848 ---

MP23 414134-1 Holddown Roller 16848 ---MP24 414134-1 Holddown Roller 16848 ---1A2A5A1 OPTICAL SENSOR ASSEMBLY (414116-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


CR1 414125-1 Modified Limit Switch 16848 ---J1 414832-2 Receptacle Connector 16848 ---MP1 414126-1 Mounting Bracket 16848 ---1A2A7 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY (414192-1) PARTS LISTREF. DES.* PART NO. PART NAME &


DS1 T1 3/4MS25237-387

Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-12

DS2 T1 3/4MS25237-387

Clear Lamp 96906 Figure 7-12

MP1 414752-2 Handle 16848 ---MP2 414188-1 Front Panel 16848 ---MP3 410039-1 Pointer Knob 16848 ---MP4 414737-1 Edge Lighting Lamp

Holder16848 Figure 7-12

MP5 414827-1 Jack Cover 16848 Figure 7-12

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-14 Change B



MP6 414787-1 Panel Bearing 16848 Figure 7-12MP7 414737-3 Edge Lighting Lamp

Holder16848 Figure 7-12

MP8 414827-1 Jack Cover 16848 ---MP9 414787-1 Panel Bearing 16848 ---MP10 414776-1 Door Stay 16848 ---MP11 414807-1 Lift and Turn Latch 16848 Figure 7-12MP12 414752-1 Handle 16848 ---MP13 414440-1 Potentiometer Bushing 16848 ---MP14 414700-3 Cable Clamp 16848 ---MP15 414440-1 Potentiometer Bushing 16848 ---MP16 414185-1 Front Panel Mtng. Plate 16848 ---MP17 414194-1 Span Offset Insert 16848 ---MP18 414183-1 Mounting Bracket 16848 ---MP19 414191-1 SV/TEMP Insert 16848 Figure 7-12MP20 414807-1 Lift and Turn Latch 16848 ---MP21 MS R1630 B

(Type 2)Cellular Type II Rubber 81349 Figure 7-12

R1 414834-1 Potentiometer 16848 Figure 7-12R2 414834-1 Potentiometer 16848 Figure 7-12S1 M3786/20 -035 2-Pos. Rotary Switch 81349 Figure 7-12W1 414996-1 Front Panel Cable Assy. 16848 Figure 7-12W1P1 M24308/4-2 Connector 81349 Figure 7-12XDS1 414738-1 Edge Lighting Base 16848 Figure 7-12XDS2 414738-1 Edge Lighting Base 16848 Figure 7-12

*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A1A11 for complete reference designation (start with DS1)

*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A1A11A1 for complete reference designation

*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A1A11A1A1 for complete reference designation


*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A2A4 for complete reference designation (start with A1)


*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A2A5 for complete reference designation (start with MP1)


*Prefix partial reference designations in this list with 1A2A7 for complete reference designation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-15

Table 7-2(a). Thru-Hull Launcher MX-8577/SSQ-61 Parts List (213008-1)


Unit 2 213008-1or2F6665-00236-0791

Thru-Hull LauncherMX-8577/SSQ-61w. 40 ft. of cableattached

1684896906

Figure 8-6(b)&Figure 8-6(c)

2A1 213020-1 Breech Adapter Assy. 16848 Figure 8-6(b)2A1A1 212742-1 Cover Assembly 16848 Figure 4-42A1A1MP1 208025-1 Handle 16848 Figure 8-6(c)2A1A1MP2 MS171656 Spring Pin 96906 ---2A1MP1 207841-1 Breech 16848 Figure 4-52A1MP2 213021-2 Breech Adapter 16848 ---2A1MP3 207855-1 Key 16848 ---2A1MP4 207845-1 Breech Bolt 16848 ---2A1MP5 1966S or B Grease Fitting 83448 ---2A1MP6 GP or B521 Grease 97327 ---2A2 211201-1 Ground Cable Assy. 16848 ---2A2E1 321598 Ring Tongue Terminal 00779 ---2A2E2 36809 Ring Tongue Terminal 00779 ---2MP1 213004-2 Ship’s Adapter,

Machined16848 ---

2MP2 213009-1 Mounting Stud 16848 ---2MP3 MS35691-51 Hex Nut 96906 ---2MP4 MS15795-820 Flat Washer 96906 ---2MP5 212352-1 Launch Tube 16848 ---2MP6 212750-1 Ring Washer 16848 ---2MP7 212744-1 Ball Valve Mod 16848 ---2MP8 212351-1 Handle Extension Mod 16848 ---

207592-1 XBT T-4’s (108 initialship’s fill) NSWE

16848 Figure 1-5

1W2 LS2SWU-3 Interface cable Pro-vided by I/A MIL-C-24643/33 02UN

81349 ---

96906 ---

1W3 LSTSGU Power cable Providedby I/A MIL-C-24643/16

81349 ---96906 ---

1W4 LS2UW-42 Digital output interfacecable Provided by I/AMIL-C-24643/5703UD

81349 ---

213796-1 XSV-01 (36 initialship’s fill) NSWE

16848 Figure 1-6

Table 7-2(b). AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List with Hand-Held LauncherLM3A and AR-20 System Selector

QTY. PER EQUIP.(Item #) NAME

PART/TYPE MODELNO. FSCM NO. REMARKS

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE SHIPPED WITH EACH AN/BQH-7A RECORDER USING THE AR-20 SYSTEMSELECTOR AND THE LM3A HAND HELD LAUNCHER. SWE = SUPPLIED WITH EQUIPMENT. NSWE = NOTSUPPLIED WITH EQUIPMENT.2 (2) SWE Chart paper rolls 214857-1 16848 Individual stowage

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-16 Change B

Table 7-2(b). AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List with Hand-Held Launcher

LM3A and AR-20 System Selector - Continued

QTY. PER EQUIP.(Item #) NAME

PART/TYPE MODELNO. FSCM NO. REMARKS

10 (3) NSWE Magnetic tape Verba-tim Dennison-Kybe

301370-1(see APL forNSN)

16848 51372 17691 Per ANSI 3.4819760.150″ withmagnetic tape

1 (4) NSWE Ground strap MIL-STD- 1310 96906 Ref. Dwg. #301753(stud size 0.375″ dia.)

1 (5) NSWE Recorder foundation I/A Ref. Dwg.#301752(hole drillpattern)

8 (6) NSWE Screws0.375″ diam. non-mag. I/A Mtng. hdwr. ( 1 to 8)8 (7) NSWE Lock- washers 0.375″ non-mag. I/A Mtng. hdwr. (1 to 8)8 (8) NSWE Flat washer 0.375″ non-mag. I/A Mtng. hdwr. (1 to 8)8 (9 NSWE Hex nut 0.375″ non-mag. I/A Mtng. hdwr. (1 to 8)THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE SHIPPED WITH EACH AN/BQH-7A RECORDER USING THE AR-20 SYSTEMSELECTOR AND THE LM3A HAND HELD LAUNCHER (SWE = Supplied With Equipment) or PROVIDED BYINSTALLING ACTIVITY (NSWE = Not Supplied With Equipment) (PARTIAL LIST):1 (10) SWE AR-20 System Selec-

tor213627-1 16848 Ref. Dwg. #302287

(hole drill pattern);#302290 intercon-necting diagram);#301753

1 (11) NSWE Ground strap MIL-STD-0310 96906 Ref. Dwg.#3017530310 (instal-lation with #10 hdw.)

(Items 12 - 15 are various mounting hardware items NSWE, supplied by the Installing Activity.)2 (16) SWE LM3A Hand Held

Launcher213550-1 16848 Ref. #301753,

#302290, #410095108 (17) NSWE XBTs T-4 207592-1(see APL for

NSN)16848 96906 (See #211578,

#301431) Note 136 (18) NSWE XSV-01s 213796-1(see APL for

NSN)16848 96906 (See #211578,

#301431) Note 11 (31) NSWE Maintenance Assist

Modules W/stwg.case

410002-3 16848 Non-mag., ESD-sensitive MAMs,used with (1) dign.bite. stwg. in CIC(27’1. x 15″w. x 10″h.)

AN/BQH-7A DATA SYSTEM PARTS LIST, AS SHIPPED (PARTIAL)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-17

Table 7-2(c). AN/BQH-7A Data System Parts List Items Shipped with anySystem Configuration

QTY. PEREQUIP.(Item #)

NOMENCLATURE OVERALL DIMENSIONS

WGT.VOL. (CU.

FT.)NAME

PART NO. //INV.NO.// (FSCM

NO.) H. W. D.1 SWE (1) AN/BQH-7A

DataRecorder

301455-1 12.25 20.5 17.0 75.0 2.5

(16848) 17* 25* 23* 100* 5.6*

*Crated dimensions, weight and volume (estimated)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-18 Change B

Table 7-3. AN/BQH-7A Maintenance Assist Modules (MAMs) for SurfaceShip AN/BQH-7A Installations

ITEM NO.QTY PEREQUIP REF. DES. DESCRIPTION PART NO.

MFR. FSCMNO.

1 1 ------ Storage case 410002-3 168482 - ------ -------------------------------------- ------3 1 1A1A1 CPU/Memory 410171-1 168484 1 1A1A2 Blank5 1 1A1A3 Chart Interface 414280-1 168486 1 1A1A4 XSV 410074-1 168487 1 1A1A5 Bridge A/D 413871-1 168488 1 1A1A6 NTDS Fast 410075-1 168489 1 1A1A7 External Interface 414284-1 1684810 1 1A1A8 Panel Interface 414276-1 1684811 1 1A1A9 Cassette Interface 414265-1 1684812 1 1A1A10 Cassette Drive 413840-1 1684813 1 1A1A11A3 Tape Transport Assy. 410155-2 1684814 1 1A1A11- A1A1 Display P.C. board

assy.414246-1 16848

15 1 1A2A1 Chart Servo 413874-1 16848

Table 7-4. Equipment Required But Not Supplied for Use with the AN/BQH-7A Oceanographic Data System

EQUIPMENT APPLICATION

Megohmeter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenanceDigital Multimeter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenanceFrequency Counter Installation, troubleshooting, and maintenance

Table 7-5. AN/BQR-7A Probe Types

PROBE TYPE MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. FSCM #: 16848

XBTT-4 Depth-1500 ft. (460 m) Ship Speed-30

knots207592-1

T-5 Depth-6000 ft. (1830 m) Ship Speed-6knots

211105-1

T-7 Depth-2500 ft. (760 m) Ship Speed-15knots

210883-1

XSV-01 Depth-2790 ft. (850 m) Ship Speed-15knots

213796-1

NOTE

Surface ship probe devices are packed 12 units per case; minimum order 12 units

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-19

Figure 7-1 AN/BQH-7A Recorder Assembly (Unit 1), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-20 Change B

Figure 7-2 Logic Rack Assembly (1A1), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-21

Figure 7-3 Front Panel Assembly (1A1A11), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-22 Change B

Figure 7-4 Test Panel Assembly (1A1A11A1), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-23

Figure 7-5 Cassette Microswitch Assembly Bracket, Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-24 Change B

Figure 7-6 Test Panel Microswitch Bracket, Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-25

Figure 7-7 Connector Plate (1A1MP9) Connector Assembly

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-26 Change B

Figure 7-8 Right-Hand Rack (1A2) Assembly, Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-27

Figure 7-9(a) Recorder Case Assembly (1A2A2), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-28 Change B

Figure 7-9(b) Recorder Case Assembly (1A2A2), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-29

Figure 7-10 Stylus Assembly (1A2A2A3), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-30 Change B

Figure 7-11 Paper Roll Carrier (1A2A5), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-31

Figure 7-12 Front Panel Assembly (1A2A7), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-32 Change B

Figure 7-13 Recorder (Unit 1) Housing, Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 7-33

Figure 7-14 Transformer and Shield Assembly (1A3A1), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

7-34 Change B

Figure 7-15 Left Hand Rear Panel Assembly (1A3A3), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 8

INSTALLATION

8-1. INTRODUCTION.

This chapter contains the instructions and information necessary to unpack, install, and check out theAN/BQH-7A Data System. These instructions provide a general guide to installation and pre-operational testingof the equipment.Chapter 5contains troubleshooting instructions and procedures for repair of equipment thatmay have been damaged in transit or during installation. If equipment does not meet the standards indicated inthe pre-operational check-out procedures given in this chapter, refer toChapter 5.

Figure 7-16 Test Plug Plate Assembly (1A1A11A2), Parts Location Diagram

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-1

The AN/BQH-7A Data System contains some parts that are electrostatic sensitive. These parts are clearlymarked on the equipment container or envelope. For a description of handling of ESD materials, seeSection6-(I).9 of this manual.

Chapter 7contains a complete Parts List for all units of the AN/BQH-7A system.Chapter 7contains a listof recommended onboard spare parts.

8-2. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS.

Drawings and tables provided in this chapter to aid in location and installation of the BQH-7A recorder andits associated equipment are:

a. Outline dimension drawings for each unit of the group (Figure 8-1a& figure 8-1b,figure 8-2throughfigure8-6(c));

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-2 Change B

Figure 8-1(a) AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Recorder Installation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-3

Figure 8-1(b) AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Recorder Installation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-4 Change B

Figure 8-2 AN/BQH-7A (Unit 1) Outline and Dimension Drawing

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-5

b. Table of installation drawings indicating Assembly Number or Reference Designation, and Part Numbers(Table 8-5);

c. Interconnecting wiring and cabling diagram (Figure8-7);

d. Installation Standards Summary Sheet (ISSS, which followsTable 8-6).

8-3. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT.

The following sections describe the location requirements for the AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder, and for theLM3A (hand-held) and and MX-8577/SSQ-61 launcher assemblies.

8-3.1 AN/BQH-RECORDER-PROCESSOR (UNIT 1). Mount the AN/BQH-7A recorder assembly in the sonarcontrol room or in any other area protected from weather and spray, with temperature extremes of between 32°Fand 122°F. Refer to the outline and dimension drawings for Unit 1 for the size of the unit and mounting details.

Make all cable connections at the rear of Unit 1 (seeFigure 8-3andfigure 2-1(d). Maximum allowable cablelength to the rear of the AN/BQH-7A recorder is 600 ft. Cables should contain no splices except in watertightjunction boxes (seeFigure 8-4andfigure 8-5).

CAUTION

Always keep the top of Unit 1 free of books, paper, and other materials toavoid obstructing front panel openings and back panel connectors and vents.

The front panel of the unit contains all operating and monitoring controls (see Figure 2-1 andfigure 2-1b).Assure there is free air circulation around and at the rear of the AN/BQH-7A recorder. Mount Unit 1 near asingle-phase power source of +115 +/- 10 VAC, 60Hz +/- 5 Hz, 3 Amp.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-6 Change B

Figure 8-3 AN/BQH-7A NTDS (Fast) Digital Parallel Interface Receptacle

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-7

Figure 8-4 Hand-Held LM3A Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-8 Change B

Needed for installation are:

• an AC power cable to connect Unit 1 to the power source at J1;

• launcher cable no longer than 600 ft. to connect Unit 2 to Unit 1 at J3;

• NTDS (Fast) interface cable to connect the AN/BQH-7A recorder to host computer at J2. (SeeFigure 2-1d).

If the launcher cable masses through bulkheads or beams, install proper sized bushings and packing to pre-serve watertight integrity. All cables must he properly supported and strapped to prevent insulation damage. SeeSection 8-5for cable installation instructions.

8-3.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR. Locate the AR-20 System Selector between the recorder and launchernear the recorder operating area as shown inFigure 1-4with sufficient slack between connector terminals andcabling. When using the AR-20 with the LM3A Hand Held Launcher, terminals 1 and 3 are unused.

8-3.3 LM3A HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. Use the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher (seeFigure 1-3in the samelocation as shown inFigure 8-6(a). Hold the LM3A far enough over the side of the ship to avoid contact of theprobe device or wire with any part of the ship. Stow as shown inFigure 8-5.

Make cable connections from the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher to the AN/BQH-7A recorder through water-tight junction boxes. The LM3A stowage locker located above deck near the launch area(s) fore and/or aft shouldbe watertight and may act as a junction box cable connection (seeFigure 8-5.

8-3.4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU HULL LAUNCHER. Locate the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher withinthe zone indicated inFigure 8-6(a). Locate the Thru Hull Launcher in an area where it does not interfere withother equipment.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-9

Figure 8-5 Location for Watertight Junction Box and Hand-Held LM3A Stowage Locker

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-10 Change B

Figure 8-6(a) Location for MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-11

Figure 8-6(b) MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-12 Change B

Figure 8-6(c) MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher (with notes)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-13

NOTE

Phone communication to the area where the AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder islocated is recommended to allow coordination between recorder and launcheroperators.

The launcher muzzle should protrude through the ship’s hull no less than three feet above the water line (sixfeet is optimal) under all normal operating conditions. SeeFigure 8-6(a), figure 8-6(b)andfigure 8-6(c).

8-4. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION.

This section describes the installation requirements and instructions for both the recorder (Unit 1) and the thelauncher (Unit 2).

8-4.1 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER-PROCESSOR (UNIT 1). Unpack the the AN/BQH-7A recorder and openboth drawers to inspect for loose P.C. boards or mechanical damage. Mount the recorder base plate securely toan appropriate bracket or shelf (seeFigure 8-2. Fasten a #12 AWG ground strap from the lug on the center rearof the recorder to a paint-free metal surface on the ship’s hull. An effective around is necessary for proper sys-tem performance.

General instructions for installation of the AN/BQH-7A recorder-processor are given in this section (Figure8-1 andfigure 8-2). Follow the installation check-out procedures inSection 8-6before operating the recorderduring a real-time probe drop run.

a. Unpack and mount recorder as in Paragraph (1) ofSection 8-4.1above.

b. Connect AN/BQH-7A primary power cord to ship’s power supply (115 +/- 10 VAC, 50 to 85 Hz, 3 Amp)when specified in installation check-out procedures (seeSection 8-6.3.2).

c. Connect ground strap as in Paragraph (1) ofSection 8-4.1above.

d. Connect port and starboard LM3A Hand-Held launcher cable to junction box to AR-20 to the recorder at J3as inTable 8-2andTable 8-3(b). Connect MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull launcher cable to junction box and torecorder at J3 as inTable 8-2andTable 8-3(a).

e. Set POWER switch to ON and observe power-up sequence (refer toSection 8-6.3.2).

f. Proceed toSection 8-6and run through installation check-out procedures.

NOTE

Maintaining a good ground connection at all times is essential.

8-4.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR. Mount the AR-20 System Selector in a location near the AN/BQH-7Arecorder using appropriate tools. To install cabling, remove the eight pan-head screws and fiber washers fromAR-20 cover. The AR-20 is supported by a cable loop connecting the box to the launcher and recorder switch.

When the AR-20 is positioned as shown in Figure 8-9 the launcher (L1, L2) and recorder (R1, R2 - Not Used)designations are identified by the seal grip position.

Install launchers (#1 and #2) and recorder (#1) cables as follows (seeFigure 6-9(a)andFigure 6-9(b)):

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-14 Change B

• When installing the AR-20 system selector, cut the launcher cable between the recorder and launcher and pre-pare cable ends as shown in Figure 8-9(a).

• Insert launcher and recorder cables through sealing grip nut, washer, grommet and connector. Split the grom-met if necessary.

• Connect launcher and recorder cable leads to terminal blocks TB1 and TB2 (seeFigure 8-9(a)and Figure8-9(b)). When connecting the LM3A Hand Held Launcher, leave cable terminals 1 and 3 unused.

• Tighten seal grip to secure and lock launcher and recorder cables.

When cable connection is complete, replace AR-20 cover being careful not to pinch cable loop from switch.Install and tighten eight pan head screws with fiber washers.

8-4.3 LM3A HAND-HELD LAUNCHER. Refer toParagraph 8-3.3for location instructions for the LM3AHand-Held Launcher when in use. The LM3A launcher is supplied with more than 50 feet of cable, if requested.

8-4.4 MX-8577/SSQ-61 THRU HULL LAUNCHER. To install the MX-8577/SSQ-61, refer to InstallationDrawings andFigure 8-6(a)and Figure 8-6(b)and/or Notes accompanyingFigure 8-6. Installation of the thru-hull launcher requires penetration of the hull. A shipfitter should refer to the above-referenced drawings, usingthe following procedures to install the LM4A launcher:

a. Remove the launcher from the packing crate; disassemble it by removing the 5/8″ studs.

b. Mount the ship’s adapter to the hull.

c. Install 5/8″ studs in the ship’s adapter.

d. Insert the urethane launch tube into the ship’s adapter.

e. Place a ring washer over the studs and seat the washer on the face of the launch tube.

f. Mount the ball valve on 5/8″ studs in such a way as to permit operation of the ball valve handle without inter-ference from the ship’s surrounding structures and framework.

g. Install the breech adapter assembly and secure it with 5/8″ nuts, two per stud. Attach the around cable to oneof the studs.

h. Route the launcher cable to the recorder.

8-5. CABLE INSTALLATION.

To install exterior cable connectors, refer toFigure 8-3Figure8-7, Figure 8-9(a)andfigure 8-9(b), andfigure2-1(d), the instructions given with the connectors, and the following paragraphs. Cables to be connected from theAN/BQH-7A recorder are:

• An AC power cable

• Launcher cable

• NTDS (Fast) external interface cable

Observe installation standards for preserving watertight integrity. If any of the cables pass through bulkheadsor beams, install proper sized bushing and packing. Install cables with sufficient slack at each end to permitinstallation of connectors, repair at a later time, and/or replacement of connectors without installation of newcables. Properly support and strap cables to prevent insulation damage.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-15

CAUTION

DO NOT plug the AN/BQH-7A recorder AC power cable into a 115 +/- 10VAC power source until specified in check-out procedures (seeSection 8-6).

8-5.1 AC POWER CABLE. Install the AC power cable so that connections followTable 8-1. Plug the ACpower cable into the 115 +/- 10 VAC power source only when specified in the check-out procedures. Connectionof the AC power cord is made to the rear of the AN/BQH-7A recorder at Connector 1J1 (seeFigure 2-1(d)).

Figure 8-7(a) AN/BQH-7A Interconnecting Wiring And Cabling For PORT And STARBOARD Hand-HeldLaunchers

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-16 Change B

Figure 8-7(b) AN/BQH-7A Interconnecting Wiring And Cabling For MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 8-8 AR-20 Contact Switch Identification

SE365-BA-MMO-010


Figure 8-9(a) AR-20 System Selector Cable Installation (Sheet 1)

SE365-BA-MMO-010


SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-23

Figure 8-9(b) AR-20 System Selector Cable Installation (Sheet 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-24 Change B

Table 8-1. AN/BQH-7A Recorder Power Cord (Connects at J1)

CONNECTOR 10-109814-7S TERMINAL (W3P1) COLOR FUNCTION

P1 Pin A Black 115 VAC HighP2 Pin B Green Chassis GroundP3 Pin C White 115 VAC Return

8-5.2 LAUNCHER CABLE. The LM3A Hand-Held Launcher cable is a 3/8″ outer diameter insulated andshielded, fiveconductor cable supplied with the launcher. The MX-8577/ SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher cable is a3/4″ outer diameter three individual shielded pair cable.

Connect the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher cables W5 and W7 and the AR-20 interconnecting cables (W4 andW6, if used) to junction box terminals TB1 and E1 usingFigure 8-9(b) and Table 8-3(b). Connect theAN/BQH-7A recorder interface and MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull launcher interconnecting cable via the junctionbox to Connector 10-109824-28S (supplied with the recorder) at W1J3 so that the wire lead to junction box ter-minal connections followTable 8-2andTable 8-3(a).

The LM3A is supplied with 50 ft. (or more if requested) and the MX-8577/SSQ-61 with 40 ft. of cable. Ifconnectors are required to extend this length, they must be made in waterproof junction boxes. Total cable lengthfrom recorder to launcher must not exceed 600 ft.

Table 8-2. Launcher Cable (Connects at J3)

W1 TERM.1 NO. PAIR COLOR WIRE COLOR TB1 TERM. FUNCTION

E1 1-Black Black 1 TEMP data (A)E2 1-Black White 2 TEMP data (B)E3 1-Black Shield 3 Wire pair shield (Note 2 )E4 2-White Black 4 TEMP data (C)E5 2-White White 5 Launcher ground (Note 3

)E6 2-White Shield 6 Wire pair shield (Note 2 )

3-Red (Note 4 )

Note 2.W1 cable pair shields to maintain continuity through junction box terminals to recorder interface cable con-nector (W2P1) contact sockets. Shields connected to launcher ground (2-White, White wire) inside launcher.

Note 3.Launcher ground to maintain continuity through function box terminals and recorder interface cable con-nector to recorder chassis ground.

Note 4.Recorder chassis grounded to ship’s metal hull surface. Conductor pair 3-Red to be cut flush with cableheavy insulation.

8-5.3 RECORDER INTERFACE CABLE. Install interface cable from the AN/BQH-7A data recorder to theAR-20 System Selector or junction box (6CB10-2) terminal board following wiring shown inTable 8-3(a)andTable 8-3(b):

Table 8-3(a). Recorder InterfaceCable to Junction Box

Connector 10-109824-28S (W2P1) Pin Pair Color Wire Color TB1 Terminal Function

G 1-Black Black 1 TEMP data (A)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-25

Table 8-3(a). Recorder InterfaceCable to Junction Box - Continued

Connector 10-109824-28S (W2P1) Pin Pair Color Wire Color TB1 Terminal Function

H 1-Black White 2 TEMP data (B)N 1-Black Shield 3 Note 2

P 2-White Black 4 TEMP data (C)O 2-White White 5 Launcher groundNote 3

J 2-White Shield 6 Note 3

- 3-Red ---- - Note 4

Note 1Cable type and size per MIL-C-24643/33-02UN and Navy cable designation to be determined by installingactivity

Note 2W2 cable pair shields to remain intact through junction box terminals to recorder interface cable connector(W2P1) contact sockets. Shields connected to launcher ground (2-white, white wire) inside launcher

Note 3Launcher ground to remain intact through junction box terminals and recorder interface cable connector torecorder chassis around. Recorder chassis grounded to ship’s metal hull surface

Note 4Conductor pair 3-Red to be cut flush with cable heavy insulation

Table 8-3(b). Recorder InterfaceCable to AR-20 System Selector

Connector 10-109824-28S (W1P1) Term.No. Wire No. Color TB1 Term. No. Function

PIN G 1 Red 10 TEMP data (A)PIN H 2 Green 9 TEMP data (B)PIN P 3 Black 8 TEMP data (C)PIN O 4 White 7 Signal aroundPIN D 5 White - Jumper wire to W1P1-0 (provides

LM3A ground)PIN B 6 Shield 6 Note 2

Note 1Navy cable designation to be assigned by installing activity

Note 2Recorder mating receptacle (W2J3) terminal B not connected. Shield to be intact through AR-20 SystemSelector, junction box to LM3A Hand Held Launcher. Shield connected to white wire at LM3A.

8-5.4 NTDS (Fast) INTERFACE CABLE. Connect the NTDS (Fast) interface cable (not supplied) to connec-tor 302523-1 (W4P2 -supplied with AN/BQH-7A recorder) at W2J2 so that connection followsTable 8-4andFigure 8-7. If the NTDS (Fast) interface is not used, keep cap on the AN/BQH-7A recorder connector.

Table 8-4. NTDS (Fast) Interface Cable (Connects at J2)

W4P2 Pins Wire No. Color W4P1 Pins Function

1 1 ----- --- Input Data Request2 2 ----- --- Input Data Acknowledge3 3 ----- --- External Interrupt Request

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-26 Change B

Table 8-4. NTDS (Fast) Interface Cable (Connects at J2) - Continued

W4P2 Pins Wire No. Color W4P1 Pins Function

6 4 ----- --- Input Data Request Return7 5 ----- --- Input Data Acknowledge Return8 6 ----- --- External Interrupt Request Return13 7 ----- --- Positive Bit 014 8 ----- --- Positive Bit 115 9 ----- --- Positive Bit 216 10 ----- --- Positive Bit 317 11 ----- --- Positive Bit 418 12 ----- --- Positive Bit 521 13 ----- --- Positive Bit 0 Return22 14 ----- --- Positive Bit 1 Return23 15 ----- --- Positive Bit 2 Return24 16 ----- --- Positive Bit 3 Return25 17 ----- --- Positive Bit 4 Return26 18 ----- --- Positive Bit 5 Return29 19 ----- --- Positive Bit 630 20 ----- --- Positive Bit 731 21 ----- --- Positive Bit 832 22 ----- --- Positive Bit 933 23 ----- --- Positive Bit 1034 24 ----- --- Positive Bit 1135 25 ----- --- Positive Bit 1236 26 ----- --- Parity37 27 ----- --- Positive Bit 1439 28 ----- --- Positive Bit 6 Return40 29 ----- --- Positive Bit 7 Return41 30 ----- --- Positive Bit 8 Return42 31 ----- --- Positive Bit 9 Return43 32 ----- --- Positive Bit 10 Return44 33 ----- --- Positive Bit 11 Return45 34 ----- --- Positive Bit 12 Return46 35 ----- --- Parity Return47 36 ----- --- Positive Bit 14 Return49 37 ----- --- Positive Bit 1558 38 ----- --- Positive Bit 15 ReturnNotes:1. Cable type and size per MIL-C-24643/57-03UD to be determined by installing activity2. Navy cable and connector designation to be assigned by installing activity3. Interface cable connector 302523-1 (W4P2) provided with recorder (see 302491). Interface cable

(W4), wire lead color codes, cable connector (W4P1) and terminal designation to be determined byinstalling activity

8-6. INSTALLATION CHECK-OUT.

This section contains general information regarding check-out of the AN/BQH-7A system hardware, and pro-vides specific check-out procedures for each phase of installation.

8-6.1 GENERAL INFORMATION. All units of the AN/BQH-7A Data System are adjusted and tested prior toshipment. The customer performs installation checkout by following the procedures outlined below. Installation

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-27

check-out consists of step-by-step procedures to ensure that equipment is installed properly and that it works cor-rectly and within tolerances. Perform the installation check-out procedures in three phases:

PHASE 1 - Installation Inspection and Pre-Energizing Procedures

PHASE 2 - Turn-On and Preliminary Tests

PHASE 3 - Operation Verification Test

8-6.2 TEST EQUIPMENT NEEDED. Refer to the installation drawings and the procedures given below forcomplete information on equipment needed to install and test the AN/BQH-7A Data System. The followingequipment is necessary to carry out installation and operation check-out procedures:

a. Megohmeter

b. Digital multimeter

c. Frequency counter

d. Adjustable wrench

8-6.3 INSTALLATION STANDARDS SUMMARY SHEET. The Installation Standards Summary Sheet (ISSS,which follows Table 8-6for the AN/BQH-7A provides a record of information obtained during operation verifi-cation test procedures, and of initial voltage measurements. Use this information as a reference during subsequentscheduled performance tests.

8-6.3.1 PHASE 1 - INSTALLATION INSPECTION AND PREENERGIZING PROCEDURES. Perform thefollowing installation inspection and pre-energizing procedures:

a. Check the Counting bolts of the AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder and the launcher. Be sure they are securedtightly.

b. Check the ground straps at the recorder and at the launcher for good physical connection. Check that conti-nuity between ship’s hull, launcher ground and recorder is less than 1 ohm. Check the AC power cable, thelauncher cable, and the external digital interface cable NTDS (Fast), for continuity of less than 5 ohms; insu-lation resistance of greater than 100 Megohms; and that cable connectors are secured slightly. Be sure that theproper cables are connected to the proper terminals with sufficient slack at each unit. Check that the length oflauncher cable is less than 600 feet. Record results on ISSS.

c. Check that adequate clearance is available for Performing preventive and corrective maintenance procedures.Extend each drawer of the AN/BQH-7A Data Recorder, and tilt recorder upward and downward about 45degrees to test for adequate clearance.

d. Check that there are no obstructions that would restrict the natural flow of air for ventilation above and aroundthe recorder.

e. Check the main fuses, 1F1 and 1F2, to assure they are properly installed and have not blown.

f. Open the OPEN TO RECORD door (seeFigure 2-1aandFigure 2-1b); check that the recorder contains a cor-rectly loaded roll of chart paper. If it does not, load the chart recorder (seeSection 2-5and Section 2-6).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-28 Change B

8-6.3.2 PHASE 2 - INITIAL TURN-ON AND PRELIMINARY TESTS. Complete these procedures for Phase2 of installation verification and check-out:

a. Remove the power cord connector from the recorder. Plug the power cord into a 115 +/- 10 VAC, 60 +/- 5 Hzsource. Use a multimeter and frequency counter to verify that correct AC input voltage is available at the plugconnector between Pins A and C, and record results on ISSS. Unplug the power cord. Install the power con-nector onto the recorder, and replug into 115 VAC power source.

b. Check to be sure that all the intercabling connectors are tightened securely.

c. If a cassette is loaded, do not remove it until the CASSETTE REPLACE lamp is illuminated. if the OPENTO LOAD CASSETTE door is open, close it.

d. Place front panel controls (shown inFigure 2-1aandFigure 2-1b) in the following positions and settings:

1. Set STRIP CHART OUTPUT to TEMP.

2. Move BRIGHTNESS midway between MIN and MAX.

3. Set MODE to MEASURE.

4. Open the OPEN FOR TEST door. Set the PROBE thumbwheel switch to 7 and the TEST NO. thumbwheelswitch to 00. Close and secure the OPEN FOR TEST door.

5. Be sure that the OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door is closed and secured. Be sure that the OPEN TORECORD door is open.

e. Turn the POWER ON/OFF switch to ON. Check that POWER lamp is illuminated.

f. The MEASUREMENT STATUS and the CASSETTE STATUS cluster lamps should flash ON and OFF once.Next, the RELOAD lamp in the MEASUREMENT STATUS cluster and the REPLACE lamp in the CAS-SETTE STATUS cluster should illuminate (other lamps in both status clusters should be extinguished). DIS-PLAY LED should flash 8 8 8twice; then, the first position LED indicates 7; the second and third positionsLEDs should be extinguished.

g. Loosen the eight captive screws holding the left-hand drawer and the cassette drawer in place. Extend thedrawer out to expose the TEST PLUGS located in the upper left front of the drawer.

h. Use a multimeter to measure voltages; record them in the proper spaces on the ISSS.

i. Shut the left-hand drawer. Tighten the eight captive screws.

8-6.3.3 PHASE 3 - OPERATION VERIFICATION. The Phase 3 operation verification test procedures consistof the built-in test routines (BITE) run by the AN/BQH-7A recorder explained inTable 5-6. Run the appropriatetest routine(s) to ensure equipment is operating properly. Enter the test routines manually at the AN/BQH-7A testpanel using the thumbwheel switches.

8-7. PREPARATION FOR RESHIPMENT.

If reshipment becomes necessary for any AN/BQH-7A Data System equipment, follow these procedures forre-packing the equipment (seeFigure 8-10and Figure 8-11):

8-7.1 AN/BQH-7A RECORDER-PROCESSOR. To prepare the AN/BQH-7A recorder for reshipment, followthese steps:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-29

a. Remove the launcher cable. Remove the AC power and around cable. Remove the NTDS (Fast) cable.Remove the recorder base plate mounting hardware from the bracket or shelf on which the recorder has beenmounted.

b. Place the AN/BQH-7A recorder-processor in an oversized protective wooden shipping crate. Fasten the baseplate securely to the bottom of the crate. The crate should be large enough so that the recorder clears thecrate’s sides and top .

8-7.2 AR-20 SYSTEM SELECTOR. If the AR-20 System Selector becomes damaged during shipment or sub-sequent usage, remove 8 pan head screws and washers. Loosen stuffing tubes at R1, L1, and L2, then removelauncher and recorder cable wire leads from terminal boards TB1 and TB2, taking care not to damage cable loopfrom AR-20 box cover. Replace cover on AR-20 box. Reinstall 8 pan head screws and fiber washers.

8-7.3 LAUNCHER. Prepare the launcher for reshipment by disassembling it, if necessary, and re-packing itsecurely in a protective wooden shipping crate. Make sure all launcher parts lay secured in the packing containerand cannot work free during shipment.

After removing the MX-8577/SSQ-61 launcher from ship’s adapter, fit and secure a plate to the opening inthe ship’s adapter to ensure watertight integrity of the ship’s hull.

Table 8-5. AN/BQH-7A Data System Installation Information FSCM No.16848

UNIT NO. &NAME FSCM NO. 16848 P/N

OVERALL DIMENSIONS

H. W. D. WGT. (lb) VOL. (cu. ft.)Unit 1AN/BQH-7ARecorder

301455-1 10.3 in. 20.5 in. 17.9 in. 80 lbs. 3.33 cu.ft.

Unit 2 LauncherLM3A

213550-1 13 in. 18 in. 8 in. 6.5 lbs. 1.1 cu.ft.

Unit 2 LauncherMX-8577/SSQ61

213008-1 35 in. 16 in. 17 in. 180 lbs. 5.5 cu.ft.

Unit 3 ExpendableProbe Device

NOTE

For Part Numbers, shipping weight, size, and dimensions of AN/BQH-7A probe types, seeTable2-2 or Figure 8-10.

Table 8-6. Table of Installation Materials for AN/BQH-7A Data System

FIG. NO. QUANTITY UNIT NO. & DESCRIPTIONFSCM NO. 16848 P/N or INV.

NO. (Other FSCM No.)

8-1a 1 Unit 1, AN/BQH-7A Recorder 301455-11 1A1, Logic Rack Assy. 301457-11 1A2, Right-hand Rack Assy. 414210-18 Cap screws, hex head 3/8-16 60-08-3681 (96169)8 Self-locking hex head 3/8-16 60-08-0325 (96169)8 Galvanized flat washer 0.875 x 0.438 x

0.08360-28-1725 (96169)

8-1b 1 Unit 1, AN/BQH-7A Recorder (bottomview)

(see 8-1(a) above)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-30 Change B

Table 8-6. Table of Installation Materials for AN/BQH-7A Data System -

Continued

FIG. NO. QUANTITY UNIT NO. & DESCRIPTIONFSCM NO. 16848 P/N or INV.

NO. (Other FSCM No.)

8-2 1 Unit 1, AN/BQH-7A Recorder (front, side,& rear views)

(see 8-1(a) above)

11

1J1, Connector socketConnector (mates with 1J1)

115367

11


115374

11


115371

1 Ground stud, 3/8-16 UNC-2B2-3 1 MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull cover assembly 212742-11-2 1 Unit 2, Thru-Hull Launcher 213008-1

1 Launch tube 212352-11 Ship’s adapter 213004-21 Breech adapter assembly 213068-11 Launcher handle 212351-11 Ball valve 212744-14 Mounting studs 213009-18 5/8-11 hex nuts, plain MS35691-511 Ground cable assy. 211201-11 Ring washer 212750-1

8-4 1 Hand-Held LM3A Launcher (installationdwg.)

410095-1

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 8-31

SE365-BA-MMO-010

8-32 Change B

Figure 8-10 XBT/XSV Probe Device Storage

SE365-BA-MMO-010


CHAPTER 9

AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDING MAGNETIC TAPE FORMAT

9-1. INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents data on the magnetic tape recording format used in the AN/BQH-7A data recorder,published as R-1695 (FSCM No.16848) 21 November 1985.

9-2. AN/BQH-7A DATA RECORDING MAGNETIC TAPE FORMAT.

This section provides information on data word formats and layouts for the cassette recording of ocean tem-perature or sound velocity versus depth measurements.

9-2.1 TAPE CASSETTE RECORDER. The AN/BQH-7A provides a Memodyne Model 333 Read/Write tapecassette recorder with NRZI (not-return-to-zero) coding, using a choice of one of the following certified digitaldata magnetic tape cassettes with clear leader and no EOT/BOT holes, or equivalent:

Figure B-11 AN/BQH-7A Recorder Packaging

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 9-1

VENDOR FSCM PART NO.

Verbatim 51372 7045-01-139-6023Dennison KYBE 17691 6.35

9-2.2 DATA FORMAT. Before launch of an XBT or XSV probe device, the following information is recordedon the digital tape cassette:

a. Information required for recorder unit synchronization during playback.

b. Header information containing expendable bathythermograph (XBT) or sound velocity (XSV) device types;

c. XBT device DC loop resistance (EDC) measurement data (omitted during XSV device check);

d. Bridge circuit low temperature (28F) calibration data (XBT) or XSV circuit frequency to sound velocity con-version and low XSV (FD1) chart calibration data;

e. Bridge circuit high temperature (96F) calibration data (XBT) or high XSV (FD2) chart calibration data;

f. XBT (62F) or XSV (FD3) device external interface circuitry check data.

Upon launch of an XBT or XSV probe device, the following information is recorded on the digital tape cas-sette:

a. XBT or XSV device descent (DEC) temperature or sound velocity data for every two (2) feet of ocean depth;

b. End of XBT or XSV probe device measurement data.

9-2.2.1 DIGITAL DATA WORDS. Digital data words consist of 12 bits of temperature or sound velocity ver-sus depth data, weighted as follows:

Sound velocity data of all O’s represents 4610 ft./sec. Each data word is recorded a specific number of timesduring the following AN/BQH-7A machine states:

XBT Device(T-4, T-5, T-7) Data Words XSV Device (XSV-01)

Tape header data (CA0) 8 Tape header data (CA0)Expendable device check data (EDC) 32 (omitted)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

9-2 Change B

XBT Device(T-4, T-5, T-7) Data Words XSV Device (XSV-01)

Low temperature calibration check data(28F)

32

16 Frequency to S/V conversion andlow S/V calibration check data(FD1)

High temperature calibration check data(96F)

32

16 High S/V calibration check data(FD2)

External interface circuitry check data(62F)

32

16 External interface circuitry checkdata (FD3)

Probe measurement data (DEC) # Probe measurement data (DEC)

#Depends on PROBE type (see Section 9-2.2.2).

9-2.2.2 HEADER DATA. A single cassette word, four bytes in length, is recorded as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 9-3

SE365-BA-MMO-010

9-4 Change B

9-2.2.3 TEMPERATURE PROBE PRELAUNCH DATA. Thirty-two (32) words containing four (4) bytes arerecorded during each prelaunch machine state as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 9-5

SE365-BA-MMO-010

9-6 Change B

9-2.2.4 SOUND VELOCITY PROBE PRELAUNCH DATA. Sixteen (16) words containing four (4) bytes arerecorded during each prelaunch machine state as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 9-7

SE365-BA-MMO-010

9-8 Change B

NOTE

During the descent (DEC) machine state, measurement data words differ for eachprobe type in this way: 750 for T-41250 for T-73000 for T-51395 for XSV-01

When the probe reaches its maximum rated depth, a word containing three bytes of all 1’s and a final bytecontaining FE is recorded to indicate the end of recording.

End of File:

0FFH

0FFH

0FFH

0FEH

End of file is independent of probe type.

9-2.2.5 TEMPERATURE PROBE MEASUREMENT DATA. Depending on probe type used, 750 words (T-4),1250 words (T-7), or 3000 words (T-5) containing four (4) bytes are recorded during the descent machine stateas follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B 9-9

9-2.2.6 SOUND VELOCITY PROBE MEASUREMENT DATA. 1395 words containing 4 bytes are recordedduring the descent machine state as follows:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

9-10 Change B

APPENDIX A

XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE

A-1.0 INTRODUCTION.

This Appendix defines the requirements for the XBT/XSV Test Device. The test device is used to verify sat-isfactory performance of the cabling and data measurement electronics of the AN/BQH-7A recorder prior tolaunching an expendable probe. Simulated input to the AN/BQH-7A recorder from the test device may be trans-mitted to a host computer via the NTDS (Fast) external interface.

The test device simulates both the XBT and XSV. It provides six different outputs, three for XBT and threefor XSV. It is connected to the recorder as shown inFigure A-1. Operation consists of inserting the test device

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-1

into the launcher, selecting a profile via a front panel switch, starting the test device, and running theAN/BQH-7A as if a real probe were being launched. The test device outputs close tolerance analog signals to theAN/BQH-7A Bridge P.C. board via the launcher and cabling. The recorder electronics converts these signals totemperature or sound velocity vs. depth data. Knowing expected values and tolerances of this analog data asgiven in this Appendix, the state of the AN/BQH-7A system as a whole can be determined.

Section A-2.0describes the XBT/XSV hardware.Section A-3.0describes the six test device profiles, theirfunctional characteristics, theory of operation, and output.Section A-4.0describes test device operating, failure,and test procedures.

A-2.0 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE EQUIPMENT.

A-2.1 INTRODUCTION.

The XBT/XSV Test Device is a self-contained hybrid-based circuit which, when connected to theAN/BQH-7A recorder and microprocessor, simulates the XBT and XSV profiles as described inSection A-3.0below and as shown inFigure A-3throughFigure A--8. In addition, by selecting BT-1 (STEP) mode and chang-ing the recorder STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch from TEMP to SV, the operator can simulate output of an XBTcalculated sound velocity STEP mode chart trace (Figure A-9). Figure 1-7shows the test device, its nameplate,and the front panel.

A-2.2 TEST DEVICE FRONT PANEL.

The test device front panel provides a 7-position SELECT switch which allows the operator to select threedifferent temperature or sound velocity test modes and an OFF position used to interrupt or terminate a selectedtest profile. It also contains a push-button START switch and a red LED. The front panel is attached to the testdevice internal battery compartment with three spring-loaded screw fasteners. The test device requires a 9VEveready P/N 522 or equivalent battery power supply.

A-2.2.1 SELECT SWITCH. The SELECT switch is a 7-position rotary switch which the operator uses to selectthe profile. The test device remains OFF if the START push-button is pushed while the SELECT switch is in theOFF position. The center position of the SELECT switch turns the device OFF.

Once the operator selects a profile mode and presses the START push-button, the operator cannot changeprofile modes while the LED is flashing. To change modes, first turn the SELECT switch to the center positionto turn the device OFF, then select the desired profile.

A-2.2.2 START PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH. The START push-button switch turns the test device ON. Whenthe START push-button switch is pushed, the LED indicator begins flashing. The center position of the SELECTswitch turns the device OFF. At the end of a complete test profile, the device shuts itself OFF.

A-2.2.3 LED INDICATOR. The test device has a red light-emitting diode (LED) indicator which flashes at arate of approximately 1 Hz with a 10% duty cycle during the ON time of the test device. ON time is defined asthe time between depression of the START switch and the end of the profile (open circuit of seawater return path).The LED should be OFF at all other times.

If the battery test circuitry detects a low battery voltage, the test device indicates this by failure of the LEDto flash.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-2 Change B

A-2.3 TEST DEVICE NAMEPLATE.

The test device nameplate (shown inFigure 1-7) shows the SELECT switch positions which provide the threetest profile modes: STEP, ISO, and FINE.

The BT 1=STEP mode selection provides a profile of specific test temperatures for specified time periods asdescribed inSection A-3.1.1and shown onFigure A-3.

The BT 2=ISO mode provides a specific isothermal test temperature vs. depth profile as described inSectionA-3.1.2 and shown onFigure A-4.

The BT 3=FINE mode selection provides a simulated profile as described inSection A-3.1.3and shown inFigure A-5.

The SV 1=STEP mode selection provides a profile of specific frequencies converted to sound velocity forspecified depths and time periods as described inSection A-3.2.1and shown inFigure A-6.

The SV 2=ISO mode selection provides a profile of a specific isovelocity vs. depth profile as described inSection A-3.2.2and shown inFigure A-7.

The SV 3=FINE mode selection provides a simulated profile as described inSection A-3.2.3and shown inFigure A-8.

By selecting BT 1=STEP mode on the test device, and by turning the STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch onthe recorder to SV, the operator can simulate a calculated sound velocity STEP mode chart profile (Figure A-9).

A-3.0 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.

This section details the functional requirements of the XBT/XSV Test Device.

A-3.1 XBT PROFILES.

The XBT/XSV Test Device generates three user selectable resistance versus time profiles which simulate anXBT probe launch. These profiles are:

(a) STEP

(b) ISO(thermal)

(c) FINE

The measurement system used in the AN/BQH-7A is a modified bridge arrangement as shown inFigure A-2.The probe consists of a thermistor and two wire leads. In the probe, the thermistor is in series With the″A″ lead.The common or return path for the measurement bridge is via an electrode in the probe, seawater, and the hullof the ship (SWR=seawater return). The resistance of the lead wires is approximately 8 KnΩbalanced to within± 8 Ω of each other.

The resistance of the thermistor varies in proportion to the temperature of the surrounding water. The resis-tance of the thermistor is found by subtracting the resistance between the″B″ lead and SWR (RB -SWR) fromthe resistance between the″A″ lead and SWR (RA -SWR).

RTH = RA -SWR - RB -SWR

Since the resistance in the seawater return is common to both branches of the bridge, it does not affect theresults of the measurement.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-3

The depth equation for the descending probe is given by:

d = 21.232T - 0.00709T2

Accuracy is± 2% or 15 ft., whichever is greater.

The bridge is triggered to begin data measurement when it senses a low resistance path between ship’s hulland the common node of the″A″ and″B″ leads (RSWR 10K).

The test device contains resistances to simulate the resistances of the lead wires (RA and RB).

RA equals 8K± 1.6 @ 25°C (77°F), and has a TCR of - 5 ppm/°C on either side of 25°C (77°F) from 0°C(32°F) to 50°C (122°F).

RB equals RA± 1Ω @ 25°C (77°F) and shall track RA over its temperature range.

The test device contains circuitry for creating a high impedance state in the simulated SWR path until trig-gering of the bridge electronics is desired (RSWR > 30M). Since the test device case is plastic, the device con-tains a grounding ring so that SWR is via the launcher for MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru-Hull Launcher installation.

For LM3A Hand-Held Launchers, the test device contains an external wire and clip to facilitate tying SWRto hull ground. The low resistance SWR path is less than 2K but greater than 1K. De-coupling between grounds(battery and hull) is accomplished by a capacitor located between the battery return and the test device SWR ring.

A-3.1.1 XBT STEP PROFILE (BT-1). In BT STEP Mode, the test device generates a step pattern as shown inFigure A-3. The temperature and corresponding values of RTH are given inTable A-1, along with their tolerances.

Figure A-3 shows the depths at which the temperature changes for BT STEP mode take place.Table A-2shows the times and tolerances. The settling time when changing from one temperature to another in BT STEPmode is less than 1 msec. SWR closure and SWR opening are the same as given inSection A-3.1.3.

The BT STEP profile is labeled″BT-1″ on the test device profile SELECT switch.

A-3.1.2 XBT ISO(THERMAL) PROFILE (BT-2). The test device ISO mode for the BT generates a constant50°F output as shown inFigure A-4. This is caused by the generation of a constant RTH of 9948Ω ± 8.13 at 25°C(77°F) over the entire 2,500 ft. descent. The tolerance over the temperature range is± 16.25Ω. SWR path clo-sure, descent time, and SWR path open are as specified inSection A-3.1.3.

The ISO profile is labeled″BT-2″ on the test device profile SELECT switch.

A-3.1.3 XBT FINE PROFILE (BT-3). The test device FINE mode for the BT generates a smooth transitionfrom 70°F to 50°F, similar to the BT FINE Profile shown inFigure A-5. This transition is generated by a smoothresistance change of RTH from 5942Ω to 9948Ω within one minute after completion of the SWR path. Since thisis a simulated profile, timing constraints are not critical. Resistor tolerances for 50°F and 70°F are as specifiedin Section A-3.1.1. The depth range of the profile runs from the SURFACE line of the chart to 2,500 ft. At thisdepth, the SWR is open-circuited.

Descent time from the SURFACE line of the chart to 2,500 ft. is 122.78 seconds± 0.13 seconds at 25°C(77°F) and± 0.26 seconds over the temperature range. The FINE profile is labeled″BT-3″ on the test deviceSELECT switch.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-4 Change B

Table A-1. BT STEP Mode Temperatures & Tolerances

ERROR ERROR

Equiv. Temp Temp 0-50°C (32-122°F) RTH Temp 0-50°C (32-122°F)28°F ±1/32 18308Ω +1750°F ±1/32 9948Ω 16.2570°F ±1/32 5942Ω 4.596°F ±1/32 3193Ω 2.13

Table A-2. BT STEP Mode Times & Tolerances

Depth (ft.) At 25°C (77°F) (ft.)0-50°C (32-122°F) (ft.)

Times After SWRClosure (sec.)

At 25°C (77°F)(sec.)

0-50°C (32-122°F) (sec.)

400 ft. ±2.5 ±5 18.96 ±0.12 ±0.24800 ft. ±2.5 ±5 38.17 ±0.12 ±0.241100 ft. ±2.5 ±5 52.73 ±0.12 ±0.241400 ft. ±2.5 ±5 67.45 ±0.12 ±0.241700 ft. ±2.5 ±5 82.33 ±0.13 ±0.262100 ft. ±2.5 ±5 102.41 ±0.13 ±0.262500 ft. ±2.5 ±5 122.78 ±0.13 ±0.26

Table A-3 SV STEP Mode Expected Sound Velocities & CorrespondingFrequencies

EXPECTED

ERROR (ft/sec)

EXPECTED ERROR (Hz)Over Temp

(ft/sec) S/VAt 25°C(77°F) Range (Hz) Frequency At 25°C (77°F) Over Range

4700 ±0.5 ±0.8 213.847 ±0.022 ±0.0374850 ±0.5 ±0.8 220.626 ±0.023 ±0.0365000 ±0.5 ±0.8 227.403 ±0.023 ±0.0365100 ±0.5 ±0.8 231.919 ±0.023 ±0.036

A-3.2 XSV PROFILES.

The XBT/XSV Test Device generates three user selectable frequency vs. time profiles which simulate anexpendable sound velocity (XSV) probe launch. As with the XBT profiles, the S/V profiles are:

(a) FINE

(b) ISO(velocity)

(c) STEP

The XSV probe is a surface-ship launched expendable probe which outputs a frequency proportional to thesound speed of water passing through the probe body. The signal is transmitted up a single wire link to theAN/BQH-7A XSV electronics with seawater as the return path. The frequency range falls between 209 Hz and234 Hz. The equation which converts frequency to sound velocity is:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-5

The test device outputs frequencies as specified inSection A-3.1.1throughSection A-3.1.3on the″A″ lead.As with the XBT test modes, the XSV return path is the hull ground of the ship via the ground ring or wire andclip.

The ″B″ lead output of the test device is open-circuited inside the test device and does not require user inter-vention.

The output amplitude as measured between the″A″ lead and hull ground is 375 mVpp± 25 mV from 0°Cto 50°C (32°F to 122°F). The DC offset of the output signal is - 1.4 VDC± 0.2 VDC over the range of 0° to50°C (32°F to 122°F), when referenced to hull ground. The total harmonic distortion of its output is less than40% over this frequency range from 209 Hz to 234 Hz.

A-3.2.1 XSV STEP PROFILE (SV-1). In SV STEP mode (SV-1), the test device generates a sound velocity vs.depth profile as shown inFigure A-6. Table A-3gives the expected sound velocities and corresponding frequen-cies, along with their tolerances.

Figure A-6shows the depths at which the frequency changes occur.Table A-4shows depth vs. time relations,including tolerances.

The settling time for frequency changes in SV STEP mode is less than 1 msec. SWR closure and opening isthe same as given in Section 3-1.3. The profile is labeled″SV-1″ on the test device profile SELECT switch.

A-3.2.2 XSV ISO(VELOCITY) PROFILE (SV-2). In ISO Mode (SV-2), the test device generates an isoveloc-ity vs. depth profile of 4,850 ft./sec. as shown inFigure A-7. Tolerances are the same as shown for SV-1, SVSTEP Mode, as inSection A-3.2.1.

The SV ISO profile is labeled″SV-2″ on the test device profile SELECT switch.

A-3.2.3 SV FINE PROFILE (SV-3). In SV FINE Mode, the test device generates a simulated probe drop, simi-lar to the profile shown inFigure A-8. Tolerances on depth and characteristics of SWR are the same as thoseshown inTable A-3andTable A-4.

The SV FINE profile is labeled″SV-3″ on the test device profile SELECT switch.

Table A-4. SV STEP Mode Depth Vs. Time Relationships & Tolerances

(ft.) Depth (ft.) At 25°C (77°F)(ft.) 01-50°C (32-

122°F)Time After SWR

Closure (sec.)(sec.) At 25°C

(77°F)

(sec.)0°-50°C (32-

122°F)

400 ±2.5 ±5 22.86 ±0.14 ±0.28

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-6 Change B

Table A-4. SV STEP Mode Depth Vs. Time Relationships & Tolerances -

Continued

(ft.) Depth (ft.) At 25°C (77°F)(ft.) 01-50°C (32-

122°F)Time After SWR

Closure (sec.)(sec.) At 25°C

(77°F)

(sec.)0°-50°C (32-

122°F)

800 ±2.5 ±5 46.01 ±0.15 ±0.31100 ±2.5 ±5 63.58 ±0.15 ±0.31400 ±2.5 ±5 81.32 ±0.15 ±0.31700 ±2.5 ±5 99.25 ±0.15 ±0.32100 ±2.5 ±5 123.45 ±0.15 ±0.32500 ±2.5 ±5 148.00 ±0.15 ±0.3

A-3.3 TEST DEVICE CPU.

The test device CPU reads the front panel switch, initiates the selected profile, drives and controls timing ofthe test output circuitry. In BT modes, the CPU generates control signals to select the correct resistance vs. depthfor each profile. In SV modes, the CPU generates a simulated XSV probe signal.

A-3.4 TEST DEVICE POWER SUPPLY.

The test device uses an Eveready P/N 522 or MIL-TYPE MN 1604 P/N 90201 or equivalent 9.0-volt batteryas its power supply. Turning the test device front panel switch OFF stops output to the chart recorder. When theswitch is turned OFF or a profile is completed, the test device switches to trickle power mode. The current drawnwhile the test device is in OFF mode is no greater than 15 A at 25°C (77°F) and does not exceed 18 µA over thetemperature range of 0°-50°C (32°-122°F).

When the test device is ON, total current draw does not exceed 2.5 mA steady state. Expected battery life isone year.

The test device analog hybrid circuitry monitors battery voltage and initiates a hardware interrupt to the CPUwhen battery voltage falls below 6.3 V. At that point, power to the test device turns OFF. If the test device opera-tor pushes the START switch on a test device with a low battery, the LED cycles ON/OFF once, alerting theoperator to replace the battery.

A-3.5 ISOLATION RESISTANCE.

With the test device turned OFF, resistance as measured between the″A″ lead and hull ground and the″B″lead and hull ground must be greater than 30 M.

A-3.6 TEST DEVICE TIMED DELAY.

Each of the six test profiles implements a 45-second delay from the time the START button is pressed untila SWR is enabled. This gives the AN/BQH-7A recorder time to sequence through all automatic pre-launch tests,move to READY TO LAUNCH, receive the test device simulated probe profile data, and record the selected testprofile on the chart

If the profile is BT 1, 2, or 3, the test device outputs between the″A″ and″B″ leads a resistance equivalentto temperature of 50°F (RTH = 5942Ω) during the entire 45-second delay period.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-7

A-4.0 TEST DEVICE OPERATING PROCEDURES.

A-4.1 INTRODUCTION.

This sections contains operating information and procedures for the XBT/XSV Test Device. This informationsupplements the operating procedures for the test device contained inSection 2-4.4.

Observe the following when removing and replacing XBT/XSV Test Device.

CAUTION

The XBT/XSV Test Device is sensitive to shock and/or vibration, similar toother electronic measuring instruments. always observe prescribed handlingand stowage procedures when using or testing the XBT/XSV Test Device toprevent damage to internal components or other mechanical parts.

A-4.2 TEST DEVICE OPERATING INFORMATION.

Following are the operating procedures for the XBT/XSV Test Device (see also Section 2-4.4.1:

1. Establish voice or sound-powered phone communication between launch station and sonar control station(i.e., location of AN/BQH-7A recorder).

2. Turn POWER to recorder (Unit 1) ON.

3. Set Unit 1 MODE switch to MEASURE.

4. If BT 1, 2, or 3 test profiles are to be plotted in temperature vs. depth, set Unit 1 STRIP CHART OUTPUTswitch to TEMP.

If BT 1 test profile is to be plotted in calculated sound velocity vs. depth, set Unit 1 STRIP CHART OUT-PUT switch to S/V.

If SV 1, 2, or 3 test profiles are to be plotted, position of Unit 1 STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch does notmatter.

5. Open Unit 1 OPEN FOR TEST door and set PROBE switch to 7 (for TEMP) or 3 (for S/V).

NOTE

(Do not load test device into launcher until directed to do so in Steps 8 and 9.)If no external system is on line when the test device is loaded into the launcher,pressing the START switch on the test device triggers an EEC error on therecorder. Upon completion of recorder prelaunch tests, press the Unit 1 CYCLEswitch to override EEC and attain launch readiness. Unit 1 ERROR lamp extin-guishes and LAUNCH lamp illuminates.

6. If test profile data is not to be transmitted to external system, disconnect Unit 1 rear panel cable connectorfrom receptacle 1J2 and cap receptacle.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-8 Change B

CAUTION

To prevent possible damage to the Unit 1 tape cassette and the tape trans-port assembly RECORD/PLAYBACK head, do not replace or reload thetape cassette when Unit 1 POWER is OFF.

7. Open OPEN TO LOAD CASSETTE door. Load cassette tape and shut door. Unit 1 sequences throughPOWER-UP to RELOAD machine states. MEASUREMENT STATUS RELOAD and CASSETTE STATUSREADY lamps illuminate.

When tape cassette is loaded, Unit 1 rewinds tape to clear leader and advances tape to oxide (DISPLAY readsCAO). When tape is advanced to oxide, probe number (7 for TENT or 3 for SV) appears in Unit 1 DISPLAYand CASSETTE STATUS READY lamp is illuminated.

8. At Unit 2 (launch station), open launcher breech and prepare to load XBT/XSV Test Device.

9. Select profile mode by setting test device SELECT switch to correct test mode (BT 1, 2, or 3; or SV 1, 2,or 3) position. For a calculated S/V test as shown inFigure A-9, use test device BT 1 mode with Unit 1STRIP CHART OUTPUT switch turned to S/V.

10. Press test device START switch to check that LED flashes. If test device LED does not flash or flashesON/OFF once, replace battery with test device SELECT switch in OFF position. Begin test device operat-ing procedures again at Step 9.

11. Load test device into launcher.

For LM3A: Be sure test device contact assembly is seated properly in launcher yoke and that ground wireassembly aligns freely in keyway (release pin slot) at bottom of Lexan launcher body. Shut launcher breech.Be sure test device ground wire is connected to ship’s hull ground, or ground bus.

For MX-8577/SSQ-61: Remove test device ground wire from brass ground stud before use. Follow Thru-Hull launcher loading procedures as given inSection 2-4.2.2after pressing START switch on test device.

12. When the launcher breech is shut, the AN/BQH-7A runs through pre-launch tests and the recorder advanceschart paper to SURFACE line. If MEASUREMENT STATUS ERROR lamp lights, press CYCLE switch tooverride; LAUNCH lamp lights. After 45 second timed delay, test device triggers recorder to begin transmis-sion of test profile data.

13. Test device profile may be terminated at any time by switching test device SELECT switch to OFF. If Unit1 PROBE switch is set to number other than 7 (for TEMP) or 3 (for S/V), profile terminates prematurely.

14. At end of test data transmission, test device LED ceases flashing.

15. When profile is completed, turn test device SELECT switch to OFF. For additional profiles using test device,repeat procedures above for each of the six (seven if performing calculated S/V test) test device modes.

A-4.3 TEST DEVICE FAILURE INFORMATION.

If the operator observes any failure in the AN/BQH-7A system while using the test device, check first for anyfailure in the launcher (e.g., dirty contact pins) or its interconnecting cable (e.g., frayed shielding).

NOTE

The only replaceable or repairable part of the AN/BQH-7A test device is the bat-tery (seeSection A-4.3.1.3).

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-9

When using the test device with the LM3A Hand-Held Launcher, be sure to complete the ground circuit byconnecting the test device ground wire to the ship’s hull ground or ground bus. If test device LED flashes oncethen shuts off, or fails to light after repeated pressing of START switch, replace test device battery (SectionA-4.3.1.3).

Procedures for testing the XBT/XSV Test Device in the event of mechanical or battery failure, or for sched-uled or corrective maintenance are as follows:

A-4.3.1 TEST DEVICE MECHANICAL INSPECTION. Verify XBT/XSV Test Device operating controls,switches, and LED’s are undamaged and securely mounted to front panel. These controls are as follows:

•SELECT switch, seven-position

•START switch, push-button

•LED red lens

•Brass ground stud, fixed

•Ground wire assembly, with alligator clip

•Canister electrical contacts, clean and coated with insulating gel

•Canister electrical contact, plastic insulator with three machine screws

•Test device nameplate, clean, readable, and bonded to side of canister

•Test device serial number (record in accordance with ship’s operating procedures)

A-4.3.1.1 TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. The following test equipment is required to perform mechanicalinspection of the XBT/XSV Test Device:

1. Flat-tipped screwdriver

2. Cross-tipped screwdriver

3. XBT/XSV Test Device

A-4.3.1.2 MECHANICAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES. To perform mechanical inspection, follow theseprocedures:

1. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver, verify test device front panel is securely fastened to canister chassis.

2. Using a cross-tipped screwdriver, verify chassis securely fastened.

3. Verify the ground wire assembly electrical ring-tongue is securely fastened to fixed ground stud with lockwasher and machine screw.

4. Verify alligator clip securely fastened to ground wire assembly wire lead (except in case where it has beenremoved for use in MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher).

5. Turn SELECT switch to each position; press START button and verify LED operates.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-10 Change B

NOTE

If LED does not flash or flashes once, then ceases flashing at any SELECTswitch position (except OFF), test device battery is weak and should be replaced.

A-4.3.1.3 TEST DEVICE BATTERY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES. Test equipment needed is same as inA-4.3.1.1above. To change the XBT/XSV Test Device battery, follow these procedures:

1. Using flat-tipped screwdriver, loosen front panel retaining screws.

2. Withdraw front panel chassis to extent permitted by chassis frame.

3. Squeeze sides together and unclasp copper battery retainer from slots in chassis sides.

4. Remove battery from chassis to extent permitted by wire harness.

5. Unclasp harness cap from battery terminals.

6. Obtain new battery, and replace wire harness cap on battery terminals.

7. Fold wire harness between battery and potted PCB, and insert battery (terminal end first) into potted grooveprovided.

8. Replace one copper battery retainer tab into chassis slide slot, and, while squeezing retainer sides, replacethe other tab into its corresponding chassis slide slot.

9. Slide chassis completely into canister.

10. Securely fasten front panel retaining screws.

A-4.3.2 TEST DEVICE TIMING PROCEDURES. To perform timing procedures on the XBT/XSV TestingDevice, follow the instructions inSection A-4.3.2.1andSection A-4.3.2.2.

A-4.3.2.1 To perform the XBT/XSV Test Device timing procedures, the following equipment is needed:

1. Stopwatch


A-4.3.2.2 TEST DEVICE TIMING PROCEDURES - LED. Using stopwatch, turn SELECT switch to each SVand BT position , press START switch, and verify LED flashes as follows:

SELECT SWITCH POSITION LED OPERATION

SV3 Flashes continuously for approx. 3 min. 15 sSV2 Flashes continuously for approx. 3 min. 15 sSV1 Flashes continuously for approx. 3 min. 15 sBT1 Flashes continuously for approx. 2 min. 48 sBT2 Flashes continuously for approx. 2 min. 48 sBT3 Flashes continuously for approx. 2 min. 48 s

A-4.3.3 >TEST DEVICE INSPECTION PROCEDURES USING LAUNCHERS. Observe the following:

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-11

NOTE

On ships configured with MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher, conduct stepA-4.3.2.2 (a) through (c).

On ships configured with PORT and STARBOARD LM3A Hand Held Launch-ers, conduct steps A-4.3.2.2 (d) through (1).

On ships configured with single LM3A Hand Held Launcher, conduct steps (m)through (q).

A-4.3.3.1 TEST EQUIPMENT NEEDED. The following equipment is needed to perform XBT/XSV TestDevice procedures using the LM3A Hand Held Launcher(s), or the MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher:


2. One LM3A Hand Held Launcher if only one in use aboard.

3. PORT and STARBOARD LM3A Hand Held Launchers is two in use on board.

4. MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher if in use on board.

A-4.3.3.2 TEST DEVICE PROCEDURES USING LAUNCHER. Continue testing XBT/XSV Test Deviceusing one of three configurations noted above as follows:

(a) With MX-8577/SSQ-61 Thru Hull Launcher breech assembly open, load test device into launcher breech andverify insertion as follows:

Breech assembly pivots clear to permit easy XBT/XSV Test Device loading in launcher breech without bind-ing or obstruction.

XBT/XSV Test Device loads into launcher easily without binding or obstruction.

XBT/XSV Test Device launch pin aligns with launcher slot to properly align breech assembly contact pinsto device contacts.

(b) Open launcher breech, remove and return XBT/XSV Test Device to ship’s sonar technician for secure stow-age.

CAUTION

Upon completion of XBT/XSV Test Device launcher test procedures, load adummy canister (sawed-off expended XBT or XSV shipboard canister) inthe launcher breech to prevent breech assembly contact pin oxidation.

(c) Replace dummy canister in launcher breech, and shut launcher breech assembly.

(d) If inspection fails, inspect test device as perSection A-4.3.1andSection A-4.3.2above andSection A-4-3.5of this Operation and Maintenance Technical Manual. If inspection determines test device working properly,inspect launchers as perChapter 4of this manual. If inspection determines test device working improperly,replace test device.

(e) Open PORT LM3A Hand Held Launcher stowage locker door, and remove launcher from stowage clips.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-12 Change B

(f) Open launcher breech, load XBT/XSV Test Device into launcher breech, and verify insertion as follows:




(g) Open launcher breech, remove XBT/XSV Test Device.

CAUTION

Upon completion of XBT/XSV system operations, retain a dummy canister(sawed off expended XBT or XSV shipboard canister) in the launcher breechto prevent breech assembly contact pin oxidation.

(h) Replace dummy canister into launcher breech, shut launcher breech assembly, replace launcher into stowageclips, and shut and latch stowage locker door.

(i) Open STARBOARD LM3A Hand Held Launcher stowage locker door, and remove launcher from stowageclips.

(j) Open launcher breech, load XBT/XSV Test Device into launcher breech, and verify insertion as follows:




(k) Remove XBT/XSV Test Device and return to ships sonar technical for secure stowage; replace dummy can-ister into launcher breech, shut launcher breech assembly, replace launcher into stowage clips, and shut andlatch stowage locker door.

(l) If inspection fails, inspect test device as perSection A-4.3.1andSection A-4.3.2above andSection 4-3.5ofthis Operation and Maintenance Technical Manual. If inspection determines test device working properly,inspect launchers as perChapter 4of this manual. If inspection determines test device working improperly,replace test device.

(m) Open LM3A Hand Held Launcher stowage locker door, and remove launcher from stowage clips.

(n) Open launcher breech, load XBT/XSV Test Device into launcher breech, and verify insertion as follows:




(o) Open launcher breech, remove and return XBT/XSV Test Device to ship’s sonar technician for secure stow-age.

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-13

CAUTION

Upon completion of XBT/XSV system operations, retain a dummy canister(sawed off expended XBT or XSV shipboard canister) in the launcher breechto prevent breech assembly contact pin oxidation.

(p) Replace dummy canister into launcher breech, shut launcher breech assembly, replace launcher in stowageclips, and shut and latch stowage locker door.

(q) If inspection fails, inspect test device as perSection A-4.3.1andSection A-4.3.2above andSection 4-3.5ofthis Operation and Maintenance Technical Manual. If inspection determines test device working properly,inspect launchers as perChapter 4of this manual. If inspection determines test device working improperly,replace test device.

A-4.3.3.3 XBT/XSV TEST DEVICE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. Regularly scheduled maintenanceprocedures for the XBT/XSV Test Device are explained inChapter 4 Section 4-2and Section 4-3.5of thisOperation and Maintenance Technical Manual.

Figure A-1 XBT/XSV Hook-Up To AN/BQH-7A Recorder

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-14 Change B

Figure A-2 AN/BQH-7A Bridge P.C. Board

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-15

Figure A-3 XBT STEP Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-16 Change B

Figure A-4 XBT ISO Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-17

Figure A-5 XBT FINE Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-18 Change B

Figure A-6 XSV STEP Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-19

Figure A-7 XSV ISO Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-20 Change B

Figure A-8 XSV FINE Mode Test Device Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-21

Figure A-9 XBT STEP Mode Calculated Sound Velocity Chart Trace

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-22 Change B

SOFTWARE/HARDWARE IMPROVEMENT REPORT (Sheet 1 of 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

Change B A-23

SOFTWARE/HARDWARE IMPROVEMENT REPORT (Sheet 2 of 2)

SE365-BA-MMO-010

A-24 Change B

bathythermograph/ sound velocimeter · pdf file[sgml version see change record] technical...

Documents